Home

Ikôn™ Rugged PDA (Windows Mobile 6.1)

1. SR7 inches 17 8 cm from lens plate SF4 5 inches 11 4 cm from lens plate sRworking lt Sean E ts ait OPE N3 Data on Pia Range Inea 033 cm atrix 1 038 cm ata 02 cm 025 cm 038 cm 089 cm Near 3 5 in 3 1 in 2 1 in 2 3 in 2 1 in 2 0 in 8 9 cm 7 9 cm 5 3cm 5 8 cm 7 9 cm 5 1 cm Far 7 6 in 9 in 13 2 in 10 2 in 8 8 in 13 0 in 19 3cm 22 9 cm 33 5 cm 25 9 cm 22 4 cm 33 cm SF Working S il dul 18D g3 mitar mh amit UPC Range incar ainix 021 cm mear 033 cm 017 cm 019 cm 021 cm 025 cm Near 2 8 in 2 5 in 3 4 in 3 4 in 2 2 in 2 0 in 7 1cm 6 4cm 8 6cm 8 6cm 5 6cm 5 1cm Far 6 in 6 5 in 5 7 in 5 4 in 7 6 in 8 9 in 15 2cm 16 5cm 14 5cm 13 7cm 19 3cm 22 6cm Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual APPENDIX A SUMMIT CLIENT UTILITY SCU A 1 A 2 This appendix provides details about each tab in the Summit Client Utility SCU For quick setup instructions for the 802 11b g Summit radio using the Summit Client Utility SCU refer to Setting Up An 802 11b g Radio Summit Client Utility on page 17 SCU Tabs This section provides a detailed description of each of the tabs available in the SCU Main Profile Status Diags and Global Main Tab The Main tab is displayed when you tap on the Start gt Programs gt SCU icon 75 Summit Clie
2. The battery is a smart battery with built in intelligence Tapping on the Power icon under Start gt Settings gt System tab displays a dialog box that pro vides detailed information about the battery status of the battery installed in your Ik6n e When the Ik n is switched off it goes into a low power suspend state but continues to draw a small amount of power from the battery This should not be an issue unless the Ik6n is left in suspend state for more than a week for long term storage the battery should be removed Storing Batteries Long term battery storage is not recommended If storage is necessary e Always try to use a first in first out approach to minimize storage time Lithium Ion batteries age much faster at elevated temperatures Store batteries at tem peratures between 0 C and 20 C Always charge batteries to at least 40 to 60 before storing them Batteries can be damaged by an over discharge phenomenon that occurs when an empty battery is stored for a long period of time such that the cell voltage drops below a lower limit To minimize storage degradation recharge stored batteries to 40 to 60 every 4 or 6 months to prevent over discharge damage A never used Lithium Ion battery that has been stored for 3 years may have limited or no useful life remaining once put into service Think of batteries as perishable goods Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 49 Chapter
3. Code Type Length Codabar All MSI Plessey 4 or less D5 of 5 8 or less 12 o0f5 8 or less Linear security level 2 specifies that all types of codes must be successfully read twice before being decoded Linear security level 3 specifies that code types other than the following must be success fully read twice before being decoded The following codes must be read three times Code Type Length MSI Plessey 4 or less D2 of5 8 or less 12 o0f5 8 or less Linear security level 4 requires that all code types be successfully read three times before being decoded Bi Direction Redundancy En Note This parameter is only valid ifa Linear Security Level is enabled D 4 When this parameter is enabled a bar code must be successfully scanned in both directions forward and reverse before being decoded Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 2 3 D 2 4 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Decoded Internal 2D Scanning Options Scan Angle This option allows you to choose from two scan angles Normal Angle or Alternate Angle Choosing Normal Angle allows the normal operation for scanning long range and short range Choosing Alternate Angle widens the beam to allow scanning of long bar codes at short range but at the cost of long range scanning Decoded Internal 2D Scanning Options Scanning Mode When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displa
4. Indicators The CH4000 desktop docking station is equipped with a single LED on the front panel that indicates the charge status of the spare battery Operation Charging The Ik6n Battery The CH4000 supplies DC power to enable the Ik6n internal fast charger Normally it takes 2 5 to 3 0 hours to charge the 5000 mAh battery installed in the Ik n When the Ik6n Rugged PDA is installed in the dock the battery charge LED on the Ik6n the left most LED lights up to indicate the unit has external power and may charge the in ternal battery The Ik n charge LED follows the same convention as the CH4000 docking Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 255 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Operation E 7 5 3 2 AA 7 5 3 3 station LED Refer to Charging A Spare Battery in the next section for details about LED behaviour Note Battery charging continues whether the Ik n is switched on or off Charging A Spare Battery Note Do not store a spare battery in a charger for more than 72 hours Doing so may damage the battery or reduce its charge capacity Insert the spare battery in the charge well at the back of the CH4000 aligning the con tacts on the battery with the contacts in the spare battery charge well A full charge takes 2 5 to 3 0 hours for the 5000 mAh battery When the battery capacity reaches 95 the LED turns solid green and remains in this state once the battery is com
5. If you tap on the Name Servers tab you can statically configure the DNS servers how ever if you use DHCP for IP address assignment DNS is usually supplied by the same server that supplied the IP addresses Using The SCU To Connect To The WLAN This section provides a quick set of steps to create a profile Detailed information about each of the SCU tabs Main Profile Status Diags and Global is provided under Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCUy To launch the SCU so that your PDA can connect to a wireless LAN Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 17 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Using The SCU To Connect To The WLAN Tap on Start gt Programs and then tap on the SCU icon Summit Client Utility Y 4 lt ok SUMMIT Disable Radio Active Profile LEAP Authenticated BG f in ETSI Auto Profle C On 8 Of List Driver v2 01 17 SCU v2 01 12 e Tap on the Profile tab Client Name Power Save Tx Power Encryption None Tap on New to define a new Profile Type a unique name for your configuration using any alpha numeric combination to uniquely identify this profile Tap on OK to return to the Profile tab To configure the SSID for the network to which you want to associate Type an SSID in the text box to the right of SSID This field is limited to 32 characters 18 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A A
6. C1 for EAN 128 to be transmitted or removed By default this identifier is transmitted if EAN 128 is enabled GTIN Compliant GTIN global trade item number processing transmits EAN 128 as the 14 character EAN UCC GTIN To use GTIN processing you must activate the EAN 128 symbology Important When EAN 128 and GTIN processing are both activated it is not possible to read normal EAN 128 Codes FNC1 Conversion FNC1 Conversion allows the embedded FNC1 character to be converted to another char acter for applications that cannot use the default lt GS gt Group Separator or hex 1d Double tapping on this option displays a dialog box listing the allowable range 0 to 255 Enable ISBT 128 To successfully scan this type of bar code International Society of Blood Transfusion this option must be set to on If you enable this type of bar code Code 128 EAN 128 is deacti vated to avoid any confusion ISBT Concat Transmit The codes are not concatenated by default You need to choose one of the options provided for this parameter to send concatenated code Choosing Only Concatenated Codes transmits only concatenated codes single codes will not be transmitted Choosing Concatenated or Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 23 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings EAN 13 EN D 3 5 Single transmits single codes or concatenated codes If only one code of a pair is read that code will be transmitted as a singl
7. End Task To shut down an application highlight the program in the list and tap on the End Task softkey in the taskbar at the bottom of the screen End All Tasks To shut down all applications tap on the Menu softkey and choose End All Tasks e Switch To To make an application listed in this screen active highlight the application and tap on Menu gt Switch To For additional information about the Task Manager refer to Task Manager on page 171 4 8 Settings Tap Start gt Settings to display the setting options for your Ik n 76 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Help Figure 4 4 Settings Icons Buttons Input 2 a 3 Menus Owner Information La g Sounds amp Today Notifications Settings are divided into three tabs Personal System and Connections Refer to Chapter 6 Settings for details about the options available to you 4 9 Help Tapping on the Help option displays a screen of help topics that are content specific if for example the Today screen is displayed and you tap on Start gt Help the help screen will provide topics about the Today screen You can perform a help content search by tapping on the Contents or Search softkeys Keep in mind that help is not always available How do I Customize the Today screen Add a custom background image Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 77 Chapter 4
8. J No upcoming appointments 424 555 1212 w Contacts Ej Call work 424 555 1212 Edit Save to SIM Send Text Message Send Contact gt Delete Contact Notas Add to Speed Dial Call sM enu Inthe Summary screen tap on Menu gt Add to Speed Dial 24 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 2 7 2 2 7 3 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Sending Ending Calls Using The Ik n Keyboard Sending amp Ending Calls Using The Ik n Keyboard An Ik n that supports the phone feature is equipped with a Talk and an End call key on the keyboard Using these phone keys you can display the phone keypad and answer send and terminate phone calls Managing Phone Settings You can adjust phone settings such as the ring type and tone choose phone services such as barring calls and you can also determine network selections There are a number of ways you can access phone settings Inthe Navigation Bar tap on the Phone Settings hotkey Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 25 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Managing Phone Settings Inthe pop up Phone bubble tap on the Settings link or Tap on Settings Phone Settings Hotkey m 27 a 12 38 PM Settings ad er Y e ok Phone 1 416 624 1554 Sounds Re apes Ring tone Ring Ring WindowsMobil ro Keypad Short tones Security Connected Wireless Manager J Require PIN when p
9. Refresh Exit End Task Menu e Switch To Makes the highlighted application active 172 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Teklogix Error Handling Service End All Tasks Shuts down all applications listed e View Allows you to list either all running applications or all processes Sort By Allows you to sort active applications or processes based on Memory size CPU or application or process Name e Refresh Updates the list of applications or processes Exit Closes the Task Manager 6 31 Teklogix Error Handling Service Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Teklogix Error Han dling Service icon Teklogix Error Handling Service Error Handling Setting q Yi ok HERMES ERROR HANDLER HERMES v1 00 Psion Teklogix Enable error reporting Dump Files Location Windows System PrxDumpFiles Status Error Log Info Netlog About Teklogix Error Handling Service is an error diagnostic tool Tapping in the checkbox next to Enable error reporting enables this service 6 31 1 ErrorLoginfo To log an error tap on the ErrorLogInfo tab Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 173 Chapter 6 Settings NetLog e Choose an Error Level and tap on FlushToFile to log the information file Psion Teklogix personnel can help you retrieve and forward the information file to our o
10. Remote Desktop Mobile This program allows you to log onto a Windows Terminal Server and run the desktop pro grams from the server on your Ik6n Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 5 13 1 5 13 2 5 13 3 5 14 Chapter 5 Programs Connecting To A Terminal Server Connecting To A Terminal Server Tap on Start gt Programs gt Remote Desktop Mobile In the Server dialog box type the Terminal Server name or TCP IP address or choose a server from the dropdown menu e Tap on Connect Inthe Remote Desktop Connection window type your user name password and domain if required Tap on OK Disconnecting Without Ending A Session Important These commands are accessed from the Start menu in the Terminal Sery ices screen used to access the PC s commands Do NOT use the Start menu on your Ikon Inthe Remote Desktop Connection window tap on Start gt Shutdown e Tap on Disconnect gt OK Ending A Session In the Terminal Services Client screen tap on Start gt Shutdown Tap on Log Off gt OK Summit Client Utility SCU The SCU provides the utilities you will need to configure the Summit 802 11b g Compact Flash radio module so that it can communicate through a wireless LAN network effectively and securely Refer to Using The SCU To Connect To The WLAN on page 17 for setup details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 107 Chapter 5 Programs Search 5 15 Search Ta
11. qe Yi o ok Installation History No Managed Programs have been installed Details Note Your system administrator can provide the details you ll need to use Managed Pro grams effectively 6 25 Memory This applet allows you to view memory use and storage card memory allocation To display the options for this applet e Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Memory icon Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 163 Chapter 6 Settings Main Tab 6 25 1 Main Tab Memory Memory Storage Program Total 59 17 MB Total 117 21 MB In use 7 89 MB In use 53 23 MB Free 51 28 MB Free 63 98 MB Main Storage Card Find large files using storage memory This tab lists the memory allocated for file and data storage and for program storage 6 25 2 Storage Card Memory Total storage card memory 8 14 MB In use 0 05 MB Free 8 09 MB RAM Disk 5d in Storage Card Find large files using storage memory The Storage Card screen indicates the total storage card or RAM disk memory along with the amount in use 6 26 Power Icon This icon allows you to view and manage battery use Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Power icon 164 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Battery Tab 6 26 1 Battery Tab Power Main battery
12. Advanced About AID For instructions on adding editing and removing translation rules refer to the Translations Tab on page 180 C 4 16 Advanced Tab C 4 16 1 File Locations For Captured Images To configure the location for saved images open the dialog box as follows Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Teklogix Imagers icon and then tap on the Translation tab To define the location where imager files will be stored C 20 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Advanced Tab Tap on the File Location button PTS Imager Settin Y e Fy 42 None Main memory e Type the file Name choose the Folder and file Type e Choose the Location in which your files will be saved When you have completed all the changes tap on the Save button C 4 16 2 Configuring Triggers Viewing The Trigger Configuration The trigger on the Ik n PDA is configured using the Manage Triggers applet The Teklogix Imagers applet provides a shortcut to the Manage Triggers applet Inthe Advanced tab tap on the Trigger Control button Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 21 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Teklogix Scanners Applet To view all the triggers and the hardware devices that are configured to use them tap in the checkbox next to Show all modules Manage Triggers ao qe Yi Mz ok Up Down
13. Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Today s Date Clock And Alarm 4 2 2 Today s Date Clock And Alarm This option displays the current date If you need to adjust the date or set an alarm In the Today screen tap on today s date The Clock amp Alarms screen is displayed Settings reg Yi lok Clock amp Alarms GMT 8 Pacific US 4 07 15 PM y 4 21 2007 X Tap on the dropdown menu arrows to set the GMT time and date An option to set the date and time for a visiting time zone is also available To set an alarm Tap on the Alarms tab Settings 41 18 ok Clock amp Alarms C lt Description gt sM1wters O lt Description gt siiTwrrs O lt Description gt sMJ1wtrs You can set a maximum of three alarms Tap in the checkbox to enable an alarm Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 61 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Ownership Information Tap the day on which you want the alarm to go off Sunday through Saturday e Tap on the time to display the clock Time Field 1130 am faf e To set the time in the time field below the clock tap on the hour to highlight it and type the hour at which you want the alarm to ring To set the minutes highlight the min utes and type the appropriate minutes or You can also assign the alarm activation time using the clock graphic Position the stylus on the hour hand of the cloc
14. DM15 15 3 0 8 0 5 0 QR15 15 3 75 7 5 3 75 UPC 12 5 3 0 9 5 6 5 HHP 5000 Imager Performance Specification HHP 5000 Image Sensor 752H x 480 CMOS sensor Motion Tolerance 4 in 10 2 cm per second Rotational Sensitivity 360 Viewing Angle 40 Ambient light Total darkness to 100 000 lux full sunlight Illumination LEDs 626 nm 30 nm Aiming LEDs 526 nm 30 nm Laser 650 nm 10 nm Symbologies supported 2D PDF417 MicroPDF417 MaxiCode Data Matrix QR Code Aztec Aztec Mesa Code 49 UCC Composite Linear Code 39 Code 128 Codabar UPC EAN Interleaved 2 of 5 RSS Code 93 Codablock Postal Postnet US Planet Code BPO 4 State Canadian Post Japanese Post KIX Netherlands Post Size 1 78 cm Depth x 2 79 cm Width without mounting tabs x 1 21 cm Height 0 7 in Depth x 1 1 in Width without mounting tabs x 0 475 in Height Weight 5 9 grams 21 ounces Operational Input Voltage Imager 3 3 VDC 5 23 C Illumination Aimer 5300 3 0 VDC to 5 5 VDC 23 C Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 295 Chapter 8 Specifications HHP 5000 Imager Performance 8 4 4 1 296 Operating Temperature 30 to 50 C 34 to 122 F Storage Temperature 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F Humidity up to 95 RH non condensing at 122 F 50 C Shock 18 shocks of 3 500 G for 0 5 msec at 23 C 73 F HHP 5000 Decode Zone Performance Focal Point
15. For each of these methods you need to set up an e mail account with one exception Outlook e mail accounts are set up by default 5 19 1 Folders If you use an Outlook e mail account messages in the Inbox folder in Outlook are automat ically synchronized with your Ik n You can use ActiveSync on your PC to synchronize additional folders The folders and messages you move are mirrored on the server For POP3 accounts if you move e mail messages to a folder you create the link between the messages on the Ik6n and the copies on the mail server are broken When you next con nect the mail server will recognize that the messages are missing from the Ik6n Inbox folder and delete them from the server preventing duplication of messages Keep in mind however that you will not have further access to messages that you moved to folders from anywhere except with the Ik6n For IMAP4 accounts the folders you create and the messages you move are reflected on the server making messages available any time whether you connect to your mail server from your Ik6n or your PC 5 19 2 Synchronizing E mail With Outlook By synchronizing the Ik n Messaging program with Outlook on your PC your e mail is available on both the Ik6n and on your PC Note Synchronizing e mail does not require that the Ikon have an independent connection to the Internet 110 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Synchronizing E mail Wi
16. Press a key to use as a trigger source Cancel Trigger Press Type You can enable either an Up Down or Double Click response to a trigger press Normally when a trigger keyboard key etc is pressed and released a trigger down event is sent to the owner that is the application receiving the trigger press information followed by a trigger up If Double Click is chosen in this menu when the trigger is pressed released and then pressed again a double click event will occur If a mapping with the Up down type has also been configured for the same source it will only receive the first set of trigger events Module To Trigger This identifies the driver or application receiving the trigger presses Show All Modules By default inactive owners are not shown By checking this checkbox all owners both active and inactive are displayed Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Managed Programs 6 24 Managed Programs Managed Programs lets you view download and install applications that are deployed by the System Center Mobile Device Manager a server side solution that helps enable IT to have control of their device deployment with respect to security management and access to the corporate network To access Managed Program Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt Managed Programs icon a Managed Programs Managed Programs
17. The Global settings in the table below can be edited in the SCU Global Setting Description Value Default Roam Trigger If RSSI from AP is less than roam dBm 50 55 60 65 75 trigger value radio performs roam scan 70 75 Custom or probes for an AP with stronger signal Roam Delta Amount by which second AP s RSSI dBm 5 10 15 20 25 10 must exceed the moving average RSSI 30 35 Custom for the current AP before the radio will attempt to roam to a second AP Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 9 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Global Settings Tab A 10 Global Setting Roam Period Description Following an association or roam scan with no roam the number of seconds the radio collects RSSI scan data before considering roaming Value Seconds 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Custom Default 10 BG Channel Set DFS Channels Defines the 2 4 GHz channels to be scanned when the radio is set to roam and needs to determine what APs are available Reserved Full all channels 1 6 11 1 7 13 Custom Off On Full Off Aggressive Scan CCX features When this setting is On and the current connection to an AP becomes unrelia ble the radio scans for available APs more aggressively Aggressive scan ning complements and works in con junction with the standard scanning that is configured through the Roam
18. Up Down Up Down Up Down Double click 0 1000 msec 0 C Show all modules ES Adding Editing And Removing Triggers For instruction about adding editing and removing triggers refer to Manage Triggers on page 159 C 5 Teklogix Scanners Applet The bar code symbologies that are to be read by the imager can be enabled using the Tek logix Scanners applet Tapping on Start gt Settings gt System tab followed by the Teklogix Scanners icon displays this applet Refer to Imager on page D 37 for a list of symbologies Warning Changes made to the symbology configuration using the Teklogix Scanner applet are synchronized only with the My Defaults bar code symbology preset For details refer to Configuring Symbologies in the Teklogix Imagers Applet on page C 17 C 22 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual APPENDIX D BAR CODES SETTINGS D 1 Scanner Menu Nil Teklogix Scanners sE Scanner Settings y Ti ok Scanner Beene Menem y Options a Advanced Options 2D Scanning Options Data Options Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC A UPC E X To change a setting press space or double click Barcodes pone Trandate Pore The dropdown menu to the right of the Scanner option allows you to choose from one of the following scanner types used with your Ik n Decoded internal Decoded Intermec ISCP or Imager
19. i Settings 4 46 4 05 bk Connections Select which networks are automatically used Create exceptions for intranet addresses Tap on Select Networks In the appropriate lists choose My ISP or My Work Network 6 42 8 Proxy Server Setup Note If you are connected to your ISP or private network during synchronization the Ik n will download the appropriate settings during synchronization from your PC If these settings are not on your PC or if they need to be changed you Il need to set up the proxy server connection manually To set up the proxy server connection manually you 1l need the following information proxy server name server type port type of Socks protocol used and the user name and password Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Connections icon Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 221 Chapter 6 Settings Proxy Server Setup Under My Work Network tap on Set up my proxy server a q 4 09 bk My Work Network O This network connects to the Internet Add a checkmark next to This network connects to the Internet and This network uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet In the Proxy server field type the proxy server name Tap on OK to save your changes f MI Note Ifyou need to change advanced settings such as a port number or proxy server type you ll need to tap on the Advanced button rather than tappi
20. 246 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 2 Thread the tether through the eyelet on the strap Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 247 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Attaching The Tether Model No CH6020 4 Slip the stylus into the elastic holder and you re finished 7 1 2 Attaching The Tether Model No CH6020 The tether can be installed to the back of the Ik6n to provide a secure means for attaching the stylus to the PDA Figure 7 2 Attaching The Tether BACK OF UNIT Tether Pin 248 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Velcro Tab Eyelet for Tether Elastic Stylus Holder Velcro Pad Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Attaching The Tether Model No CH6020 Loop Slip Knot Non Elastic Tether Metal Crimp Attaching The Velcro Retainer Attach the retainer to the Ik6n by looping the Velcro tab around the pin and adhering the tab to the Velcro pad Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 249 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Attaching The Tether Model No CH6020 Attaching The Stylus Tether To The Retainer 1 Ifnot assembled thread the tether cord through the stylus as shown pulling the cord tight a
21. 5 19 3 Changing Synchronization Settings 0 0 0 0 ccc cece cence eee een erer 112 5 20 Windows Media A bento ne bein celina nea RRA abba 113 Chapter 6 Settings NS E o eee Ed In AMAA AAAS 121 6 2 Personal Settings rer rooson o one EEE EEE EEE T LODO 121 63 App O oRaeee esas eee eadssenassaeads di sces 121 6 4 Buttons cOn R AEREAS A SAA ee Soe 124 iv Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 6 17 6 18 6 19 6 20 6 21 6 22 6 23 Contents 6 4 1 Up Down Control 0 ccc ccc cece eee eee c en enn eee enneeeneenes 124 GAZ SEQUENCE cercas nt IRAN 125 64 3 One Shots mim AA ida 125 6 44 Keyboard Macro Keys 0 cece cece cence eee rn 127 6 4 5 gt Unicode Mappings 2244 cadacadanacaaecnadaseerirewiins E ASS ETES E aani 128 6 4 6 Scancode Remapping cece eee c cece cence eee e rr 129 GATA tock Sequence s Joe o LLL REELE d 132 MU Anas ini EEE 133 6 5 1 Input Method Taborda at 134 6 5 2 Options Additional Cho0iCeS 0oooooooccoooccrnocornnrrrrrn rr 138 DO dl ras 139 Men LLL os 140 OLE Start Menu Tabs Az 140 Owner Informations v 22 LLL 141 Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only ccc cece cence cence eens 142 Sound amp Notifications 27323223 AA At AAA Oe 142 O 10 1 Sounds 5 5s sesee 05 bese Aoi 143 6 102 Notifications dee eds dnd 143 Today Screen scree a eenncnnn
22. Action Search and replace No rule defined No rule defined When you choose a rule an associated screen is displayed in which you can define the rule Scanner Settings E Yi e lok Match at index X a O From right Action must be found at specified index 6 33 3 1 Case Rules The case rules are defined as follows No rule ignored e Match at index matches the match string at a specified index Match and replace at index matches the match string at a specified index and replaces changes it Replace at index replaces changes unspecified data in a given range Add barcode prefix suffix adds a global prefix or suffix 182 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Ports Tab e Verify barcode size verifies the bar code size This rule should generally be assigned first before creating subsequent rules e Search and replace replaces all instances of the match string Note that this rule cannot fail Warning Keep in mind that the effects of previously applied rules must be taken into account when creating subsequent rules For example if the bar code size is important it should be checked before any rules that might change the size are applied The information about the status of each case rule is displayed in the scan log file see Scan Log File on page 179 when enabled This is useful if a case fails and you
23. Bar Codes Settings MSI Plessey Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details MSI Plessey Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable MST Enable Plessy Set this parameter to on to enable Plessy Check Digit Verification The available options for this parameter are MOD 10 Check and Double MOD 10 Check This parameter uses the specified algorithm of the option you ve chosen to ensure the integ rity of the symbol data before transmitting If the data does not contain that algorithm the data is not transmitted Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Plessy Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the Plessy data this parameter must be enabled Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters 1 e human readable characters including check digit s Plessy Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the Plessy bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters 1 e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mo
24. Came tassios 5 2a INP NNanaa wesw nn ooo tt 52 General Maintenance aa 52 3 12 1 Caring For The Touchscreen 00ce0cseseenne tenes daa 52 3 12 2 Cleaning The IK h ccececccccccisis itirir r esas AE E ni 52 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 4 1 4 2 Navigating In Windows Mobile 6 1 And Applications 0 cess cece eee eee cece 57 4 1 1 Navigating Using A Touchscreen And Stylus eee eee eee eee e eee eens 57 Windows Mobile 6 1 Desktop Today Screen 000 ccc eee cece cence eee ee eenes 57 4 2 1 Windows Mobile 6 1 Navigation Bar 0 0 cece eee e eee e eee ee eee ees 58 4 2 2 Today s Date Clock And Alarm 00 2 ccc ce cece eee e cence eeee cence 61 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 Contents 4 2 3 Ownership Information 00 cece cece eee ete eee cence tenn eee rerent 62 4 24 Emal Not MO aneen E esters R RR EEEE CEEC 63 4 2 5 Task Notification 0 cece ccc eect eee e ee rr rr 63 4 2 6 Calendar Of Upcoming Appointments 00 cece cece ete eee ee eee eenes 66 Starts MCN LAA A AA E Eee BREE AEE 69 4 3 1 Customising The Start Menu 00 cece cence eee c eee e cnet ee serene 69 Managing Files And Folders 0 0 0c ccc ce cece e cece eee e eee rr 70 44 1 Creating A New Folders esere eee secs cores 71 44 2 Renammp A Filet 22222 RATE
25. Chargers And Docking Stations 0 0 ccc ceee eee eee e cence nee e enn setae reer 252 7 4 1 Important Safety Instructions 00 cece cence eee eee e ee rra 252 7 4 2 Installation Chargers And Docking Stations 00 c cece eeeeee eens 253 7 4 3 Power Consumption Considerations 0c c cece eee ee ee eee e ee eeeee 253 Desktop Docking Station Model No CH4000 0 cece cece eee e eee resres 254 Tok Operator Controls s x svaseakaaaiuanganagaaulsvasansns agua RARRRRRARA R ANKRA 255 B2 Windicators 2225 2256 ioe E Aone EEEE 255 PDB OA dd dle deca 255 7 5 4 Cleaning The CH4000 0 ccc cece rr rr rr rr 258 AD TroubleshOGtinS c2299esizieies cei rie a E RR ARRRARA NARA duvide 258 Quad Docking Station Model No CH4004 0 cece cece cece eee ereere 259 7 6 1 Operator Controls oron e EEEE EEEE EEEE EEE EAA E EEEE EEE EEEN 259 50 20 dE OSa a de EEEE EEEE A 259 7 6 3 Quad Dock Operation 0 0 0 0 cece eee OEE E E 260 TOA Cleaning The CH4004 300000 IES eee ee eee a ee 261 7 6 5 Troubleshooting 0 ccc cece cence cence eee e r rr rr eee rr 262 AC Wall Adaptor Model No PS1050 G1 0 20 occ cece cece eee eee e ene tenes 262 Automotive Power Adaptor Model No CH3050 00 cc cce eee e eee eee eee enes 263 The Non Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CH1000 00 0 0 ccc cece eee eens 264 7 9 Important Instr
26. Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 18 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings RSS Code Reduced Space Symbology Format This parameter allows you to set the bar code character format to either ASCII or Numeric Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details RSS Code Reduced Space Symbology Enable Setting this parameter to on enables RSS Code scanning capability Enable RSS 14 RSS 14 code can be either purely linear or split in half with one half stacked on top of the other half Stacking the code reduces the bar code length and providing the nominal height of the code is maintained it can be omni directionally scanned Enable RSS Limited RSS Limited is restricted in that it can only encode 14 digit GTINs global trade item number that begin with either a 0 or a 1 It is not stackable and is not designed to be read omni directionally Enable RSS Expanded RSS Expanded uses the same application identifiers as UCC EAN 128 codes but they can be split into sections and stacked several rows high reducing the length of the symbol while increasing the capacity of data that can be stored RSS Expanded code c
27. Lilon Battery power remaining MAH consumed 474 Battery Advance Battery Details But AP This tab allows you to view the remaining battery capacity 6 26 2 Advanced Tab On ba wer On external power Turn off device if not 5 minutes used for The Advanced tab allows you to manage battery consumption On Battery Power When the Ik6n is operating on battery power this option allows you to determine how long the unit will remain on when it is not in use Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 165 Chapter 6 Settings Battery Details Tap in the checkbox to the left of On battery power to enable this option Tap in the dropdown menu to choose the number of minutes your unit can remain idle before it shuts down On External Power When the Ik6n is drawing external rather than battery power this option allows you to deter mine the number of minutes the unit will remain on when not in use Tap in the checkbox to the left of On external power to enable this option Tap in the dropdown menu to choose the number of minutes your unit can remain idle before it shuts down 6 26 3 Battery Details Chemistry Li Ion Voltage 41V Current 64 mA Full Capacity 5000 mAh Charge Remaining 4779 mAh Battery Temperature 30 C Battery Status Good 96 Charger Full Charge Complete Banery Dee This tab lists the specifications and battery capacity status of the battery in
28. PTS Imager Settings 7 fy 4 lt ok Cloning from set Low light near Enter alphanumeric string e Type the name of the new preset in the dialog box Tap on OK to save your changes The preset list is displayed the new custom preset appears at the end of the list It is marked as read and write PTS Imager Settim Y e Yok Camera Presets Front Imager bed Default Low light Low power Glossy surface View Add Activate Barcode Presets Matrix Postal Custom preset R Read W Write 4 Active Barcodino Fiter waralaone T Modifying A Custom Preset The parameter values in a custom preset can be modified It is recommended that very few changes be made to a custom preset To ensure that it will work reliably it should be as close as possible to the original predefined preset To change a parameter value Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 7 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Modifying A Custom Preset e Highlight the custom preset and tap on the Edit button PTS Imager Settin Y qe fy 4 lt ok PTS Imager Settin Y e 4 ok Default Low light Preset Custom preset Low power Glossy surface Image Corrections Auto Exposure Manual Exposure Barcode Presets Windowing Matrix Postal Custom preset Edit Add ReRead W Write A Active To change a setting press space or srg ara ET Don aa Tap on the symbols to e
29. Replace with the same type if the cable is suspect e Ifthe adaptor s LED stays OFF the adaptor is defective and requires service AC Wall Adaptor Model No PS1050 G1 The AC wall adaptor available for your Ik n allows you to operate your Ik n using AC power while charging the battery inserted in the unit Adaptor plugs suitable for use in the following countries are shipped with the AC wall adap tor United Kingdom Switzerland Japan Israel Australia Europe and North America see Figure 7 7 on page 263 262 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Automotive Power Adaptor Model No CH3050 Figure 7 7 AC Wall Adaptor Plugs Universal AC Power Supply Adaptor Plugs 90 a DC Power Plugs e Choose the adaptor plug that is suitable for use in your country Slide the adaptor plug into the Universal AC power supply snapping it into place These two pieces coupled together are referred to as an AC wall adaptor Insert the DC power plug into the DC IN port at the base of the Ik6n located between the tether and LIF ports e Plug the pronged end into an AC outlet 7 8 Automotive Power Adaptor Model No CH3050 AN Important Itis critical that you review the safety instructions outlined in the quick start guide enclosed with your automotive power adaptor before using the accessory The automotive power adaptor allows you to power your Ik
30. Set Length D 7 L2 Set Length D 7 M Macro keys 43 deleting a macro 128 executing a macro 128 Macros menu accessing 127 recording and saving 127 maintenance of Ik n 32 mapping Scancode 129 Unicode 128 Matrix Predefined preset C 3 Matrix 2 of 5 D 31 Maximum Size D 9 Max Number Barcodes D 37 Memory Storage Card tab 164 menus pop up 72 using 72 messages Scan Indicator 779 scanner warning message 179 Scan Result 79 Messaging 110 folders 1 0 Outlook e mail synchronizing 110 Micro PDF 417 D 19 D 35 D 42 microSD inserting 5 Minimum Cancel Time D 3 D 20 Minimum Length D 22 D 24 D 27 D 29 D 30 D 31 D 33 Minimum Size D 9 Mode Bluetooth 202 modem setup 2 Baud Rate 209 Call Options 2 0 Cancel If Not Connected 2 0 Data Bits 209 Dial String Commands 2 0 Parity 209 Port Settings 209 Server Settings 2 4 Stop Bits 209 TCP_IP Settings 2 4 Wait For Credit Card 2 0 Wait For Dial Tone 2 0 modifier keys 40 locking amp unlocking 40 One Shot Mode 125 shift state indicator icon 40 74 Motion Predefined preset C 4 MSI Plessey D 14 D 29 N name assigning to PDA 145 navigation bar 58 Battery hotkey 60 connectivity hotkey 59 Start button 58 volume control 60 navigation bar hotkeys 196 network selecting 220 network card settings changing 2 8 setting up 2 6 New menu customizing 69 Note creating 97 recording a message audio 00 renaming 100 synchronizing 101 text convertin
31. Settings gt Yi Select a Bluetooth Device a Select a device to connect with and tap Next A WORKABOUTPRO Cancal Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 199 Chapter 6 Settings The Devices Tab e Highlight the device you want to add Tap on Next Settings e Yl 4 Enter a passcode to establish a secure connection with WORKABOUTPRO Press Next to continue if a passcode is not required Ld e Ifrequired type your Passcode If not skip this step and just tap on Next A pop up message lets you know that your device has been connected to your Ik n Settings Enter Passcode Enter a passcode to establish a secure connection with WORKABOUTPRO Press Next to continue if a passcode is not required EA Device Added Your Pocket PC has connected with WORKABOUTPRO Done Advanced 200 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings The Devices Tab e To change the Display Name tap on the Advanced button This is an optional step is Settings eA Partnership Settings a Display Name WORKABOUTPRI Select services to use from this device Cancel e Tap on Save Note To connect to a Bluetooth equipped device that s already been added tap on the item in Bluetooth list box 6 39 1 1 Pairing A Device If you intend to pair devices a headset for example power on and bring the device within 10 meters of the Ik n before p
32. The Key boar OS 1 ALAS 39 3 3 1 TkOn Keyboards oocoiooccoiosononitanana poo 39 3 3 2 Locking The Keyboard o0ooocoooccccooccnorccnrnrrnnn cnn rr rra 40 3 3 3 Modifier Keys tao LLL LEDs os 40 SA A NR 41 3 3 5 The Numeric Keyboard Accessing Alpha KeyS 0oooocoooocccooccrcccroo 43 3 3 6 The Keypad Backlight 0ooooooooocorocconorncnnrrncnnr rro 45 The Display A ed pati 45 3 4 1 Setting The Backlight Intensity amp Duration 0 0 cece cece eee neces 45 3 4 2 Adjusting the Backlight Using The Keyboard 00 cece eee eee eee 45 3 43 Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen 2 cece cece eee e eee eee e eee 45 JAA Screen Orientation s nice Geeted s e TERRA 47 Ikon NICO Wh22 Aneesh sete kee so ltt Nd aaa DTO 47 O NN 47 A dio Indicators 10 3832333505 52403 5 450 shh das Sheed sR adda cad tdi ASTROS CORO 48 3 6 1 Adjusting Speaker Volume 0 e cece cece cece eee eee eee een een eeees 48 Monitoring The Battery And Maximizing Run Time 0 0 0 cc cee rererere 48 3 7 1 Storing Batteries ccd occccdcccccecek tae 49 Uploading Data In A Docking Station 0 c cece cece eee e cece tenn eee e ee ennneees 50 Bluetooth R di ee 35S ads D 50 3 9 1 Pairing A Bluetooth Headset 0 ccc cece cece cence eee e eee e enn e tees 50 Inserting The microSD And SIM Card ccc cc cece cece eee rr 51 3 10 1 Inserting The Cards ion ai 51 The
33. User Manual Chapter 6 Settings App Launch Keys The cursor moves to the App field and a new screen is displayed where you can choose the application to which you want to assign the application key If you need to you can Browse through the information in your Ik n until you locate the application you want to launch App Launch Keys 4 3 04 bk Select File to Map Fink y Cancel Windows Once you ve selected the file you want to map tap on OK The cursor moves to the Data field You can use this field if you need to define special pa rameters to your application launch key If you don t want to assign any parameters you can leave the Data field blank If for example you want to assign an application launch key to launch the Word Mobile application you can leave this field blank If you want to assign an application launch key that will open a specific document in the Word Mobile application you need to browse to and choose that document while the cursor is in the Data field Tap on OK App Launch Keys 43 45 ok rey os ao 1 addrbook Ink Remove e Ifyou need to Edit Remove or Add another App Launch Key you can do it from this final screen Otherwise tap on OK to save you Application Launch Key e To launch the application you chose press the application key you assigned Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mob
34. User Manual 191 Chapter 6 Settings Advanced Services Settings 6 35 2 Advanced Services Settings TweakIT Settings e Yl E Advanced Interface and Netwo 2 Enable IPv6 Modem Logging SR Advanced Services Settings 24 FTP Server SNTP Server 1 Radio Features acverced Ua Ream Eo FTP Server Advanced Services Settings FTP Server Enable FTP Server This option is enabled by default to allow file transfers Keep in mind that data transfer in either direction is restricted to the Temp folder that is data are always loaded from the FTP Server to the Temp folder and from the Temp folder to the FTP Server If this option is disabled a warm reset must be performed to accept the change SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Server Advanced Services Settings SNTP Server SNTP Server Name ox canas fut The SNTP Server Name typed in this dialog box is used to synchronize Ik6n time with that of the time server A warm reset must be performed once the server name has been entered 192 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Radio Features 6 35 3 Radio Features TweakIT Settings gt Til 45 Advanced Interface and Netwol 22 Enable IPv6 Modem Logging 4 Advanced Services Settings Lea FTP Server Za SNTP Server e PES 2 AP Density Radio Power Management scvenced ar Rear e
35. Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Entering Text 4 10 4 10 1 Entering Text IM Note For additional information about tailoring text entry using the soft keyboard the transcriber the block recognizer and the letter recognizer refer to Input on page 133 You can enter text using either the soft keyboard or the Ik n keyboard You can also use the Transcriber to handwrite information directly on the touchscreen using your stylus e Open an existing document or create a new one tap Start gt Office Mobile gt Word Mobile and tap on New in the softkey bar to create a new document If you re using the Ik n keyboard to enter text there are no special steps Just begin typing the text spaces etc will appear in the document Soft Keyboard The soft keyboard is laid out just like the keypad on a PC keyboard By tapping the stylus on letters and modifier keys like the SHIFT key you can enter text in a document i Word Mobile ad er Y e ok Soft Keyboard Soft Keyboard Soft Keyboard Icon If the soft keyboard is not already displayed Tap on the soft keyboard icon in the softkey bar Tap on the keys in the soft keyboard to enter text in your document To switch to a numeric keyboard Tap on the 123 key in the upper left corner of the soft keyboard Tap on this key again to return to the standard keyboard 78 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows M
36. and web server to retrieve the ephemeris data 158 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 23 Info Tab GPS Settings Expiry Date File Date Firmware Version Last Updated Next Download Prediction Interval Remote File Updated Ephemeris Gey ok 2009 04 19 05 05 2009 04 12 05 05 1 0 BETA C1 B022 1 1527 2009 03 27 14 06 2009 03 28 08 06 7 packedDifference Chapter 6 Settings Manage Triggers This tab provides general information about the GPS module such as the firmware version the date on which files were last updated and so on If GPS module support service is re quired you may be asked to tap on the Save button in this tab and forward the information to Psion Teklogix support staff Manage Triggers Manage Triggers allows you to configure how bar code scanners and other devices are trig gered You can configure the trigger ID for each trigger button for both single and double click and the double click time Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 159 Chapter 6 Settings Trigger Mappings e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt Manage Triggers icon Up Down Up Down Up Down Up Down Double click 0 1000 msec o C show all modules 6 23 1 Trigger Mappings A trigger mapping is an association between a particular key on the keyboard and a driver or application the module s sometimes referred to as trigger consumer s of th
37. e e Colour 2 Megapixel UXGA fixed focus with flash Technology CMOS Max Picture Resolution 1600x1200 Focal Length 3 52mm Focus Range 50cm to infinity Functions Auto exposure white balance black reference color saturation Flash Integrated LED flash 284 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 8 1 6 8 1 7 Chapter 8 Specifications Accessories Accessories For details about accessories available with the Ik n refer to Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Carrying accessories Hand strap with or without tether and stylus Carrying case either functional or non functional Soft shell holster Communications Quad dock 4 site with 10 100 BaseT Ethernet and charge functions Desktop dock with Type A and Type B USB connectivity and charge functions for an internal battery along with a spare battery Power supplies AC wall adaptor Automotive power adaptor Vehicle peripherals Powered and Non powered cradle RAM Mount with screws Approvals Safety CSA UL60950 1 IEC 60950 1 EN60950 1 EMC FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55022 EN 55024 EN 301 489 Laser IEC 60825 1 Class 2 FDA 21 CFR 1040 10 1040 11 Class II Bluetooth Version 2 0 RF Bluetooth and 802 11b g EN300 328 Part 15 247 GSM GPRS EN301 511 EN50360 361 NAPRDO3 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 285 In Vehicle Cradle 8 2 Radio Specifications 8 2 1 802 11 b g WLAN Radi
38. e Click on the Update button to download Extended Ephemeris EE files from a secure host on the internet using any interface that has an internet connection WWAN or WiFi These files contain several days worth of ephemeris orbital data that can be used if the satellite s broadcast ephemeris is not available The Status field above the Update button displays the progress of the download and once successfully downloaded the Status field will read Idle Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 157 Chapter 6 Settings GPS Global Positioning System Settings Settings e Click on the Settings button to define the AGPS server connection settings E GPS Settings Oe T ok AGPS server connection settings Use default settings y Server Port Username Password Update The AGPS server connection settings dropdown menu allows you to choose from two set tings Use default settings and Use custom settings The Use default settings option is generally acceptable for most applications Note that aside from the Update field in which you can choose how long the fix is stored in your Ik n the field values cannot be edited The Use custom settings option is generally used to configure devices that will have access only to an intranet rather than the Internet and should only be altered with the assistance of qualified Psion Teklogix personnel They will be able to help you configure your Psion Tek logix device s
39. music id My Documents Program Files 12 11 08 21 3K 12 11 08 6 32K 12 11 08 28 0K 12 11 08 132K 12 11 08 352K ES Manu Tap to move back one level Creating A New Folder e Tap Start gt Programs gt File Explorer Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Creating A New Folder Tap to display additional storage files me Explorer ven Yi do X My Device a music ik My Documents 12 11 08 21 3K 12 11 08 6 32K 12 11 08 28 0K 12 11 08 132K 12 11 08 352K ES Manu Tap Menu gt New Folder in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen Use the Ik n keyboard or the soft keyboard to assign a name to the folder Renaming A File Press and hold the stylus on the file you want to rename A ring of dots is displayed fol lowed by a pop up menu Tap Rename The file name is highlighted Type a new name Copying A File Press and hold the stylus on the file you want to copy A ring of dots is displayed fol lowed by a pop up menu Tap on Copy in the pop up menu Navigate to the location where you want to copy the file Press and hold the stylus in a blank area of the screen away from other icons until a pop up menu is displayed Tap Paste to copy the file to the new location Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 71 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Deleting A File 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 1 72 Deleting A File e Press and hold the stylus on the file or fo
40. tap on the soft keyboard icon to display the soft keyboard and type the correct word Renaming A Note e Press and hold the stylus on the file name in the Notes screen that you want to rename In the pop up menu choose Rename Move or Tap the file name to select it and tap on Menu gt Rename Move Inthe Name field type the new name and tap OK Recording Notes It s sometimes easier to record a note than to write it down just to make certain that you ve captured an idea before it drifts away To make an audio recording Tap on New to open a fresh note e Tap on Menu gt View Recording Toolbar 4 d 4 24 bk Volume Skip to end Skip to beginning Progress Indicator Tap on the Record button a beep alerts you that your device is now ready to record Begin speaking into the microphone on the Ik n or move the Ik6n to within a few feet of the source of the sound you want to record Tap on the Stop button when you ve completed your recording Tap on OK to save the note 100 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Synchronizing A Note A speaker icon is displayed in the note indicating the presence of a recording within the note Z Notes 4 46 4 26 Dk fe ap 0 e New E Menu To play the recorded note tap on the speaker icon 5 11 5 Synchronizing A Note Like Tasks Contacts and so on the Notes program can be synchroniz
41. will run on its internal battery However if the operator switches the key off repeatedly for long periods during a shift it may make more sense to wire the vehicle cradle before the switch In this case the Ik6n will always operate from vehicle power and that power will charge the battery when needed Keep in mind that the Ik n will continue to operate with or without vehicle power as long as the internal battery has sufficient charge 7 10 4 USB And Serial Connections A Important Depending on the configuration the CH1005A Powered Vehicle Cradle has up to three data connectors and one power connector The Powered Vehicle Cradle full configuration consists of two serial DE 9M ports and one USB Type A port located at the base of the product These are COM and USB ports that allow the communication of serial and USB devices with the Ik n These ports are One powered USB A Host One full Serial port e One Serial port that provides power over pin 9 This port is located nearest the front LED and is marked as COM 6 in Figure 7 14 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 273 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Using The Vehicle Cradle 7 10 5 Figure 7 14 CH1005A Ports USB A Host Port Serial Port A Serial Port B COM 5 COM 6 DC Power Port Peripherals such as scanners printers GPS etc may be used with the Ik6n and the cradle Check with Psion Teklogix if t
42. 0 to 30 0 to 3 sec A value of 0 zero disables the aiming dot Laser On Time The value assigned to this parameter determines how long the laser will remain on when the scan button or trigger is pressed Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value between 5 and 99 each number representing 0 1 D 2 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 2 2 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Advanced Options Decoded Internal Advanced Options Decoded Internal Continuous Scan Mode Setting this parameter to on keeps the laser on and continuously decoding as long as the scanner button is pressed and held down Minimum Cancel Time The value assigned to this parameter determines the time delay before the scanner is turned off once the scanner trigger or button is released This gives the scanner a minimum amount of time to complete its current decode before the scan is cancelled when the user quickly triggers on off Power Mode This parameter is a power saving option Tapping on it displays a screen listing two power mode options Continuous Power and Low Power In Continuous Power mode the scanner is always on waiting for a trigger pull or a serial communication In Low Power mode the scanner is in a standby state drawing minimal power until a trigger pull or serial communication wakes 1t Keep in mind that while this option is more suitable for battery powered applic
43. 1 User Manual 135 Chapter 6 Settings Input Method Tab Figure 6 2 Letter Recognizer Quick Settings er q 5 53 ok i 4 q 5 55 bk Input Letter Recognizer Options rt meta O Right to left crossbar LD Allow accented characters With Letter Recognizer you can enter characters using natural character strokes and gestures you may be familiar with These options allow the Letter Recognizer to better interpret any specialized strokes and accents you may wish to use Transcriber Options Note Before you can display the Options for Transcriber you need to select Transcriber as the active input method Tap on the arrow to the right of the keyboard icon in the taskbar and choose Transcriber When you choose Transcriber as the input method three tabs of options are available to you Quick Settings Inking and Advanced 4 d 6 02 ok Transcriber Options omen A Writing Direction G Intro screen M Sound Quick Settings The Quick Settings tab allows you choose the writing direction the icons indicate direction In addition you can choose to enable or disable the display of the Introductory screen and the sound each time you launch the Transcriber 136 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Input Method Tab Inking In the Inking tab you are presented with a number of options Recognition Delay allows you to determ
44. 10 07 8 00 PM Ends 9 10 07 9 00 PM All Day No Oceurs Once Reminder Remind me 15 minute s Categories No categories Attendees No attendees Status Busy Sensitivity Normal Appointment Notes In the Subject field name the appointment Complete the remaining fields to reflect your appointment details Note Refer to Adding Reminders on page 67 for details about reminders Refer to Using Categories on page 68 for information about this option Tap on OK to save your changes and close the screen 4 2 6 2 Adding Reminders If you want to be reminded in advance of an appointment e In the Reminder field choose Remind me from the dropdown menu In the second Reminder field tap on the number in the field to display a dropdown menu where you can define a numeric value of 1 5 10 15 30 Tap on minute s to display a dropdown menu from which you can choose the time unit for your reminder minute s hour s day s or week s Tap OK to finish You are returned to the view you were in before adding the reminder Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 67 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Calendar Of Upcoming Appointments Tap the appointment in the Calendar screen to display it in a summary screen The reminder is indicated by the small bell icon S Calendar Meeting 1 00p 2 00p Mon 4 23 2007 4 2 6 3 Using Categories Categories help you organize and
45. 1081146 and the CH1005A Improper connec tion can damage the vehicle or the cradle This cable can be used to provide power to CH1005A from a fused circuit The vehicle cradle should be added to a fused circuit with a new maximum load capacity of the original load plus the cradle load which is 4A Power cables are equipped with fuses and instructions are supplied with each cable Use only a 4A slow blow Safety approved fuse in the fuse assembly These cables should only supply operating power from the vehicle to the Powered Vehicle Cradle from 12VDC or 24VDC systems 272 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories USB And Serial Connections The Powered Vehicle Cradle draws no more than 1 9 A 12 VDC or 0 95 A 24 VDC Any additional wiring connectors or disconnects used should be rated for at least 4A The Powered Vehicle Cradle and peripherals can be used with both negative ground systems when using the Power Extension cable Peripheral wiring should be closely examined to avoid ground loops in positive ground systems There is the option of connecting power to the cradle before or after the key switch Itis preferable to wire after the key switch In this configuration when the key is turned ON the vehicle will power the cradle and docked Ik6n charging the internal battery when needed When the vehicle ignition is OFF the Ik6n docked in the cradle
46. 11 7 11 1 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Scanners And Imagers To clean ink marks from the label use isopropyl alcohol The two lock assembly in the Powered Vehicle Cradle holds the Ik6n firmly in place Although this mechanism is designed for at least 20 000 cycles it will wear over time and will no longer lock the Ik6n securely in the cradle For replacement parts and instructions contact Psion Teklogix Partial disassembly is required Scanners And Imagers The Ik n supports several scanner imager options to address a variety of user application re quirements The scanner imager installed in your unit can be configured using the Scanner Settings located under Settings gt System gt Teklogix Scanners see Scanner Settings on page 176 and the Manage Triggers application see Manage Triggers on page 159 Scanner imagers available for your Ik n include 1D Laser SE955 1D Imager EV15 and the 2D Imager SX5400 It is critical that you review the safety information in the k n Rugged PDA Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000148 before proceeding Scanning Techniques e Hold the scanner at an angle Do not hold it perpendicular to the bar code Do not hold the scanner directly over the bar code In this position light can reflect back into the scanner s exit window and prevent a successful decode Scan the entire bar code If you are using a 1D laser scanner make certain that the sca
47. 2 Thread the tether through the eyelet on the strap 250 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Protective Carrying Cases 4 Slip the stylus into the elastic holder and you re finished 7 1 3 Protective Carrying Cases Two leather carrying cases are available for Ik6ns to shield it from damage The Model No CH6090 pouch fully covers the Ik n the Model No CH6095 case provides full access to the Ik6n screen and keyboard for functionality 7 2 The Battery The Ik6n operates with a 5000 mAh Lithium Ion battery pack EN Note For information about inserting removing and charging the battery refer to The Battery on page 36 For battery specifications refer to Lithium lon 5000 mAh Battery Specifications on page 291 7 3 Adaptor Cable Options The following are adaptors can be ordered for your Ik n Model Number Adaptor Cable Description CA 1033 Tether to USB Host CA1032 Tether to USB Device For ActiveSync WA4010 G1 USB to Ethernet adaptor CH1050 Power cable used with quad docking station CH4004 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 251 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Chargers And Docking Stations 7 4 Chargers And Docking Stations A Important Keep in mind when ordering a charger or docking station you must also order the appropriate p
48. 26 6 Suspend Threshold And Estimated Battery Backup 0 cece eee 168 6 26 7 Suspend Mode 0 cece cece eee eee eee rr 169 Regional Settings ronca 169 REMOVE POTASA eens 170 Screen A e DO 170 Task MED IES ts 171 Teklogix Error Handling Service 00 cece cece cece ee cee eee nee e ence tenn eeenes 173 6 311 Error Loginis a a secede a geen OO AAA 173 6 31 2 Netlog erorri tiura si ELLLER AARAA AAAA bree kh kEi EASES 174 Teklogix Im gers Settings ioon er ereen EEE E EAE EEEE E RET EE REUNA 175 Scanner settings En A a RARA FAI 176 6 33 1 Bar Code Settings The Scanner Menu 00 cc ceeeeeee eee eeeeeeee 177 6 33 2 Options Mabe 123133326 a o 178 6 33 3 Translations Tabo nee 180 INAP a A eevee ae ceeasseesesonecien 183 Total Recalde ces 186 6 34 1 Creating A Backup Profile 0 0 ccc cece cece cence cnet ee eee teen rs 187 6 34 2 Restoring A Profile 0 cece ccc cc e eee eee e eee n eee rr 190 A fanaa teg T Soeeacets adh bk Red RES eae eanneee eee ee EE REE 190 6 35 1 Advanced Interface And Network 00 cece cence cece cnet een ree 191 6 35 2 Advanced Services Settings 0 cece cece eee cee eect eee e eens rr 192 6 33 3 Radio Features te424233 5 corseaccensnouem oo 193 6 35 4 User System Setti ceo 194 6 39 5 Registry Editor lt 2 ot4sa c0c0 822 eek es Reseed NA rada DA 195 Windows Update a0 cccccecececeeeeescen bebo 195 Comnections Tabac
49. 3 Get To Know The Ik n Uploading Data In A Docking Station 3 8 A EN 3 9 Uploading Data In A Docking Station Important Review the documentation provided with the user application installed in your Ik n before performing data uploads The desktop docking station and quad docking station are typically used to upload transac tion data to a server computer when a radio link is not available Note Refer to Chargers And Docking Stations on page 252 for more details The desktop docking station can complete batch uploads to a Client USB connected PC or server An optional 10 100baseT Ethernet module is also available Unlike the desktop docking station the quad docking station supports only TCP IP connec tions to a PC or server through a 10 100baseT Ethernet connection When an Ik6n is properly inserted in a docking station a dock icon is displayed in the navigation bar at the top of the screen The Ik n also detects the presence of the Ethernet network Bluetooth Radio Note Integrated Bluetooth radios are standard on Ik n units Keep in mind also that Blu etooth is available simultaneously with WAN and 802 11g on a single Ikon The Ik6n is equipped with an on board Bluetooth radio This type of radio enables short range data communication between devices The Bluetooth also provides the capability to use a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone as a data modem exchanging information with other Bluetooth devices
50. 4 Inthe Select a modem dropdown menu choose a modem connection If you haven t already created a modem connection refer to Modem Connection Setup on page 211 5 To connect to the Internet launch the program you want to use For example launch Internet Explorer on your Ik n to browse the Internet Your Ik n automatically connects 1 Y Note To set up a network card or wireless network connection to your ISP add a new con A nection under My Work Network 6 41 1 Modem Connection Setup Before you begin you 1l need the following information from your ISP or network adminis trator telephone number password domain name and TCP IP settings Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 211 Chapter 6 Settings Modem Connection Setup If your Ik n does not have access to a mobile phone network insert a modem card in the unit 1 Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Connections icon 2 To create a new connection in either My ISP or My Work Network tap on Add a new modem connection 3 In the Make New Connection screen type a name for the connection Settings Q g d 2 52 Make New Connection Enter a name for the connection Connection 1 Select a modem Hayes Compatible on COM1 X 4 Inthe dropdown menu under Select a modem tap on your modem type Note If your modem is not listed in the dropdown menu choose Hayes Compatible on COMI 5 Ta
51. A format and is affected by UPC A pro gramming selections e g Preamble Check Digit Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details UPC EAN Shared Settings The parameters you set here are a shared across all available UPC and EAN bar codes Enable Bookland EAN Setting this parameter to on allows your scanner to recognize Bookland EAN bar codes Supplementals Supplementals are additionally appended characters 2 or 5 Double tapping this parameter displays a list of options If Ignore is chosen UPC EAN is decoded and the supplemental characters are ignored If Decode is chosen UPC EAN symbols are decoded with supplementals Autodiscriminate works in conjunction with the Supp Redundancy parameter Supp Redundancy With Autodiscriminate selected in the Supplementals parameter Supp Redundancy adjusts the number of times a symbol without supplementals is decoded before transmission When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a value between 2 and 20 A value of 5 or above is recommended when Autodiscriminate is selected and you are decoding a mix of UPC EAN symbols with and without supplementals Security Level This parameter controls the tolerance for decoding edge to edge UPC EAN bar codes Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can choose a level D 12 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Ma
52. Bar Code Only Imager D 37 certificates 148 charger safety instructions 232 chargers 252 AC wall adaptor PS1050 G1 262 CH4000 desktop docking station 254 troubleshooting LED 258 CH4004 operator controls 260 CH4004 quad docking station 259 troubleshooting 262 installation 253 check digit D 15 Check Digit One D 5 Check Digits MSI Plessey D 5 Check Digit Verification D 7 D 8 D 22 D 24 D 29 D 30 D 32 Check Digit Verification Codabar D 28 Check Digit Verification Code 39 D 38 Check Digit Verification I 2 of 5 D 16 D 41 CH1005A powered vehicle cradle 268 275 CH4000 desktop docking station cleaning 258 CH4004 quad docking station 259 cleaning 26 Ethernet 260 troubleshooting 262 cleaning Ik n 52 Click Data scanner double click 778 Click Time scanner double click 178 clock setting 61 150 CLSI Editing D 14 CLSI Library System D 28 Codabar D 14 D 28 D 40 Codabar D 4 Codablock D 36 Code Page Default Local ASCII 80 ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 80 code page Data Handling 180 Code 11 D 30 Code 128 D 38 Code 128 D 9 D 23 Code 128 Emulation D 9 D 35 Code 32 Convert To D 6 Code 32 Prefix D 7 Code 39 D 6 D 21 Code 93 D 13 D 27 D 40 Code 93 D 13 cold reset 32 communication ActiveSync 13 85 data transfer 14 Ethernet connection quad docking station 260 Ik n to PC 257 Windows Vista 15 COM port Bluetooth 203 Composite D 18 D 34 D 41 connecting to a server with 707 connection
53. D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details EAN 13 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable EAN 13 D 38 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual El D 4 5 D 4 6 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings EAN 8 Addendum An addendum is a separate bar code supplementary to the main bar code This parameter provides three options Disabled Optional and Required Depending on the value chosen for this parameter an addendum is recognized or ignored Double tap on Addendum to display a dialog box listing your options Highlight an item and tap on OK When Addendum is set to Disabled the scanner does not recognize an addendum If this parameter is set to Optional the scanner searches for an addendum and if one exists appends it to the main bar code When the parameter is set to Required the scanner does not accept the main bar code without an addendum Note Setting Addendum to Optional reduces performance It should only be chosen if at least some of the bar codes being read have addendums Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details EAN 8 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable EAN 8 Addendum Refer to Addendum on page D 26 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details UPC A Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable UPC A Addendum Refer to Adden
54. Instructions The CH1000 storage temperature is 40 C to 70 C 40 F to 158 F Operating humidity and temperature is 5 95 non condensing and 30 C to 60 C 22 F to 140 F Vehicle Cradle Operation Operator Controls The vehicle cradle has no operator controls or power switch Indicators The CH1000 has no front indicators The Ik n LED serves as the power indicator Placing The Ik n In The Vehicle Cradle Connect the vehicle power to the Ik6n prior to inserting it in the vehicle cradle The vehicle cradle is designed with a front opening through which you can pass the con nected cable while inserting the Ik n see Figure 7 9 on page 265 When placing the Ik n into the vehicle cradle press firmly on the top of the PDA and the Ik n will bottom out on the cradle base This action will make the final fit to the cradle base to allow the rear restraining mechanism to resist vibration Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 265 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 7 9 2 4 7 9 3 A 7 9 3 1 Removing The Ik n From The Vehicle Cradle When removing the Ik n apply slight pressure to the rear and pull upwards The rear first motion will assist in disengaging the rear restraining mechanism Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations Warning Before mounting a vehicle cradle in a vehicle there are a number of opera tor safety issues that require car
55. It is a rocker button pressing the top half of the button increases volume while pressing the bottom half of the button decreases it Monitoring The Battery And Maximizing Run Time Note When the battery is at 50 capacity a low battery warning is displayed When the battery is at about 10 capacity a very low battery notification bubble appears As Lithium Ion batteries age their capacity decreases gradually and they are generally con sidered depleted after approximately 2 years of use less than 60 of original capacity remaining Keep in mind however that heavy usage or operating the Ik6n at temperature ex tremes will shorten the battery life 48 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 7 1 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Storing Batteries Lithium Ion batteries do not require conditioning cycles and the Ik n battery system in cluding chargers requires no user interaction to maintain peak performance To maximize the run time of your batteries consider the following The display backlight is a large drain on the battery Try to keep its brightness as low as possible The Ik6n is event driven that is when it is not in use the Ik6n reverts to sleep mode even when it appears to be running saving battery power Events include a key press touchscreen taps and scan triggers Power consumption is reduced if you avoid unneces sary events and allow the Ik6n to sleep as much as possible
56. LAN Refer to EAP Credentials on page A 6 and SCU Security Capabilities on page A 5 for details about these settings SCU Security Capabilities The SCU provides integrated security to protect transmitted data as well as the PDA and wireless WAN infrastructure that transmit and receive data A foundational element of the IEEE 802 111 WLAN security standard is IEEE 802 1X and a critical application on a mobile device is an 802 1 X supplicant This supplicant provides an interface between the radio and the operating system and supports the authentication and en cryption elements required for 802 111 also known as Wi Fi Protected Access 2 WPA2 as well as predecessors such as WPA and WEP Summit software includes an integrated suppli cant that supports a broad range of security capabilities including e 802 1X authentication using pre shared keys or an EAP type required for WPA2 and WPA e Data encryption and decryption using WPA2 AES WPA TKIP or WEP Common EAP types include EAP TLS Uses the same technology as a follow on to Secure Socket Layer SSL It provides strong security but relies on client certificates for user authentication Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 5 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU EAP Credentials PEAP Provides secure user authentication by using a TLS tunnel to encrypt EAP traf fic Two different inner methods are used with PEAP EAP MSCHAPV2 2 resulting in
57. Mz ok Bluetooth Device Name iKon Device Class Handheld Local Address 0013E0727EBC Manufacturer Cambridge Silicon Radio HCI Version 3 3164 LMP Version 3 32768 cane San Aave tos The About tab displays information about the Bluetooth module such as the manufacturer name local address and version Like the Active tab this information cannot be edited 6 39 8 The Bluetooth GPRS Phone Once you ve completed the Bluetooth settings you can go ahead and set up communication through your Bluetooth equipped phone Before you begin make certain that the Bluetooth phone is turned on that the Bluetooth radio in your Ik n and in your phone are switched on and that the Ik n and phone are within 10 metres of each other Both should be discoverable 4 d 1 53 bk Connections Make New Connection My ISP name Enter a name for the connection Add a new modem connection My Connection 3 Set up my proxy server a Manage existing connections Select a modem My Work Network Hayes Compatible on COM1 X Add a new modem connection Add a new VPN server connection Set up my proxy server 1 Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Connections tab 2 Tap on the Connections icon Tap on Add a new modem connection 206 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 9 10 11 12 13 14 Chapter 6 Settings The Bluetooth GPRS Phone Type a name for the connection Tap on the S
58. Ports Outgaing Por lt gt New Outgoing Port When you pair the Ik n with another device New Outgoing Port is listed in this dialog box Tapping on this option allows you to assign an outgoing COM port number To work with an existing COM port number tap and hold the stylus on an existing port To assign a new port number make certain that your Ik n is connected to the other device via Bluetooth Inthe COM Ports tab tap on New Outgoing Port Choose a COM port number from the list Note Ifa port cannot be created the number you ve chosen is already in use Choose a dif ferent port number Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 203 Chapter 6 Settings Outgoing Port 6 39 4 Outgoing Port Settings 4 Til lok Bluetooth To communicate with a Bluetooth device printer assign an outgoing port name to a discovered device Enable outgoing port as Select device to communicate with lt Add new device gt ml Prompt me to select a device before connecting Show connecting status popup Made COM Ports Outgoing Port Outgoing Port acts as a serial port that can be used to connect to a list of Bluetooth devices one at a time This tab allows you to assign and enable an outgoing port and choose the device with which you want to communicate from the list You can also tailor the behaviour of your Ik n so that you are prompted to choose the device with which you want to c
59. Quad Docking Station is a desktop model designed to accept up to four Ik n Rugged PDAs The docking station powers the Ik ns and their internal battery charger The docking station also connects from one to four Ik ns to a 10 100 Base T Ethernet network and allows for Ethernet data transfer Figure 7 5 CH4004 Quad Docking Station Front View Operator Controls The CH4004 has no operator controls or power switch Indicators The quad docking station is equipped with two rear Ethernet LEDs and no front LEDs Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 259 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Quad Dock Operation 7 6 3 Quad Dock Operation 7 6 3 1 Charging The Ik6n Battery Insert the DC power MINI FIT JR plug into the CH4004 rear DC input receptacle The adaptor LED should be ON when powered from the mains The CH4004 supplies DC power to enable the Ik6n internal fast charger Normally a full charge of the 5000 mAh Ik n battery will take from 2 5 to 3 0 hours Insert up to four Ik ns into the docking station charge wells pressing down gently but firmly to seat them securely During the charge the Ik n LED slow flashes green When the battery capacity reaches 95 the LED turns solid green AN Note Battery charging continues whether the Ik n is switched on or off 7 6 3 2 Connecting To The Ethernet Network The rear mounted RJ45 connector incorporates LEDs that indicate data traffic se
60. Settings Managing An Existing Connection Launch a program like Internet Explorer to activate the connection The VPN connec tion will start automatically 6 42 6 Managing An Existing Connection Once you ve defined a connection a new option appears in the first Connections screen Manage existing connections 6 42 6 1 Editing A Connection Tap on Settings gt Connections tab Tap on the Connections icon e Tap on Manage existing connections ef 46 3 51 ok 4 46 3 58 bk Connections My Work Network gt My ISP name 1 Tap and hold on an existing connection for Add a new modem connection more options Set up my proxy server Name Number My Work Network My Connection 4 5551212 Add a new modem connection Edit my VPN servers Set up my proxy server Tap here Manage existing connections General Modem ven Proxy Settings e To launch a connection from this screen press and hold the stylus on the connection you want to activate Choose Connect from the pop up menu e To delete a connection press and hold the stylus on the connection you want to delete Choose Delete from the pop up menu Note You can also create a new connection by tapping on the New button To make changes to the settings for this connection tap on Edit 6 42 6 2 Changing A Connection Setting Name Your Ik n has two sets of connection settings My ISP and My Work Network If you want to change one or both of th
61. Settings aoe Y e ok One Shot Modes z Orange Lock v Blue OneShot X Show modifier key state The options in this tab allows you to determine how modifier keys on your Ik6n behave For each modifier key ALT SHIFT CTRL ORANGE and BLUE you have the fol lowing options in the dropdown menu Lock OneShot and OneShot Lock Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 125 Chapter 6 Settings One Shots A Important Once you ve assigned a One Shot mode to a modifier key you need to tap on the OK button at the top of the tab to activate your selection Lock If you choose Lock from the dropdown menu pressing a modifier key once locks it on until you press the modifier key a second time to unlock or turn 1t off OneShot If you choose OneShot the modifier key remains active only until the next key is pressed OneShot Lock OneShot Lock allows you to combine these functions If you choose this option and press the modifier key once it remains active only until the next key is pressed If you choose OneShot Lock and then press the modifier key twice it is locked on remain ing active until the modifier key is pressed a third time to turn it off Show Modifier Key State When you enable Show modifier key state a shift state indicator icon replaces the soft keyboard icon in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen When a modifier key is pressed a square in this icon is hi
62. Slot tab 167 On Battery Power 165 On External Power 165 Power Mode Decoded Internal Scanner D 3 Predefined preset C All C 2 Default C 2 C 3 C 4 Glossy surface C 3 Linear C 3 Linear and PDF C 3 Low light C 3 Low light near C 4 Low power C 3 Matrix C 3 Motion C 4 Postal C 3 Predefined presets C 2 Prefix D 6 D 9 Preset Custom C 1 Group C Group default identifier C 2 Predefined C C 2 Preset group Default identifier C 2 profile creating backup 187 profile restoring backup 190 Programs 75 85 minimizing 75 opening 75 properties PDA 146 protective case 231 proxy server setting up 221 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual vil Vill Index quad docking station CH4004 259 R radio Bluetooth specs 290 GSM GPRS EDGE 286 Siemens HC25 UMTS radio specifications 288 Siemens MC75 GSM radio specifications 286 UMTS 288 802 11b g Direct Sequence SS 286 802 11b g radio specifications 286 radio specifications 286 Raster Expand Rate 2D D 5 Raster Height 2D D 5 Reading Range D 22 D 24 D 27 D 30 reboot reset 31 Rectangular 2D Data Matrix D 42 Regional Settings 169 remapping Scancode 129 Unicode 128 Remote Desktop Mobile 106 Remove Programs 170 resetting the PDA 31 cold reboot 32 warm reset 3 ring tone adjustments phone 26 RSS Code D 17 D 33 D 41 S safety instructions AC adaptor 252 battery charger 252 scanner 275 safety warning scanner 275 Same Read Timeout D 2 Sa
63. Tap on the Tools menu and choose Network By default the GSM radio modem automatically chooses from the available and allowed networks allowed networks are the home network and all other networks with which the home network has a roaming agreement You may find there are some situations in which you want to override this default behaviour For example you may want to disable roaming if you find yourself in a border area where the home network is not available but a foreign roaming partner is available Abroad you may find that an available network does not have packet data roaming agreements In this case you ll need to manually select the network which you know to support packet data roaming Automatic network selection is enabled or disabled by checking or unchecking Enable auto matic network select in the Network dialog box When automatic network selection is disabled you must select a network manually Available networks can also be viewed without changing any settings Scanning for avail able networks is a lengthy operation a progress bar is shown while the scan is active For every network that is found the network name country status and numeric network identi fier MCC MNC Mobile Country Code followed by the Mobile Network Code is displayed Note Your home network operator will need to let you know which other networks have roaming agreements Even when a network is listed with an Available status it does not n
64. The symbologies listed change to reflect the scanner you choose and the bar codes it supports A Important To improve the decode speed and performance enable only those codes that are required by the application Keep in mind that some bar code types are only available when an internal imaging scanner is installed All internal scanners can be configured using the Barcode dialog boxes Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 1 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Decoded Internal Scanner D 2 Decoded Internal Scanner Scanner Settings e Vy K ok Scanner Bex Sine X Options Advanced Options 2D Scanning Options Data Options Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPCA UPC E To change a setting press space or double click Barcodes pro Trendatore Pome D 2 1 Options Decoded Internal Scanner Dot Time msec The value selected for Dot Time msec determines in milliseconds how long the target ing dot remains on before the scanner switches to a normal scan sweep When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a value of 0 msec 200 msec or 400 msec A value of 0 zero disables the target dot Aim Duration This parameter determines the total time the aiming pattern appears before the scanner laser begins sweeping When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a value from
65. Type the credentials supplied by your service provider and tap Finish Using Internet Sharing Make certain that your data connect is running and that you can access the Internet from the Ik6n If you are using a USB cable to connect to your PC you will need to disable the ActiveSync USB connection On your PC open the ActiveSync window and tap on File gt Connection Settings Disable Allow USB connection by tapping in the checkbox to the left of this option e Connect the Ik6n to your PC using Bluetooth or a USB cable On your Ik n tap Start gt Programs gt Internet Sharing e Choose the PC Connection type USB or Bluetooth Choose the network connection that the Ik n should use to connect to the Internet 96 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Notes Tap Connect It takes approximately 30 seconds to establish a connection If you are prompted to turn on Bluetooth tap Yes If your are using a Bluetooth connection execute the following steps on your PC Tap Start gt Control Panel gt Network Connections Right click on Bluetooth Network Connections and click on View Bluetooth Network Devices e Ifthe Ik n is listed as a Network Access Point choose Connect If it is not listed choose Create a new connection and use the New Connection Wizard to add the Ik6n to the list 5 11 Notes The Notes application is an electronic notepad you can use to jot down your ideas
66. W Write A Active ico Barcoding Fier rastros COP A Important Refer to Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet for details about this applet A PTSI Imager demo applet is also provided to illustrate how the imager works Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 175 Chapter 6 Settings Scanner Settings To launch the demo Tap on Start gt Programs and then tap on the PTSI Imager icon PTS Front Imager e Er ok PTS Setting z tell 6 33 Scanner Settings The Teklogix Scanners icon in the Settings menu provides access to dialog boxes in which you can tailor bar code options and choose the bar codes your scanner will recognize 176 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 33 1 A Scanner icon Chapter 6 Settings Bar Code Settings The Scanner Menu Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the System tab followed by the Teklogix fl Teklogix Scanners Scanner Settings on Yi CE x Scanner DEEE y Options Advanced Options 2D Scanning Options Data Options Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPCA UPC E Se To change a setting press space or double click opens Trandate Pore Bar Code Settings The Scanner Menu The dropdown menu to the right of the Scanner option allows you to choose from one of the following scanner types used with your Ik n Decoded internal Decoded Intermec I
67. are trying to de termine why a rule is failing 6 33 4 Ports Tab While you cannot configure the scanner you can configure communications with a serial decoded scanner using the options in this tab Scanner Settings veg Ti lt ok mag Port Replicator Port A COMS Port Replicator Port B COM6 To change a setting press space or double click Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 183 Chapter 6 Settings Ports Tab 6 33 4 1 Port Replicator Port A COM5 Scanner Settings pag Yi ok ig Port Replicator Port A COMS Enabled off Baud 19200 Data Bits 8 Parity None Stop Bits 1 Trigger On Sequence 00 00 00 Q Trigger Off Sequence 00 00 00 q Port Replicator Port B COM6 To change a setting press space or double click Pera Enabled This parameter allows you to turn this port on enable and off Baud Double tapping on this parameter displays a pop up window in which you can choose an ap propriate baud rate Scanner Settings omy Til Mz ok Data Bits This parameter determines the number of data bits included in each asynchronous data byte Most devices use 8 bit data bytes Double tapping on this option displays a pop up window in which you can choose either 7 or 8 data bits 184 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Ports Tab Parity This parameter determines the type of parity checking used on the data going th
68. around it to indicate that this key is locked on e Press numeric key 2 twice to display the letter b To choose the third letter in the sequence in this example the letter c e Lock the ORANGE key on Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 43 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Numeric Keyboard Accessing Alpha Keys 3 3 5 2 3 3 5 3 44 A IM Press numeric key 2 three times to display the letter c Note Keep in mind that there is a time out if you pause for one second between key presses when selecting the second third or fourth letters on a key For example suppose you want to type the letter c you would need to press the 2 key three times With the ORANGE key locked on if you press 2 twice and then pause between key presses for 1 second the letter b will be selected automatically You can adjust the delay between alpha key presses using the Sequence settings Refer to Sequence on page 125 for details Creating Uppercase Letters To display capital letters you need to first lock the SHIFT key on Press the SHIFT key twice All alpha keys are displayed in uppercase until you press the SHIFT key again to unlock switch off the function of this key Choosing Multiple Alpha Characters Lock the ORANGE key on Each time you press a numeric key from 2 through 9 an alpha character will be dis played on th
69. bees eS ee hen Ae ee le 125 6 4 4 Keyboard Macro Keys 2 o e 127 6 4 5 Unicode Mapping 2 2 128 6 4 6 Scancode Remapping ee 129 6 47 Lock Sequence ce o de a eee ew ee we Ae de hace ai 132 OSIM PU ise A a Se ae eas SG al eee oe Rd 133 6 5 lInput Method Tab ica dt e a ae 134 6 5 1 1 Word Completion 2 0 0 0 0000000 138 6 5 2 Options Additional Choices o a 138 OLOR ao aca Auta Betis a is testi aides et isk fea Sa cata cat Soe tacks de cel ole pin te Chal gs Ace oe do a 139 057 MOUS ss kb A A woh ihe ee Bae ah Re eo Be a 140 6 7 1 Start Menu Tab eee 140 6 8 Owner Information ooa 141 6 9 Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only 142 6 10 Sound amp Notifications e 142 AA A E 143 6 10 2 Notifications ee 143 6 11 Today Screen ici 23 A ey meting aie ee eh Bow tea Sh al Lak Mae Gla aa leg ia 144 Os T Appearance s a 22 a en aan a So wn ee ee ad 144 6 11 2 Wemsxee a wo 6 a aa ee BS EE ee A ae eS 144 6 12 Syster Tab Settings id Belge Ps Ooo Ba ae Se 145 ADO A A deed kee Mer meas be peak a se Mh Se 145 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 115 6 14 About Device te ee ee A 146 615 Backlight e easi a Behe aa a a i Belay e 146 6 15 1 Battery POWer e uen a a aA a a E ee 146 6 15 2 External Power ooa aaa a 147 6 153 Nensi yeee hota ea e E a Bee BA Ree ee hn A
70. bok PAI A id 41 3 3 5 The Numeric Keyboard Accessing Alpha Keys 43 3 3 5 1 Choosing A Single Alpha Character 43 3 3 5 2 Creating Uppercase Letters 004 44 3 3 5 3 Choosing Multiple Alpha Characters 44 3 3 6 The Keypad Backlight 2 00000220005 45 3 4 The Display ua OE ele eee Bie eG ee hoe se Be es 45 3 4 1 Setting The Backlight Intensity amp Duration 45 3 4 2 Adjusting the Backlight Using The Keyboard 45 3 4 3 Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen 04 45 3 4 4 Screw Orientation 4 1 4 te ee ey Se ta ee 47 3 5 IKOn Indicators iii Behe bale Ae bee en Be Aca aly Gee ee Ee 47 Sel MB A ee Ee ee eS te IO 47 3 6 Audio Indicators cis Alla oh E e BOS ee da 48 3 7 Monitoring The Battery And Maximizing Run Time 48 3 7 1 Storing Batteries 2 es 49 3 8 Uploading Data In A Docking Station 2 2 ee 50 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 33 34 3 9 Bluetooth Radio ee ee ee 50 3 9 1 Pairing A Bluetooth Headset o oo o 50 3 10 Inserting The microSD And SIM Card ooo 51 3 10 1 Inserting The Cards e 51 3 Me The Camera mi A a a e acid Soe Bek 52 3 12 General Maintenance 52 3 12 1 Caring For The Touchscreen 2 2 2 2 ee ee 52 312 2 Cleaning The IKOn n oa leek ee a a Bahk be e
71. by 802 11g when interacting B rates only 1 2 5 5 amp 11 Mbps BG rates Mode with access point Grates only 6 9 12 18 24 36 optimized 48 and 54 Mbps BG rates full All B and G rates BG rates optimized 1 2 5 5 6 11 24 36 amp 54 Mbps Auth Type 802 11 authentication type used Open shared key or LEAP Net Open when associating with access point work EAP EAP Type Extensible Authentication Protocol None LEAP EAP FAST PEAP None type used for 802 1X authentica MSCHAP tion to access point To use EAP TLS you must use WZC A 4 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 3 1 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU SCU Security Capabilities Radio aati Attribute Description Value Default Credentials Authentication credentials for the User Username or Domain User None selected EAP type name up to 64 characters Refer to EAP Credentials on Password up to 64 characters page A 6 For PEAP CA Cert CA server certificate filename Encryption Type of encryption used to protect None Manual WEP Auto WEP None transmitted data generated during EAP authenti cation WPA PSK WPA TKIP WPA2 PSK WPA2 TKIP WPA2 AES CCKM TKIP For Manual WEP Up to four static WEP keys For PSK ASCII passphrase or hex PSK EAP Type amp Encryption Security settings These settings allow you to enhance the security of data across the wireless
72. ca a Se a ae Ge a ee ae wee 101 5 12 1 Using The Camera 2 2 2 0 000002 eee eee 101 5 12 2 Moving Photos To The Ik6n o o o ooo oo 103 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 83 84 5 12 3 Opening A Photo sds oa n ee 103 5112 4 Deleting A Pholoe ie Seg bw oy Ryko a chy eds Bd Ae UE 104 5 12 5 Editing APhoto es 104 5 12 6 Creating A Slide Show 2 ee 104 5 12 7 Using The Video Recorder 2 2 ee 105 5 13 Remote Desktop Mobile 2 2 2 ee ee 106 5 13 1 Connecting To A Terminal Server 2204 107 5 13 2 Disconnecting Without Ending A Session 107 5 13 3 Ending A Session 1 e 107 5 14 Summit Client Utility Cl ia dre oe Rech Hin ERO hh OPS 107 E fa E sty Gat me co aig ache eee OR 108 5 16 Task Manager ii eo a eae eh Roe RoR See eee Gee ele 108 Sel TP TASKS e 4 42 A E a BA ea DEE ag ed weed A PS iat 108 5 18 Internet Explorer 2 2 108 5 18 1 Browsing Web Sites 2 ee 109 5 19 Messaging ita e hoa oe eee Sawa ge E 110 SAQA Folders Sui EA gated E Ge donee ae ae 110 5 19 2 Synchronizing E mail With Outlook 110 5 19 3 Changing Synchronization Settings 2 0 0 0 200004 112 5 20 Windows Media aaa ee 113 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 3 1 Chapter 5 Programs Programs Programs The Programs menu provides access to all the applications availab
73. can for exam ple block all incoming calls tailor to whom your caller ID will be transmitted set up call forwarding and so on Tap on the service you want to set up Tap on Get Settings The service dialog boxes allow you to tailor your available services to meet your require ments Remember that when a particular service dialog box you ve chosen is displayed you can always tap on Start gt Help to get additional information Voice Mail Setup If your service includes Voice Mail a temporary passcode is automatically assigned It is mailed to you as a text message Tap on Start gt Messaging to display your temporary passcode To activate your voice mail e From a land line dial your wireless phone number Allow the Ik n to ring until it is automatically picked up by the voice mail service At the greeting type You will be prompted to enter your temporary passcode A tutorial will lead you through the voice mail setup When you ve assigned your personalized passcode keep it in a secure place Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 29 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Managing Phone Settings 2 7 3 4 Network Tab Phone Current network ROGERS Network selection Automatic bad Preferred networks This dialog box identifies your current network and allows you to view available networks and determine the order in which other preferred networks will be accessed if the current one is unavailable
74. cancelling modem 2 0 Connection Properties serial modem 208 Connections 195 editing settings 2 9 Internet 2 0 managing 2 9 modem setup 2 network selecting 220 network cards setting up 2 6 Proxy Server setup 221 VPN setting up 2 8 Index connections managing 218 Connections Internet 2 0 connectivity hotkey 59 connectivity hotkeys navigation bar 196 Continuous Scan Mode D 3 D 20 Control Panel Predefined presets C 2 Conv UPC E To UPC A D 2 Conv UPC E1 To UPC A D 72 Convert To Code 32 D 6 Convert To EAN 13 D 76 D 25 Convert To UPC A D 26 Copyright information operating system 145 credit card wait for modem setup 2 0 Custom preset C D Data Bits 84 Data Bits modem setup 209 data entry modes handwriting 94 typing 94 Data Handling code page 180 Data Matrix 2D D 42 date setting 6 Decoded D 2 Decoded internal scanner parameters D 2 Decoded Intermec ISCP parameters D 20 decoded scanner D 2 Decode Performance D 8 D 10 Decode Performance Level D 8 D 10 Decoding symbology Predefined symbology C 2 Default Predefined preset C 2 C 3 C 4 Default identifier Preset group C 2 Default Local ASCII Code Page 180 Delete Char Set ECIs D 6 Demo Scanner 86 desktop docking station CH4000 254 desktop screen Today s Screen 57 Device ID tab 1 45 Dial String Commands modem setup 210 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual III IV Index Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1
75. considered part of the symbol Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details UPC E Enabled UPC E Set this parameter to on to allow UPC E bar code scans Enabled UPC E1 Set this parameter to on to allow UPC E1 zero suppressed bar code scans UPC E And UPC E1 Check Digit If you enable one or both of these parameters a check digit is included with the decoded bar code data UPC E And UPC E1 Preamble When you double tap on one of these parameters a dialog box is displayed where you can choose one of three options for lead in characters for UPC E and UPC E1 symbols transmit ted to the host device System Char system character transmitted with the data Country code and System Char both the country code 0 for USA and system character are transmitted with the data or None no preamble is transmitted The lead in characters are considered part of the symbol Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 11 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings UPC EAN Shared Settings D 2 11 Conv UPC E To UPC A This parameter converts UPC E zero suppressed decoded data to UPC A format before transmission After conversion data follows UPC A format and is affected by UPC A pro gramming selections e g Preamble Check Digit Conv UPC E1 To UPC A This parameter converts UPC E1 zero suppressed decoded data to UPC A format before transmission After conversion data follows UPC
76. data rate 384 kbps DL 384 kbps UL CS data rate 64 kbps DL 64 kbps UL Data transfer GPRS SMS Audio Chapter 8 Specifications Siemens HC25 UMTS Modem Multislot Class 10 Full PBCCH support Mobile Station Class B Coding Scheme 1 4 EGPRS Multislot Class 10 EDGE E2 power class for 8 PSK Downlink coding schemes CS 1 4 MCS 1 9 Uplink coding schemes CS 1 4 MCS 1 9 Uplink coding schemes CS 1 4 MCS 1 9 BEP reporting SRB loopback and test mode B 8 bit 11 bit RACH PBCCH support phase 2 phase access procedures Link adaptation and IR NACC extended UL TBF Mobile Station Class B CSD V 110 RLP non transparent 9 6 kbps Point to point MT and MO Text and PDU mode Audio speech codecs GSM AMR EFR FR HR 3GPP AMR DTMF supported CEPT and ANSI supervisory tones supported Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 289 Chapter 8 Specifications Bluetooth Radio 8 2 4 290 Software Interfaces Bluetooth Radio AT commands AT Hayes GSM 07 05 and 07 07 Siemens AT commands for RIL compatibility NDIS RIL Microsoft compatibility RIL NDIS for Windows Mobile USB Supports a USB 2 0 Full Speed 12Mbit s device interface Audio 1 analog interface UICC interface Supported chip cards SIM UICC 3V 1 8V Antenna 500hms External antenna can be con nected via antenna connector
77. ee hae ak Ay oh ed 281 SMD Sottwarece oe anche te baat A oe ad 282 8 1 3 Wireless Communication 2 ee 283 8 1 4 Bar Code Applications optional 2204 284 8 1 5 Digital Camera optional 2 ee ee 284 Si AGcACCESSOTIES gt a ri Seek ae a at eee nia A 285 8 17 Approvalss 268 bea le tent hh OR ah ae wa A es 285 8 2 Radio Specifications eee 286 8 2 1 802 11 b g WLAN Radio ooa o so 286 8 2 2 Siemens MC75 GSM GPRS EDGE Radio 000 4 286 8 2 3 Siemens HC25 UMTS Modem 2 2 2 2 00000 eee 288 8 2 4 Bluetooth Radio e 290 8 3 Lithium Ion 5000 mAh Battery Specifications 291 8 4 Scanner Imager Specifications 2 a ee 291 8 4 1 SE 955HP Specifications 2 ee 291 8 4 1 1 SE 955HP Decode Zone ee 292 8 4 2 EV15 Imager Specifications 2 ee ee ee 292 8 4 2 1 EV15 Imager Decode Zone 2 2 2 ee ee 293 843 SX5400 Imager vi eao pasg whi 6a E 293 8 4 3 1 SX5400 Imager Performance 294 8 4 4 HHP 5000 Imager Performance o oo 2 ee ee 295 8 4 4 1 HHP 5000 Decode Zone 296 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 279 8 1 Chapter 8 Specifications Ik n Specifications Model No 7505 Ik n Specifications Model No 7505 En Note Performance specifications are nominal and subject to change without notice 8 1 1 Hardware
78. in your Start menu 140 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Owner Information 6 8 Owner Information Tapping on Start gt Settings and then tapping on the Owner Information icon allows you to add your personal information to the Ik n Some of this information will be displayed in the desktop Today screen Owner Information Settings ao e Yi lok Owner Information Name Company Address Telephone E mail A Important Refer to Ownership Information on page 62 for details about this option Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 141 Chapter 6 Settings Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only 6 9 Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only Tapping on Start gt Settings and then tapping on the Phone icon allows you to adjust phone settings such as the ring type and tone choose phone services such as barring calls and you can also determine network selections Sa Settings p Yi o ok Phone 624 1554 Sounds Ring type Ring tone Keypad Po E Ring WindowsMobile v l Short tones y Sear Seni neor ow LAT ES AN Important Refer to Managing Phone Settings on page 25 for details about this option 6 10 Sound amp Notifications The Sounds amp Notifications icon allows you to specify when your Ik n will emit sounds 142 Ik n Rugged PDA
79. internal charger When using the internal charger a suitable power source is required All chargers and docking stations are described in Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Installing The Battery e To unlock the battery cover turn the left hand battery fastener to the left and turn the right hand battery fastener to the right e Remove the battery cover Snap the charged battery into the Ikon Replace the battery cover and lock the fasteners Switching The Ik n Rugged PDA On e Press and hold down the Power button for at least one second e When the centre LED flashes yellow release the Power button The desktop Today screen is displayed Note If the Ik n was already in use and is in suspend state pressing the Power button wakes it from this state The screen in which you were working prior to the suspend state is displayed Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 11 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Switching The Ik n Rugged PDA Off A 2 1 4 Important If your Ik n fails to power up consider the following troubleshooting options the battery capacity may be too low lt 100 mAh it may be overheated gt 60 C or the battery may have fallen below the configured suspend threshold If you provide AC power to the Ik n and either the battery capacity is too low or is overheated a yellow LED will flash and the unit will not switch on To switch on the PDA replace the overheated batt
80. is application dependent centre LED Blue Radio Power LED Radio power indicator right most LED Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 47 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Audio Indicators 3 6 1 3 7 En If the Ik n is attached to an external power supply the charge LED the left most LED re flects the battery charge status Table 3 2 Ik n Charge LED Behaviour LED Behaviour Charge Status Solid Green Charge complete Slow Blinking Green LED off Charge in progress Battery charged to less than 80 capacity longer than on Long Blinking Green LED on Battery charged to greater than 80 capacity longer than off Fast Blinking Green LED Charge failure Defective battery or battery outside tempera switches on and off rapidly ture range 0 C to 50 C Note When the Power button is pressed the yellow LED will flash to let you know that the PDA is powered up You can go ahead and release the Power button Audio Indicators The audio speaker provides a variety of sounds when a key is pressed a keyboard character is rejected scan input is accepted or rejected an operator s entry does not match in a match field or the battery is low To specify how you want your Ik6n to respond under various con ditions refer to Sounds on page 143 Adjusting Speaker Volume The Volume button is located on the left side of the Ik6n just below the Scan button
81. n and recharge your battery using power drawn from your vehicle s automotive power outlet Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 263 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories The Non Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CH1000 Figure 7 8 Automotive Power Adaptor Adaptor Plug Automotive Power DC Power Plug Insert the DC power plug into the DC IN port at the base of the Ik n Insert the automotive power adaptor plug into automotive power outlet in your vehicle 7 9 The Non Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CH1000 The CH1000 vehicle cradle is a passive device designed to securely grip the Ik n The cradle design permits access for the DC input cable to connect to the Ik6n see Figure 7 9 on page 265 A stylus holder A loop for tethering the stylus e A cable tidy for draping the power cables or storing the disconnected DC plug Note Shock and vibration specifications for the Ikon are verified using Psion Teklogix approved RAM mounts and mounting hardware Use of non certified Psion Teklogix mounting hardware is not recommended and may void warranty coverage 264 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7 9 1 7 9 2 7 9 2 1 7 9 2 2 7 9 2 3 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Important Instructions Figure 7 9 CH1000 Vehicle Cradle Restraining Mechanisms Cable Tidy Stylus Well Ef rex ocix Cable Pass thru Important
82. need recali bration Refer to Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen on page 45 A touchscreen is a standard feature on all Ik ns Each is equipped with a stylus a pointing tool stored in a slot at the bottom of the unit e Use the stylus to tap on the appropriate icon to open files and folders launch applica tions and programs make selections and so on Windows Mobile 6 1 Desktop Today Screen Keep in mind that if your Ik n is running Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional the Today screen will offer Phone connectivity in the Navigation Bar at the top of the screen and a Phone softkey in the Softkey Bar at the bottom of the screen Units running Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic provide a Calendar option in the Softkey Bar phone options are not available with this version of Windows Mobile 6 1 Volume Control Connectivity Indicator Today s Date 6 Tuesday a Var k Phone Settings Owner Information Tap here to SONES se Start 27m E mail Notification No unread messages n HA Monday ena PM Tasks To Complete E Notasks December 08 2008 Calendar Upcoming ES ROGERS Anpenitients Wi Fi Unavailable On ppo e Getting Started Tap here to set owner information Text Massages 1 Unread No tasks No upcoming appointments Softkey Bar Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic Phone Softkey Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 57 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Window
83. on their availability To specify which networks will be scanned tap on the List button and add a checkmark next to the profiles you want SCU to consider when switching between networks only the selected networks will be scanned for Auto Profile selection Driver and SCU These fields display the version of the device driver and the SCU that are running on the Ik6n About SCU This box provides details about the SCU software Profile Tab The Profile tab allows you to define radio and security settings that are stored in the registry as part of the configuration profile A 2 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Profile Tab The profile you create and save is listed in the Active Profile dropdown menu in the Main tab You can define up to 20 profiles Summit Client Utility gt Ty 4 lt ok Rofe SDC New Rename Delete Radio SSID Client Name Radio Power Save Attributes I pat ncryption None Save Changes Edit Profile Used to choose the profile to be viewed or edited If ThirdPartyConfig is chosen after the Ik n goes through a power cycle WZC is used for configuration of the radio New Allows you to create a new profile with default settings and assign it a name Rename Allows you to assign a profile name Delete Deletes the profile unless it is currently active Scan Opens a new window which displ
84. page D 9 for details Composite Important To successfully read this type of bar code the two types of symbologies included in a composite bar code must be enabled In addition Center Bar Code Only must be disabled A composite symbol includes multi row 2D components making it compatible with linear and area CCD scamners along with linear and rastering laser scanners The options available for this parameter represent multi level components of a composite symbol Enable CC C And Enable CC AB To activate these components set these parameters to on Enable TLC 39 This composite component integrates MicroPDF417 with the linear code Setting this pa rameter to on enables this parameter PDF 417 Enable Setting this parameter to on enables PDF 417 two dimensional 2D coding Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details D 18 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Micro PDF 417 D 2 20 Micro PDF 417 Enable Setting this parameter to on enables Micro PDF 417 bar code scanning Micro PDF 417 is a multi row symbology that is useful for applications requiring greater area efficiency but lower data capacity than PDF 417 Code 128 Emulation When this parameter is enabled the scanner transmits data from certain Micro PDF 417 symbols as if it was encoded in Code 12
85. quickly You can enter text using the soft keyboard the Ik n keyboard or you can write on the screen using your stylus You can also record a message Notes can also be shared through e mail and synchronization with your PC Tap on Start gt Programs gt Notes to launch this application Ifa blank Note like the sample screen here is not displayed tap on New in the softkey bar i Notes er q 2 57 bk New E Menu 5 11 1 Creating A Note e Choose an entry mode for your note Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 97 Chapter 5 Programs Converting Handwritten Notes To Text To enter text with the soft keyboard the Transcriber the Block or the Letter Recognizer tap the stylus on the arrow to the right on the soft keyboard icon EG to choose your text input method To use your stylus to handwrite on the screen tap on the pen icon p pa A A Important Refer to Entering Text on page 78 for text entry details 5 11 2 Compose your note using the method you ve chosen Tap on OK when you re done Your note is automatically saved The file name is the first line of the note if you used the keyboard otherwise it s named Notel Note2 and so on Converting Handwritten Notes To Text When you use the pen tool you can write notes in your own handwriting and keep them as is if you like You can also teach the Ik6n to recognize your handwriting and convert it into printed text To conv
86. setting up 85 ActiveSync CD installation 3 AC wall adaptor PS1050 G1 262 Addendum D 26 D 39 D 40 Addendum Add on 2 D 27 Addendum Add on 5 D 27 Addendum Security D 27 Add Remove Data bar code scanning D 9 Prefix D 9 Strip Leading D 9 Suffix Char D 9 AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System 157 Aim Duration D 2 aiming dot duration of D 2 alarm setting 6 alarms setting 750 aligning touchscreen 45 All Predefined preset C 2 alpha keys accessing 43 appending to bar codes characters 178 INDEX App Launch icon 2 ASCII Full Ascii D 22 audio indicators beep conditions 48 volume adjustment 48 Aztec 2D D 43 B backlight Battery Power tab 146 External Power tab 147 intensity 45 Intensity tab 147 backup profile creating Total Recall 157 backup profile restoring Total Recall 190 Bad Scan Beep 179 Bar code Decoding symbology predefined presets C 2 bar code appending to 178 Decoded D 2 displaying type of bar code 179 Imager D 37 Options tab 178 symbologies Codabar D 14 D 28 D 40 Code 11 D 30 Code 128 D 9 D 38 Code 39 D 38 Code 93 D 13 D 27 D 40 Discrete 2 of 5 D 16 D 32 EAN 13 D 10 D 24 D 38 EAN 8 D 10 D 25 D 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 D 16 D 30 D 40 Matrix 2of5 D 31 MSI Plessey D 14 D 29 UPC A D 11 D 25 D 39 UPCE D 11 D 26 D 40 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Il Index Translation tab 780 bar code reader integrated scanner operation of 275 Barcodes Mus
87. the local ASCII of that OS and display it accurately in this example using double byte characters If you choose 1SO 8859 1 Latin 1 data will be displayed according to the character mapping of this Latin 1 code page ignoring the local OS code page Translations Tab The Translations tab allows you to define up to 10 cases each consisting of up to 10 rules in sequential order Only one case will be applied to a bar code and a case will only be applied if all rules specified in the case are successful if a rule within a case fails the entire case falls 180 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Translations Tab Scanner Settings er Til Mz ok Case 2 empty Case 3 empty Case 4 empty Case 5 empty Case 6 empty Case 7 empty Case 8 empty Case 9 empty Case 10 empty To change a setting press space or double click traseros Pome In the Translations tab tap on a Case to create rules Scanner Settings 4 Til d ok No rule No rule No rule No rule No rule No rule No rule No rule No rule No rule Case 2 empty To change a setting press space or double click traseras Po Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 181 Chapter 6 Settings Translations Tab Tap on the No rule dropdown menu to display the rules Scanner Settings on Yi lok Scanner Settings rag Yi lok all No rule X Verify
88. the protective door back into place and snap it shut 3 11 The Camera A built in digital camera is available for the Ik n This option allows you snap still photo graphs or create short video clips The Pictures amp Videos applet is used to access and configure the camera For more details about the camera refer to Pictures amp Videos on page 101 3 12 General Maintenance 3 12 1 Caring For The Touchscreen The top of the touchscreen is a thin flexible polyester plastic sheet with a conductive coating on the inside The polyester can be permanently damaged by harsh chemicals and is susceptible to abrasions and scratches Using sharp objects on the touchscreen can scratch or cut the plastic or crack the internal conductive coating The chemicals listed below must not come into contact with the touchscreen sodium hydroxide concentrated caustic solutions e benzyl alcohol and e concentrated acids If the touchscreen is used in harsh environments consider applying a disposable screen pro tector model number CH6110 These covers reduce the clarity of the display slightly but will dramatically extend the useful life of the touchscreen When they become scratched and abraded they are easily removed and replaced 3 12 2 Cleaning The Ik n AN Important Do not immerse the Ik n in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean e Use only mild detergent or soapy water to clean the Ik n un
89. to the dialog box you have opened To further narrow your search tap on the Search softkey in the Help screen and type the topic about which you require information The Phone Keypad The phone keypad provides phone services like those you may find on your cellular phone You can use the phone keypad provided with your Ik n to for example send and receive phone calls make conference calls view your call history set up speed dial numbers etc Sending amp Ending Phone Calls Using The Phone Keypad To display the phone keypad Tap on Start menu gt Phone Note You can also press the Talk key on the Ik n keyboard to display the phone keypad providing it has been activated The Talk key is labelled with a green telephone receiver icon Refer to Sending amp Ending Calls Using The Ik n Keyboard on page 25 for details 20 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual El 2 7 1 2 2 7 1 3 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Phone Keypad Phone settings 1 Voicemail 2 AUTO 411 Assistance ay det Network emergency number Directory Assistance a gt _ File Sa Spead Dial aaa tuo Tay Call History 0 Um Hide Keypad Manu To dial a phone number e Use the phone keypad to enter the phone number and tap on Talk to dial the phone number To end a phone call Tap on End on the phone keypad Note You can also tap on the End key on the ph
90. to 10 times Same Read Timeout Prevents the same bar code from being read more than once The value assigned determines after what time period the scanner will timeout from 0 to 2550 msec Diff Read Timeout Prevents unwanted reading of other bar codes on the same label The value assigned deter mines after what time period the scanner will timeout from 0 to 2550 msec Add AIM ID Prefix The AJM ID Association for Automatic Identification and Mobility is an international bar code identifier When this parameter is enabled the 4 M ID is inserted at the beginning of the decoded bar code Code 39 Enable Setting this parameter to on enables Code 39 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 21 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 39 AA Full ASCII If this parameter is enabled the characters and are used as escape characters The combination of an escape character and the next character is converted to an equivalent ASCII character Reading Range Determines the reading distance from which a bar code can be successfully scanned The default setting Extended allows for increased reading distance Start Stop Transmit Setting this parameter to on enables the transmission of start and stop characters which are usually not transmitted Code 39 can start and end with either a or a character see also next parameter Accepted Start Char Accepted Start Char This parameter allows the us
91. to visible This allows your device to detect it and establish a connection 3 On the Bluetooth page in Settings 16 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 2 6 2 6 1 2 6 2 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Setting Up An 802 11b g Radio Summit Client Utility e Where applicable a link to an associated screen is provided Tap on the link to display the screen and complete your task To go back to the Getting Started menu tap on the Back softkey in the taskbar at the bottom of the screen Setting Up An 802 11b g Radio Summit Client Utility This section describes the steps required to set up the 802 11b g Summit Radio using the Summit Client Utility SCU To review details about the options within the SCU tabs Main Profile Status Diags and Global review Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Assigning The IP Address Before launching the SCU you need to configure the method by which the IP address will be obtained e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Wireless Manager icon Inthe Wireless Manager dialog box tap on the Settings button Tap on the Network Adapters tab and then tap on Summit WLAN Adapter in the list The Summit WLAN Adapter dialog box is displayed You have two options Tap on Use server assigned IP address to have an address assigned automatically or If you want to use a particular IP address tap on Use specific IP address and type the preferred address
92. track the different types of data you keep on your Ik n To assign an appointment to a category Tap on an appointment in the Today screen In the Calendar screen tap on the appointment again Tap the Categories field to display the Categories screen Calendar e Y AE lok Tap in the checkbox next to the category to which you want to assign the appointment Tap OK Your appointment is assigned to the category or categories you chose 68 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Start Menu Note You can create a new category by tapping on New in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen 4 2 6 4 Deleting Appointments Tap and hold the stylus on the appointment you want to delete Tap on Delete Appointment in the pop up menu 4 3 Start Menu To display the Start menu Tap on the Start button in the upper left corner of the Navigation Bar Start Button ta A Sa Navigation Bar 9 Today 5 20 PM muy l Office Mobile MB Calendar Custom chosen E Contacts programs Internet Explorer _ Messaging L Phone n Remote Desktop Mobile FR SimTkUI Windows Update MA Ef scu A f Programs Windows Mobile A Settings command centre E 7 Help Most recently used programs Tap on the Start menu item with which you want to work Note Keep in mind that if your Ik n is running Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic the Phone option displayed in t
93. user interface To adjust PC Card and CF card modems settings Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the System tab followed by the Power icon Tap on the Built in Devices tab If the checkbox for a modem is unchecked power is not applied to the modem and a driver is not loaded neither the serial port driver nor the Wireless WAN driver If the checkbox is checked power is applied to the modem and the drivers are loaded when the Ik6n is turned on Power is removed from the modem when the Ik6n enters suspend mode To enable a modem module that is built into the unit Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the System tab followed by the Power icon For a modem module that is built into the Ik n the settings can be found under the Built in Devices tab In this case one of the following power modes can be selected e Disabled No power is applied to the modem and no driver is loaded Enabled Off in Suspend Power is applied to the modem and the drivers are loaded when the Ik n is turned on Power is removed from the modem when the terminal enters suspend mode Enabled Always On When the Ik6n enters suspend mode the modem remains powered indefinitely Enabled Keep on for 5 min Enabled Keep on for 15 min Enabled Keep on for 30 min Enabled Keep on for 1 hour Enabled Keep on for 2 hours 234 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 44 6 Chapter 6 Settings
94. when the unit is powered up again Regional Settings To display the Regional Settings screen tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the System tab followed by the Regional Settings icon Regional Settings Der TK lok Regional Settings English United States Appearance samples Positive numbers 123 456 789 00 Positive currency 123 956 789 00 Time 9 38 09 PM Short date 4 21 08 Long date Monday April 21 2008 Region Number Currency Time Date a Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 169 Chapter 6 Settings Remove Programs 6 28 6 29 170 Tap on the dropdown menu to choose your language and region Once you ve selected a language and region you may need to adjust the way numbers cur rency the time and the date appear in your Ik n e Tap on the tab associated with each of the items and choose how each item should be displayed on your Ik6n Remove Programs Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Remove Program icon Remove Remove Programs Programs in storage memory Total storage memory available 24818K Tapping on the Remove Programs icon displays a screen listing the programs that can be removed from your unit To remove a program highlight it and then tap on the Remove button Screen Icon This icon allows you to align calibrate your touchscreen turn ClearType on and off and adju
95. you release the trigger key the Trigger Off Sequence is sent turning the trigger key on and off Total Recall Total Recall is a Psion Teklogix utility developed to back up restore applications and settings Note In Windows Mobile 6 1 the registry and installed programs are stored in the Flash file system and are not lost on reset However in special cases Psion Teklogix per sonnel may find it necessary to perform a clean start this will reset not only the registry settings to factory defaults but will also erase any files or applications stored or installed on the built in Flash file system including any Total Recall pro files This is why any data that needs to be protected must be stored on a microSD card or externally to the device on a USB memory stick or on a PC Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 34 1 Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the Total Recall icon Total Recall 5 Total Recall Backup Restore Create Backup Profile Current auto restore profile lt none gt la Total Recall v3 10 Psion Teklogix cancel gt gt C noe Chapter 6 Settings Creating A Backup Profile In the dropdown menu you can choose Create Backup Profile Restore Selected Profile View Selected Profile Data and Delete Selected Profile Keep in mind that until a profile is created only one option is available Create Backup Profile Creating A Backup Profile T
96. you will associate Make certain that you tap on Commit following each change Once you ve completed the configuration Tap the Main tab Tap on the Active Profile dropdown menu your new profile will be listed in the dropdown menu When you tap on the profile you created the 802 11b g radio module attempts to connect to the network using the following steps 1 Associate with SSID 2 Authenticate to network 3 IfEAP authentication is being used derive dynamic encryption keys Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 19 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only 2 7 1 2 7 1 1 4 IfDHCP is being used by the network obtain an IP address If the 802 11b g is not connecting properly Tap on the Status tab The Status dialog box lists the IP and MAC address and indicates the current state of the radio the signal strength channel and so on You can also use the Status screen for DHCP renewal and ICMP Echo Requests Pings Important For details about the Status dialog box refer to Status Tab on page A 8 in Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU The Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only Ik ns running Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional are equipped with phone capabilities Note Remember that you can use the Help feature to find more details about phone options Help screens are context sensitive they provide guidance that is specific
97. 39 7 cm dependent on width of bar code EV15 Imager Specifications Parameter EV15 Light Source 617nm Highly Visible LED Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 8 4 2 1 8 4 3 Chapter 8 Specifications SX5400 Imager Scan Angle 40 Minimum Print Contrast Minimum 25 Min x Dimension 0 1 mm 4 mils Reading Distance Up to 90cm 35 in Symbologies UPC E amp A EAN RSS Code 39 Code 128 UCC EAN 128 ISBN ISBT Interleaved Matrix Industrial and Standard 2 of 5 Codabar Code 93 931 Code 11 MSI Plessey Telepen PDF417 Micro PDF417 Ambient Light Works in any lighting conditions from 0 to 100 000 lux Shock 2000G 0 7ms half sinus 3 axes Vibration 50G r m s EV15 Imager Decode Zone 0 Lux to 100 000 Lux Minimum range Maximum range Mil Size Inches Inches 5 2 5 7 10 3 14 UPC 2 14 5 20 2 5 22 40 3 35 5 High quality symbols in normal room light SX5400 Imager Specification SX5400 Optical resolution 752H x 480V Field of view at 160mm 120mm H x 78mm V 41 1 H x 27 4 V Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 293 Chapter 8 Specifications SX5400 Imager Pitch angle 45 Skew angle 45 Ambient light 0 to 100 000 lux full sunlight 8 4 3 1 300 lux nominal Minimum contrast 10 Targeting Intuitive
98. 5 Using The Vehicle Cradle 2 ee 274 7 10 6 Maintaining The Vehicle Cradle o o o o ooo 274 7 11 Scanners And Imagers 2 a 275 7 11 1 Scanning Techniques e 275 711 2 Troubleshooting su n aa se a As 276 7 11 3 Operating One Dimensional 1D Laser Scammers 276 7 11 4 Operating Two Dimensional 2D Imagers 277 7 12 Bluetooth Peripherals snau 4k es ae a eae ey ew Ee ada 278 7A3 Digital Camera a Ge Ge ain EO Se Bk we OR a ES 278 242 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7 1 A 7 1 1 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Carrying Accessories Carrying Accessories There are a variety of carrying accessories to help the operator work safely and comfortably with the Ik n Carrying Accessory Hand Straps Model Number CH6021 with stylus and tether Protective Carrying Cases CH6090 leather pouch non functional access to DC port in cludes belt clip CH6095 leather case fully functional access to all Ik n fea tures includes belt clip Stylus Tether Kit CH6020 stylus tether and Velcro retainer Important Do not use adhesives such as Loctite to secure screws on carrying accesso ries These chemicals may damage the plastic casing The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 The hand strap with tether can be attached to the back of the Ik n to provide a secure means for operators to c
99. 5 ok Windows Default Windows Mobile 6 1 Windows Mobile Green O Use this picture as the background Crowe Appearance Items This screen allows you to customize the background displayed on the Today screen e Choose the background you want to use from the list 6 11 2 Items This tab allows you to choose and to sort the item s that you want listed in the Today screen 144 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 12 6 13 Chapter 6 Settings System Tab Settings Tap in the checkbox to the left of the item s you want displayed in the Today screen To rearrange the list of items highlight the item you want to move up or down and tap on the Move Up or Move Down button Keep in mind that the Date cannot be moved System Tab Settings To display the icons grouped in the System tab Tap on Start gt Settings and tap on the System tab 5 3 2 a ian ree About About Device Backlight tamer y Triggers Fel al 8 gt er l e Screen Il 1234 Teklogix Scanners Certificates lock amp Custom Programs Cl Alarms Windows PS Settinas y i Para Update System System Connections ER About Tapping on Start gt Settings gt System tab and then the About icon displays a grouping of tabs that provide device information Version Tab This tab outlines the Windows Mobile 6 1 version processor information memory size and a description of the expan
100. 8 symbols If Code 128 Emulation is enabled the following Micro PDF 417 symbols are transmitted with one of the following prefixes C1 if the first codeword is 903 907 912 914 915 C2 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 CO if the first codeword is 910 or 911 If Code 128 Emulation is set to off the Micro PDF 417 symbols are transmitted with one of the following prefixes L3 if the first codeword is 903 907 912 914 915 L4 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 JES if the first codeword is 910 or 911 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 19 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Decoded D 3 Decoded Scanner Settings e Y pz ok Scanner PEER Y Options a Advanced Options Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC A UPC E UPC EAN Shared Settings Code 93 disabled X To change a setting press space or double click Barcodes Options Trandate Pore Tap on the Scanner dropdown menu and choose Decoded Intermec ISCP D 3 1 Options Decoded Scanner Laser On Time The value assigned to this parameter determines how long the laser will remain on when the scan button or trigger is pressed Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value between and 10 s
101. Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer Press and hold the stylus on the selected text to display a pop up menu Choose Cut Copy Paste or Clear delete Note You can also use the softkey bar tools or the shortcuts listed in the introductory screen to help you edit a document within the Transcriber 4 10 3 Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer While the Transcriber attempts to recognize natural handwriting and transcribe it Block Recognizer and Letter Recognizer attempt to teach you how to conform your handwriting to what the Ik n can recognize Block Recognizer e Open a document and tap on the arrow next to the input icon Choose Block Recognizer 5 Word Mobile 4 4 6 18 Dk Input Panel Recognizer Icon Bar Input Icon There are two points to remember when using Block Recognizer First limit your writing to the Block Recognizer input panel do not write in the body of the document Second write only uppercase letters with your stylus Tap on the icon in the Recognizer Icon Bar to display the Character Recognizer screen This screen provides a visual demonstration of how to enter letters that will be recognized Tap on a character in the soft keyboard for a demonstration of how to form a recognizable letter In the Block Recognizer panel write letters to the left abc and numbers to the right 123 on the input panel Remember to write using uppercase letters they will be printed on the screen as lo
102. CII Unicode key value of the keypress is displayed Strip Leading This parameter determines the number of characters that will be removed from the begin ning of the bar code before the prefix character is added Note For Code 39 bar codes the AIAG Strip is performed before the Strip Leading Strip Trailing The value entered in this parameter determines the number of characters that will be removed from the end of the bar code before the suffix character is added Code 128 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 128 Enable GS1 128 GS1 US Previously UPC EAN and UCC these types of bar codes include group separators and start codes Enable ISBT 128 To successfully scan this variation Enable ISBT 128 must be set to on Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 9 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings EAN 13 D 2 7 D 2 8 Decode Performance If this parameter is set to on one of three decode levels assigned to the Decode Perfor mance Level parameter can be selected Decode Perf Level This parameter provides three levels of decode performance or aggressiveness for Code 128 symbols Increasing the performance level reduces the amount of required bar code ori entation this is useful when scanning very long and or truncated bar codes Keep in mind that increased levels reduce decode security When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in wh
103. Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Using The SCU To Connect To The WLAN Tap on Commit to save your SSID setting Important To learn more about the other options available in the radio attributes list refer to Profile Tab on page A 2 in Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU To configure authentication and encryption use the appropriate dropdown menus in the Profile dialog box and enter credentials for IEEE 802 1X EAP types or WEP keys by tapping on the Credentials button just below the dropdown menus Tap on the EAP type dropdown menu and choose the appropriate type of authentica tion LEAP EAP FAST PEAP MSCHAP PEAP GTC and EAP_TLS e Once you ve chosen an EAP type tap on the Credentials button and type credentials for IEEE 802 1X EAP types Important Refer to SCU Security Capabilities on page A 5 and Appendix A EAP Credentials in Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU for details about security settings To configure encryption Tap on the Encryption dropdown menu and choose the appropriate type of encryption Manual WEP Auto WEP WPA PSK WPA TKIP WPA2 PSK WPA2 AES CCKM TKIP CKIP Manual or CKIP Auto If you choose Manual WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Tap on the WEP PSK Keys button For Manual WEP choose up to four static WEP keys For PSK type an ASCII passphrase or hex PSK Configure any other settings that are supplied by the network administrator for the SSID to which
104. Codabar Start Stop Transmit Codabar can use the following sets of characters as start and stop characters a b c d A B C D a b c d t n e DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 Thus when a set is chosen the first and last digits of a Codabar message must be one of those characters and the body of the message should not contain these characters Setting this parameter to Not Transmitted strips the start and stop characters from this bar code CLSI Library System When enabled spaces are inserted after characters 1 5 10 in the 14 character label used in the USA by libraries using the CLSI system Check Digit Verification When enabled this parameter checks the integrity of a symbol to ensure it complies with a specified algorithm either USS Uniform Symbology Specification or OPCC Optical Product Code Council Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Set Length L1 Set Length L2 And Set Length L3 Lengths for Codabar can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on these parameters displays dialog boxes where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Length Mode You can choose to set L1 as Minimum Length or L1 L2 L3 as Fixed Length D 28 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 12 Appendix D
105. D 26 trigger mappings 160 Trigger On Sequence 785 Trigger Press Type Manage Triggers menu 162 Trioptic Code 39 Enable D 6 troubleshooting CH4000 LED 258 CH40004 262 troubleshooting tips scanning 276 TweakIT 190 U UMTS radio 288 Unicode Mapping 28 Up_Down tab scrolling adjustments 124 UPC A D II D 25 D 39 UPC A Check Digit D UPC A Preamble D UPCE D 11 D 26 D 40 UPC EAN D 2 UPC EAN Shared Settings D 26 UPC E Check Digit D UPC E Preamble D UPC E1 Check Digit D UPC E1 Preamble D UPC Half Block Stitching 2D D 3 Vv vehicle cradle CH1005A powered 268 powered installing cables 277 powered 10 55 VDC 264 powered 12 VDC 264 unpowered 264 Version tab 145 video recorder using 105 Videos and Pictures 0 Vista Windows 15 volume control 60 VPN connection setting up 2 8 Index wall adaptor AC PS1050 G1 262 warm reset 3 warnings 179 Windows Mobile 6 1 navigating in 57 Windows Zero Config WZC 4 7 Wireless WAN 223 234 WLAN connections disabling 2 5 Word Completion tab 138 Word Mobile data entry modes 94 Word See Pocket Word 93 WZC Windows Zero Config A 7 1D internal scanner 276 2DAztec D 43 2D Data Matrix D 42 2D imager scanner 277 2D Maxicode D 43 2D QR Code D 43 2D Raster Expand Rate D 5 2D UPC Half Block Stitching D 3 802 11b g radio 286 802 11b g radio specifications 286 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual XI
106. Desktop Docking Station Model No CH4000 operates as both a charger and a docking station Operating as a charger both the battery installed in the Ik n and a spare battery can be charged simultaneously see page 254 Quad Docking Station Model No CH4004 can charge the battery of up to four Ik ns inserted in the docking station see page 259 IM Note Refer to Monitoring The Battery And Maximizing Run Time on page 48 for addi tional information about the battery yl IS AN Important To avoid damaging the battery chargers will not begin the charge process until the battery temperature is between 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F 38 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Keyboards 3 3 The Keyboards 3 3 1 Ik n Keyboards The following Ik n keyboards are available e 28 key numeric keyboard with or without Talk and End phone keys 47 key QWERTY keyboard with Talk and End phone keys This keyboard option is only available for Ik ns equipped with the Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional operating system Figure 3 3 QWERTY And Numeric Keyboards With Phone Keys Most of the keys on these keyboards operate much like a desktop computer Where a key or key function is not consistent with the PC keyboard the differences are noted The BLUE and ORANGE modifier keys provide access to additional keys and system functions These functions are colour coded i
107. E 147 6 16 Certificates mi ti E A A AIAG ee ORE a aN 148 6 16 1 Choosing A Certificate ooa aa ee 150 6 17 Clocks amp Alarms o e e a u ie ek A wee ES aa A 150 6 18 Customer Feedback ee 150 6 19 Encryption sj a oes AS BA th eee ages Fh 151 6 20 Error Reporting ciclista da he es 152 6 21 GPS Global Positioning System 20 000 eee ee 153 6 22 GPS Global Positioning System Settings 0040 154 6 23 Manage Triggers 2 2 ee 159 6 23 1 Trigger Mappings 2 1 a 160 6 23 1 1 Add And Edit Trigger Mapping 161 6 24 Managed Programs i ia hi aa EE ke and Rew ate ce Bw 2 163 O25 MEMOIY iia 2 a Beat tear Set ate as ee Seta Me hae Se Bok eh ew dee oe 163 6231 Man Tabire ts a we Sn Be oa hy ee de Bed 164 6232 Storage Crds oA a tee ho ales We ek a Re hh eres 164 6 26 Power leon ios dca bs eS a oe Bee ae ee a a 164 6 26 1 Battery Tabs sir taa Pa ee le ee te ee ee 165 6 26 2 Advanced Tab 1 1 a 165 6 26 3 Battery Details io a Fah ete Be ee ab 166 6 26 4 Built in Devices ich ia Rae ea Wee Hone ed As a 167 6 26 5 Card Slots faeces ge ge Poe SS e ee SR Se e Se a 167 6 26 6 Suspend Threshold And Estimated Battery Backup 168 6 26 7 Suspend Modes s s sas a hw eG ew GS es 169 6 27 R gional SENOS ss ta be le Pe Sey oe a WR A ee Be a 169 6 28 Remove Programs ys 4 ck tee Wace ith lee a a ae SS 170 0 29 Screen tdi ne hy da ata th oe hos ert Pat ee dete L
108. Gal ache Pees bh OS 85 IL GAINS iia Bhs re dl AN Oaks hte ey MOM aye Dat Shee da Og 85 SS ACUVES MEN a kui ca ess eh o wg Neely A ie a 85 5 3 Synchronization soi 6 Asse Wee Woe Sch Ge Bie Bey bb e 85 5A Calculator duna Wah ron it AA hth E So Re cach Se Bae A Th eae eee 86 5 0 Demo Scanner ies tones a tia ds paw ee ed 86 5 6 Office Mobile sirios a eh he a Me A ded ie ear 8 de we eae 86 5 01 Excel Mobiles 4260 oe lan a ahi A eat ve 86 5 6 1 1 Workbook Components 00200005 87 5 6 2 OneNote Mobile 2 pe i e a a e a ie a a a a e a 87 5 6 3 Word Mobile s iii es oh a a a a A eh i ale aes 93 5 6 3 1 Data Entry Modes 2 ee ee 94 5 6 3 2 Sharing Documents With Your PC 94 5 6 4 PowerPoint Mobile 2 0 94 S7 File Explorer nite er wage a ele ae ele E e da E Mts ae 95 5 8iGetting Started A See a ae BO ed WR ees eee Bea 95 5 9PTSIImagerDemo 2 iela i aa a ee OEE 95 5 10 Internet Sharing 2 ee 96 5 10 1 Creating An Internet Connection o oo o o e 96 5 10 2 Using Internet Sharing aoaaa e 96 STAL NOTES cuts te ae hk ets SB E Os Sie is hag a ie atin ob Rong Saga 97 5 11 1 Creating A Notes sce ea awk ne ae I Sew e 97 5 11 2 Converting Handwritten Notes To Text 2 220 4 98 5 11 3 RenamingA Note ee 100 5 11 4 Recording Notes e 100 5 11 5 Synchronizing A Note 2 2 20 e e 101 5 12 Pictures amp Videos is
109. Ik n Keyboard 25 2 7 3 Managing Phone Settings o o e 25 21 Sle PHONE Tabaco a Roh Be Gute bia de 26 2 7 3 2 Security Tabi siete o ww as eae Ba dea 27 2 13 35 SELVICES TaD ieee Soe hk SG arse aha egw e a Re as 29 2 73 A Network Tabo cd A Be 30 ZAS DMA Da a to Rnd ww aT amp Gea e ia 30 E amp 2 42 gr 2h gh tel ied pe coals ney Beadle de Ang as tah waht tar Gee hae whe 31 2 8 Resetting The Ik6n 2 o e 31 2 8 1 Performing A Warm Reset 2 2 0 0 00200 e 31 2 8 2 Performing A Cold Reset o o o o o o e e 32 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 9 2 1 2 1 1 A 2 1 2 2 1 3 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Preparing The Ik n For Operation Preparing The Ik n For Operation The Battery The Ik n is powered with a 5000 mAh Lithium Ion battery pack model number CH3000 Before charging the battery it is critical that you review the battery safety guidelines in the Ik n Rugged PDA Warranty amp Regulatory Guide PN 8000148 Important Ifthe Ik n is switched on and you need to remove the battery press and hold down the Power button until the Shutdown screen is displayed Choose Shutdown and tap on OK before removing the battery Battery packs shipped from the factory are charged to approximately 40 and must be fully charged prior to use Batteries can be charged using a variety of chargers and docking sta tions along with an Ik n
110. Ikon Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic amp Professional April 16 2009 Part No 8100181 B ISO 9001 Certified Quality Management System TEKLOGIX This manual supports the following Ik6n models 7505 BT 7505 BTSDCM 7505 BTMC75 7505 BTHC25 7505 BTSDCMMC75 7505 BTSDCMHC25 Copyright 2009 by Psion Teklogix Inc Mississauga Ontario 2100 Meadowvale Boulevard Mississauga Ontario Canada L5N 7J9 http www psionteklogix com This document and the information it contains is the property of Psion Teklogix Inc is issued in strict confidence and is not to be reproduced or copied in whole or in part except for the sole purpose of promoting the sale of Psion Teklogix manufactured goods and ser vices Furthermore this document is not to be used as a basis for design manufacture or sub contract or in any manner detrimental to the interests of Psion Teklogix Inc Disclaimer Every effort has been made to make this material complete accurate and up to date In ad dition changes are periodically added to the information herein these changes will be in corporated into new editions of the publication Psion Teklogix Inc reserves the right to make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this document without notice and shall not be responsible for any damages including but not limited to consequential damages caused by reliance on the material presented includ ing but not l
111. Manager option provides detailed Help files to assist you in setting up your Ik n Help is available from the Connections tab not from within the Wireless Manager dialog box To access Wireless Manager help files tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab Tap on Start gt Help Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Wireless Manager icon Wireless Manager Wireless Power 0 Tx dE Status Available Enabled visible GSM GPRS Disabled GPS Disabled Flight mode is on when all wireless components are disabled Flight mode status Off Disable All e To access radio Settings highlight a radio in this dialog box and tap on the Settings button To turn off a radio highlight the radio and tap on the Disable button 6 42 1 Flight Mode Disabling Wireless Components To disable all wireless components when for example you are taking your Ik n onto a plane where wireless connections need to be shut down Tap on the Disable All button To enable wireless components Tap on Enable All Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 215 Chapter 6 Settings Setting Up A Network Card To disable a particular radio connection rather than all connections Highlight an Available enabled radio listed in this dialog box and then tap on the Disable button 6 42 2 Setting Up A Network Card Network 802 11 cards are used to connect to a network so that you can b
112. N x Excel Moba q 1 03 bk Address of selected text Entry bar Cell Rows Selected cell Status bar Formula dropdown menu Toolbar Sheet dropdown menu Menu bar e Ifthe toolbar is not visible tap on the View gt Toolbar You can enter data work with rows and columns and create formulas as you would when working with Excel on your PC Using Excel Mobile Help If you need help using this application you can review the instructions in the associated help files To display Excel Mobile help files e Launch the Excel Mobile program Tap on Start gt Help and review the instructions provided OneNote Mobile You can use OneNote Mobile to take notes wherever you are and then synchronize your notes with a notebook section in the OneNote version on your PC For example you can Snap pictures of business cards on your Ik n and then bring them into OneNote on your PC e Create short text notes and voice recordings on your Ik n to remind you about important meetings ideas etc and synchronize them with your notes e Prepare information in OneNote on your PC and then transfer it to your Ik n where it will be available to you wherever you and your Ik6n go Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 87 Chapter 5 Programs OneNote Mobile A Important Remember that you must have Microsoft Office OneNote 2007 and the latest version of ActiveSync installed on your PC before you can set up a par
113. NGE modifier is on The default mappings of these scan codes can be overwritten for each of these three tables using the Scancode Remapping tab x Settings gt IE ok Normal Orange Blue Function Scancode Remappi ing LAD KO The first column in the Scancode Remapping tab displays the Scancodes in hexidecimal If the scancode is remapped to a virtual key that virtual key is displayed in the next column labelled V Key A virtual key that is Shifted or Unshifted is displayed in the third column labelled Function If the scancode is remapped to a function or a macro the first and second columns remain blank while the third column contains the function name or macro key number e g Macro 2 Adding A Remap To add a new remapping Tap the Add button at the bottom of the dialog box Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Scancode Remapping The Remap Scancode dialog box is displayed Oe Y lok Scancode Label Virtual Keys BACKSPACE Virtual Key O Force Shifted Eunction O Force Unshifted Macro 8 No Force Type the scan code in hexidecimal in the field labelled Scancode Note The Label field displays the default function of the scancode you are remapping Virtual Key Function And Macro The radio buttons at the bottom of the dialog box allow you to define to what the scan code will be remapped t
114. Notification Figure 4 1 Task Details Screen 4 NAS Subject Conference call 8 Y Priority Normal Status Not Completed Due Occurs Reminder Categories No categories Sensitivity Normal Each of the nine items in this screen when tapped displays a dropdown menu where you can choose from a list of options Once you ve completed all the appropriate fields tap on OK to save your changes Note You can also tap on the Notes tab to add additional information about the task your are defining The task will be listed in the Today screen as an Active Task Deleting A Task e Press and hold the stylus on a task until a pop up menu is displayed Tap on Delete Task Marking A Task As Completed Inthe Tasks list tap the checkbox next to the items that are completed Sorting Tasks Inthe Tasks list tap on the Menu option in the lower right corner of softkey bar and tap on Sort By You can choose from Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date The tasks are ar ranged in the list according to the criterion you chose Limiting The Tasks Displayed In The Task Screen Tap on Menu in the lower right corner of softkey bar and tap on Filter Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 65 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Calendar Of Upcoming Appointments 4 2 6 4 2 6 1 You can choose All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks or Completed Tasks The tas
115. On Time D 2 D 20 Linear Decode D 3 Linear Transmission only Decoded Composite D 34 Linear Transmission only TLC 39 D 34 Micro PDF 417 D 19 NOTIS Editing D 4 Options tab 178 PDF 417 D 8 Postal PlaNET D 44 PostNET D 44 Royal D 45 Prefix D 6 RSS Code D 17 safety instructions 275 Scan Data Format D 5 Scan Indicator 779 Scan Log File 1 79 Scan Result 179 Scan Result Time 79 Security Level D 72 Security Level TLC 39 D 35 Set Length L1 D 7 Set Length L2 D 7 specifications 29 Suffix D 6 Supp Redundancy D 2 Supplementals D 2 target aiming dot duration D 2 TLC 39 D 34 Translations tab 180 Transmit Check Digit D 8 Transmit Check Digit 12 of 5 D 6 Transmit Check Digit MSI Plessey D 15 Transmit Code 1D Char D 5 Trioptic Code 39 Enable D 6 UPC A Check Digit D 1 UPC A Preamble D UPC EAN D 2 UPC EAN Shared Settings D 26 UPC E Check Digit D UPC E Preamble D Index UPC E1 Check Digit D 1 UPC E1 Preamble D 1D internal 276 2D Maxicode D 43 2D QR Code D 43 2D UPC Half Block Stitching D 3 Scanning Mode 2D D 5 Scan Result 779 Scan Result Time 779 screen navigating 57 stylus 57 touch pen 57 scrolling adjusting speed Up_ Down tab 124 SCU Summit Client Utility 17 configuring 17 Diags Diagnostics Tab 4 8 EAP Credentials 4 6 EAP Types A 5 4 6 Global Settings Tab 4 9 IP assigning 17 Main Tab 17 A 1 Profile Tab 4 2 security A 5 Status Tab 4 8 ThirdPartyConfig 4 7 Windows Zero Conf
116. PEAP MSCHAP This is appropriate for use against Windows Active Directory and domains e EAP GTC resulting in PEAP GTC This is for authentication with one time passwords OTPs against OTP data bases such as SecurelD LEAP Is an authentication method for use with Cisco WLAN access points LEAP does not require the use of server or client certificates LEAP supports Windows Active Directory and domains but requires the use of strong passwords to avoid vulnerability to off line dictionary attacks EAP FAST Is a successor to LEAP and does not require strong passwords to protect against off line dictionary attacks Like LEAP EAP FAST does not require the use of server or client certificates and supports Windows Active Directory and domains Note PEAP and EAP TLS require the use of Windows facilities for the configuration of digital certificates SCU EAP Types The following EAP types are supported by the integrated supplicant and can be configured in SCU PEAP MSCHAP PEAP GTC LEAP and EAP FAST With each of these four types if authentication credentials are not stored in the profile you will be prompted to enter credentials the first time the radio attempts to associate to an access point that supports 802 1X EAP Consider the following when configuring one of the EAP types PEAP GTC SCU supports static login passwords only LEAP Strong passwords are recommended e EAP FAST SCU supports automatic not manual PAC pro
117. Physical Dimensions 16cmx 8 1 cmx 4 5 cm 6 3 in x 3 2 in x 1 8 in Weight with battery pack e 450 g 1 0 lbs User Interface Color Touchscreen Display Keyboards Indicators And Controls Audio 9 39 cm 3 7 in diagonal Full VGA 480x640 resolution Transflective portrait mode TFT Adjustable Backlight Sunlight readable for outdoor use High reliability LED backlight Easily replaceable and customizable bezel Passive stylus or finger operation Signature capture Alphanumeric Numeric Ergonomically enhanced for ambidextrous one hand operation Backlit high durability hard capped keys 3 LEDs indicate battery charge application and radio on off status Hands free speaker total output volume 95dB SPL Microphone Receiver Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 281 Chapter 8 Specifications Software 8 1 2 Wireless headset via Bluetooth capability Audio jack mono Expansion Slots e One Micro SD memory card slot user accessible 60 PIN expansion interface GSM GPRS EDGE and other third party expansion modules developed using Psion Teklogix Ik n Hardware Developer s Kit e Flex cable interface with robust connector supports scanner serial and imager USB modules External Connectors e One Tether connection with full RS 232 and USB On the Go OTG functionality e One Low Insertion Force LIF docking connector DC Power Jack Power Management e Bat
118. RT 281 82 Softwaree eRe oae hs ccs SAE SERRE E ack an IO EE ENNS 282 8 1 3 Wireless Communication 0 cece cece c cece teen ee rr 283 8 1 4 Bar Code Applications optional 0 0 cece cece e eect eect ene eeee 284 8 1 5 Digital Camera optional 0 cee cece ccc eee eect eee e rr 284 8 1 6 A O 285 SLT Approvals sacoice asaaencnseeceunundnunusnauyilwasileuukeeeewctteeeees 285 82 Radio Specifications 2 202 id 286 8 2 1 802 11 b g WLAN Radio oe eee ccc E EEEE E OONN 286 8 2 2 Siemens MC75 GSM GPRS EDGE Radio cece eee eee eens 286 8 2 3 Siemens HC25 UMTS Modem 0c cece cece eet e cece eect eneeenes 288 8 2 4 Bluetooth Radio 00 cece ccc cnet rr 290 8 3 Lithium Ion 5000 mAh Battery Specifications 0 0 cece cece e eee eee ee eens 291 8 4 Scanner Imager Specifications 0 0 c cece cece eee eee e eee rr rr 291 8 4 1 SE 955HP Specifications 0 n cece cece cee cece eee ee eect enn eeeneeees 291 8 4 2 EV15 Imager Specifications 0 0 0 c cece cece eee e eee e eee rr 292 84 3 SXS400 Imager A dees ceseeenc conde 293 8 4 4 HHP 5000 Imager Performance 00 cece e eee eee e eee neeeeenes 295 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU AT AS CUT A habe Movin ieee EE TETTES A 1 AD Maim Va boedo elote ai Be A 1 O CA A IA A 2 A 3 1 SCU Security CapabilitieS ooooooooooocooooccorrnrrnrrrrrrrrrnrrnos A 5 Ads EAP Cred
119. Refer to The Bluetooth GPRS Phone on page 206 for setup details Pairing A Bluetooth Headset Note Headset pairing information is also available in the Getting Started Centre in the Today screen on your Ik n Before pairing a headset or any other Bluetooth device with your Ik n make certain that the Bluetooth device power is enabled it is enabled by default If for some reason it has been disabled 50 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 10 3 10 1 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Inserting The microSD And SIM Card e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab and then tap on the Power icon to display the Power dialog box Tap on the Built in Devices tab and tap in the checkbox next to Enable Bluetooth e Next tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Bluetooth icon Tap on the Mode tab and check Turn on Bluetooth Tap OK Turn your headset on and place it within a few feet of your Ik n Ifneeded set your headset to visible so that the Ik n can detect it and establish a connection Most headsets are in pairing mode by default If this is not the case follow the headset man ufacturer s instructions to place the headset in pairing mode Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Bluetooth icon In the Devices tab tap Add new device Wait for the Ik n to scan for devices Choose the headset device from the list and tap on Next If the headset has authentication en
120. S TE LAET A acid 71 44 3 Copying A Filer iaee ks hE a 71 AAA Deleting A File 000 eepe ar EE EASES eae RA AAR ad 72 Un MS eL LLL LLL LE SAAN AOS o 3 72 AST o Pop UpMenus Hi ia AA ARA ARA acid 72 The Sottkey Bar eel LEE LLL LLANA 90 73 Programs Using Applications oooooooocooooccconornrnrrrn nr rr 75 O A 34444 to EE EEE EEPE EEE EEEE O naan E sda 76 Help dilatada Gee 77 Entering TR Eo 78 4 10 1 Soft Keyboard as 78 4 10 2 Th Transcriber 0 IA sweeten atte 79 4 10 3 Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer 00 ccc eee eee cece eeeeees 80 Chapter 5 Programs 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 PLOSTAMS ackanep AS ON 85 GAMES wis E AA AAA AA AAA A STT 85 ActiveSync o lcd 85 33l synehronization SSIES ALL LLL a 85 Calculator A E eeo EE EEES a 86 Demo Seann eT Ai IIRI e A EE EEEE EEES ATARAR 86 Office Mobile i3543 23545450 e e e OEE ELES 86 56 1 Excel Mobilex cccceccocssnkansansnreequsady rs 86 502 OneNote Mobile sss ao cdi EREE EE tooo 87 5 6 3 Word Mobile csvset sce O PEER ER ER aca eS 93 SGA PowerPoint Mobile ceo uses sauces tas bes 94 File Explorer cocoa eee 95 Getting Had A IAEA AAA 95 PTS Imager DEMO y e A AAA 95 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual iii Contents 5 10 Internet Sharing sseeces A EAT els 96 5 10 1 Creating An Internet Connection 0 0 cece cece c eee e eee enneeeenes 96 5 10 2 Using Internet AM gee assces essa ss cuueteeweonece
121. SC until a satis factory brightness level is attained e For numeric keyboards lock the BLUE key on Press the asterisk key until a satisfactory brightness level is attained Important Keep in mind that this sequence cycles the display backlight up to full bright ness and once reached begins to dim the backlight until the display fades to black nothing is visible At this point you ll need to continue pressing these keys until the display brightens up to a usable level Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen If your touchscreen has never been aligned calibrated or if you find that the stylus pointer is not accurate when you tap on an item follow the steps below Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 45 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab to display the Screen icon E Remove Teklogix Programs Error Wo Teklogix Total Recall Scanners 8 Portrait O Landscape right handed O Landscape left handed Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus taps Co Tapon the Align Screen button and follow the directions on the screen to align cali brate the screen Note This window provides two additional tabs ClearType and Text Size Tapping on the ClearType tab allows you to enable the ClearType option to smooth screen font appearance The
122. SCP or Imager The symbologies listed change to reflect the scanner you choose and the bar codes it supports Important Appendix D Bar Codes Settings provides descriptions of the bar codes listed in the scanner menus Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 177 Chapter 6 Settings Options Tab 6 33 2 Options Tab This tab allows you to tailor the double click parameters and the display options associated with your scanner Scanner Settings er Y Az ok Internal scanner Non configurable Double Click Display Data handling To change a setting press space or double click Opcons Tastee Pore 6 33 2 1 Double Click Parameters Click Time msec This parameter controls the maximum gap time in milliseconds for a double click If the time between the first and second clicks of the scanner trigger is within this time it is con sidered a double click The allowable range is 0 to 1000 A value of zero disables this feature A double click produces different results depending on whether or not a value is assigned in the Click Data parameter When a value is not assigned for the Click Data double click ing the scanner trigger overrides the target dot delay set in the Dot Time parameter and initiates a normal scan sweep If a value is assigned for the Click Data parameter double clicking the scanner trigger inserts the Click Data value rather than
123. SMS Menu When the Ik6n enters suspend mode the modem remains powered If the Ik n is not turned on again during the configured time the unit briefly wakes up from suspend mode shuts down the modem and enters suspend mode again The default mode is Enabled Keep on for 1 hour At the cost of a slightly increased power consumption in suspend mode the modes where the modem remains powered during suspend mode have several advantages When the Ik n wakes from suspend mode the modem is ready immediately modem or network initializa tion is not required A packet data session can thus remain active during suspend mode In these modes the modem is also able to wake up the Ik n if the network status changes or there is a new incoming SMS SMS Menu SMS functions are accessed through the SMS menu For modems that support a SIM card the SIM initialization typically takes longer than the network initialization resulting in a no ticeable delay before the SMS functions become available y Wireless WAN 4 d 9 56 Dk Network Signal Status Searching for modem Rx Tx bytes l New Inbox OutBox SMS Configuration Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 235 Chapter 6 Settings SMS Menu 6 44 6 1 New SMS y Wireless WAN 4a q 9 59 Dk Wireless WAN New SMS To E Tapping on New opens a dialog box for sending a new SMS message The recipient s phone number to
124. T Concat Transmit D 23 ISBT 128 D 9 D 23 ISM band Bluetooth radio 198 ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 code page 80 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Index K keyboard one shot mode 725 options 135 Scancode remapping 129 sequence 125 Unicode Mapping 128 keyboard soft onscreen 78 keyboard keys 39 41 43 DEL key accessing BKSP 42 Macro keys 43 127 modifier keys locking amp unlocking 4 modifiers 40 one shot mode 725 punctuation accessing 4 Scancode Remapping 29 sequence Buttons 25 shift state indicator icon 40 41 74 Unicode Mapping 128 keypad phone 20 L landscape orientation 47 Laser On Time D 2 D 20 LED CH4000 desktop dock 255 desktop docking station CH4000 255 functions 47 troubleshooting desktop dock CH4000 258 troubleshooting quad dock CH4004 262 Length Mode D 28 D 31 D 32 Length Restriction bar code scanning D 8 Field Size D 8 Maximum Size D 9 Minimum Size D 9 Letter Recognizer 8 Letter Recognizer options Input Methods tab 135 Linear Predefined preset C 3 Linear and PDF Predefined preset C 3 Linear Decode D 3 Linear Security Level D 3 Linear Transmission only Decoded Composite D 34 vi Index Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Linear Transmission only TLC 39 D 34 linking Ik n to PC 14 Lock Sequence 132 Low light Predefined preset C 3 Low light near Predefined preset C 4 Low power Predefined preset C 3 Low Power Timeout D 3 D 21 L1
125. Take Picture When you tap on this option the Ik n switches to camera mode so that you can snap a picture to include in your note Insert from Camer O qe Yi d ok 9 Y Cancal Manu 90 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs OneNote Mobile Press ENTER to snap a photo that is automatically inserted into your note OneNote Mobile GO Y de ok Robot Production Meeting Prototype attached ry Insert Picture Tapping on this command automatically displays your My Pictures folder where you can tap on an existing picture to insert it into your note OneNote Mobile ao 7 Ti d ok Insert Picture A My Pictures y Date w Camera Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 91 Chapter 5 Programs OneNote Mobile Insert Recording When you tap on this command a recording panel is displayed OneNote Mobile al gt Ti aE Robot Production Meeting Prototype attached ry m gt oK x Cancel Save Record Tap on the Record button to record your message Tap on Stop when you ve completed your message Tap on Play to listen to your voice message To discard your message tap on X the Cancel button To save your message tap on OK An audio icon is displayed in your note You can tap on it to listen to your message OneNote Mobile ao qe Yi d ok Robot Production Meeting Prototype attached ME Synchronizing Ik n One Note With PC O
126. Text Size tab allows you to increase or decrease the size of the font displayed on the screen 46 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 4 4 3 5 3 5 1 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Screen Orientation Screen Orientation In addition to screen calibration the Screen icon allows you to determine how your screen will be oriented portrait or landscape right or left handed Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Screen icon e In the General tab tap on the orientation that best suits the way in which you use your Ik6n Ik n Indicators The Ik6n uses LEDs Light Emitting Diodes onscreen messages and audio tones to indicate the various conditions of the Ik6n the batteries the scans and so on LEDs Three LEDs are located on the upper left side of the Ik6n just above the display When you press the Power button the LED flashes yellow to indicate that the Ik n has been powered up The LED table following outlines the behaviour of the LED while the Ik n is docked in a charger Keep in mind that the application running on the Ik n can dictate how the application LED operates Review the documentation provided with your application to determine LED behaviour Table 3 1 Function Of Ik n LEDs LED Function Green Charge LED Charge indicator See the table below for descriptions of Charge left most LED LED behaviour Yellow Application LED Application LED This LEDs behaviour
127. Trigger Roam Delta and Roam Period settings It is recommended that Aggressive Scan is left On unless there is significant co channel interference because of overlapping coverage from APs on the same channel Activates three CCX features AP assisted roaming AP specified maximum transmit power and radio management Off On Optimized Full Off Optimized WMM Use Wi Fi Multimedia Extensions also know as WMM On Off Off TX Diversity Defines how to handle antenna diver sity when transmitting data to AP Main only Use main antenna only Aux only Use auxil iary antenna only On Use diversity Main only Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Global Settings Tab Global Setting Description Value Default RX Diversity Defines how to handle antenna diver On Start on Main On On Start on sity when receiving data from AP startup use main Main antenna On Start on Aux On startup use auxiliary antenna Main only Use main antenna only Aux only Use auxil iary antenna only Frag Thresh Packet is fragmented when packet size Integer from 256 to 2346 in bytes exceeds threshold 2346 RTS Thresh Packet size above which RTS CTS is An integer from 0 to 2347 required on link 2347 LED Available only with MCF10G On Off Off Tray Icon Enables the System Tray icon Off On Off Hid
128. UPC E Enable UPC E 1 Set this parameter to on to allow UPC E1 zero suppressed bar code scans Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Transmit Number System If this parameter is enabled the number system digit is transmitted with the decoded bar code data Convert To UPC A This parameter converts UPC E zero suppressed decoded data to UPC A format before transmission After conversion data follows UPC A format and is affected by UPC A pro gramming selections e g Check Digit Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details UPC EAN Shared The setting assigned to the Addendum parameter associated with this option is shared across all UPC and EAN bar codes Addendum An addendum is a separate bar code supplementary to the main bar code This parameter provides two options Not Required but Transmitted if Read or Required and Transmitted Double tap on Addendum to display a dialog box listing your options Highlight an item and tap on OK When Addendum is set to Not Required but Transmitted if Read the scanner searches for an addendum and if one exists appends it to the main bar code When the parameter is set to Required and Transmitted the scanner does not accept the main bar code without an addendum D 26 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A D 3 10 Appendix D Bar Codes Se
129. User Manual Dial Tone wait for modem setup 2 0 Diff Read Timeout D 2 digit check digit D 15 digital camera description 278 specifications 284 Discrete 2 of 5 D 16 D 32 Discrete 2 of 5 D 16 display backlight adjusting 45 docking port B docking station CH4000 desktop operator controls 255 CH4004 quad operator controls 259 260 uploading data using 50 docking stations 252 desktop docking station 254 installation at site 253 quad docking station 259 Dot Time D 2 double click appending characters to a decoded barcode 178 scanner trigger 178 Double Click Manage Triggers menu 160 DSSS 802 11b g radio 286 E EAN 13 D 70 D 24 D 38 EAN 8 D 10 D 25 D 39 EAN 8 Zero Extend D 0 ECI Decoder D 6 e mail notification 63 Enable Bookland UPC EAN D 2 Enable CC AB D 18 D 34 Enable CC C D 18 D 34 Enable Plessy D 29 Enable RSS Expanded D 17 D 33 Enable RSS Limited D 17 D 33 Enable RSS 14 D 17 D 33 Enable TLC 39 D 18 Error Handler Psion Teklogix 173 Error Reporting 152 Ethernet connecting with docking station 260 Ethernet card See Network Card 216 EV15 1D imager scanner specs 292 Excel Mobile 86 External Power tab 147 F features PDA 4 Field Size D 8 file renaming 7 File Explorer 70 95 copy 71 copying a file 77 deleting file 72 folders creating 71 renaming file 77 files amp folders managing 70 find search 108 flight mode disabling the WLAN connection 215 FNC1 Convers
130. Viewing A Prestas oea ee e EA Ss C 6 C 3 5 Creating A Custom Preset 0 0 ccc cece e eee rr C 6 C 3 6 Modifying A Custom Preset 0 cece ce eee ce eee e eee e ee cnn C 7 C 3 7 Removing A Custom Preset 0 0 cc cece cece cence eee e eee rr C 9 C 4 Configuring The Bar Code Decoding Camera Presets 0 0 cee eeeeeeeeeeees C 9 CAT Selec A Cama dd aL ele ale bale vee C 10 C 4 2 Setting The Active Preset 00 ccc EE EEE E C 10 Gi4 3 Viewing A Presi Errar nee C 10 C 4 4 Creating A Custom Preset 0 c cece eect eee ee eect nent teen ee C 11 C 4 5 Modifying A Custom Preset 0 cece cece cece eee e eect eeneeeeneees C 12 C 4 6 Removing A Custom Preset 0 c cece cece cence ee ee ee teen teen ee C 13 C 4 7 Configuring The Bar Code Decoding Symbologies 0 0005 C 13 C 4 8 Setting The Active Preset 00 cece cece eect e eee e eee enn ee teneennes C 14 C49 Viewing Ac Preset cocia ni 5 cae 52005525 AAAA EE EEEE ia C 14 C 4 10 Creating A Custom Preset 0 00 cece cece eee cence eee rr rr C 15 C 4 11 Modifying A Custom Preset 0 cece cece eect e eee ee eee eeeeeeeneees C 16 C 4 12 Removing A Custom Preset 0 c eect e eee teen eee e eect eee teen reo C 17 C 4 13 Configuring Symbologies in the Teklogix Imagers Applet C 17 C 4 14 Filter Tab Manipulating Bar Code Data 0 0 cece ence t
131. When the New Data Profile dialog box is opened a proposal for a unique name is filled in the corresponding entry field If a manually configured profile has a secret password and unauthorized access to the device is a concern even after the SIM PIN has been entered the password should not be entered in the New Data Profile dialog box and the Prompt user for password checkbox should be checked instead In this case you will be prompted for the password each time a connection is initiated the Connect Data button in the main Wireless WAN dialog box is selected Reset The Reset button in the New Profile and Edit Profile dialog boxes resets all entry fields to the values they had when the dialog box was opened Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu e Advanced IP The Advanced IP button in the Show Profile and Edit Profile dialog boxes opens another dialog box that allows you to configure a static IP address as well as the IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS and WINS resolvers 5 Wireless WAN 4 46235 bk f Wireless WAN 4 d 2 46 Dk Show Data Profile Show Advanced IP Name APN internet IP address User name Pawan DNS primary pa DNS secondary E WINS primary WINS secondary D 6 44 5 2 Security Configuration The Security Configuration dialog box is called up through the Tools menu E amp L Note Security configuration is not availa
132. Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 10 1 Sounds Chapter 6 Settings Sounds Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Sounds amp Notifications icon to display this dialog box O Sounds amp Notifications Settings Sounds amp Notifications SERE Enable sounds for Events warnings system events M Hardware buttons O Soft a Loud Y Programs Y Notifications alarms reminders M Screen taps O Soft Loud Tap in the checkboxes and radio buttons to enable the event s that will cause your unit to emit a sound 6 10 2 Notifications Sounds amp Notifications Event Phone Incoming call X Ring type Ring tone Tap here to play your ring choices Ring hd Ring WindowsMok y D Notifications Tap here to end the ring test This tab allows you to determine how you are notified about different events Choose an event from the Events dropdown menu Choose the Ring type and Ring tone Tap on the arrow below Ring tone to test your choices The small square button stops the ring test Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 143 Chapter 6 Settings Today Screen 6 11 Today Screen This option allows you to tailor the appearance of the Today screen the desktop screen Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Today icon 6 11 1 Appearance 0 Y
133. You can also specify manual or automatic network changes and you can add a network 2 7 3 5 Data Tab PAP only authentication for USB This screen is used to configure the connection to the ISP You can select a network connec tion from the dropdown menu By default the connection uses CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol however if your ISP does not support CHAP tapping in the box to the left of PAP only au thentication for directs the connection to use PAP Password Authentication Protocol instead 30 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Resetting The Ik n NN Note Ifyour are not using PAP the rugged PDA automatically defaults to CHAP 2 7 3 6 Bands Y GSM 850MHz Y GSM 900MHz GSM 1800MHz GSM 1900MHz UMTS 850MHz UMTS 1900MHz UMTS 2100MHz Services Network Data By default all frequency bands are enabled Bands should not be disabled without knowl edge about which bands are used by your network an incorrect setting will prevent the WWAN modem from finding the network 2 8 Resetting The Ikon When you reset your Ik6n the registry settings and any installed programs stored on the flash file system and data are preserved whether you perform a cold or a warm reset RAM memory is cleared and the RAM disk is reinitialized The difference between the two forms of reset is that after a cold reset some hardware options are r
134. a network Enter the number of seconds after which the call will be cancelled Wait For Dial Tone Before Dialing To speed connection when using a modem disable this option tap in the checkbox to the left of this option Wait For Credit Card If you are paying for calls with a credit card enter the number of seconds you want the Ik n to wait for a credit card prompt Extra Dial String Modem Commands Type your credit card number in this field Connections Connecting To The Internet To activate a connection make certain that any necessary equipment is installed in your Ik n such as a radio You ll need the following information from your ISP to make an internet connection ISP server phone number e user name and password 210 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Modem Connection Setup 1 Tap Start gt Settings and then tap on the Connections tab LB Beam Connection Propartias yo 2 ms Connections Network Cards Ay N am K USB to PC Wireless Wireless Manager Statistics Connections 2 Tap on the Connections icon Note In the Connections window the Tasks tab is used to create new connections and manage existing ones The Advanced tab allows you to choose a network If you need to change these settings contact your ISP or network administrator before making changes 3 Under My ISP tap on Add a new modem connection
135. a vehicle there are a number of opera tor safety issues that require careful attention An improperly mounted vehicle cradle may result in one or more of the following operator injury operator visibility obstruction operator distraction and or poor ease of egress for the operator Psion Teklogix strongly recommends that you seek professional mounting advice from the vehicle manufacturer Cable routing within a vehicle cab also requires careful consideration especially for separately tethered scanners and other devices with loose cables If you are unable to obtain suitable advice contact Psion Teklogix for assistance In addition for safety reasons only pedestal mounts with fully locking joints should be used in vehicles Always adjust the pedestal for the optimum viewing angle and securely tighten the hex and wing screws The Ik6n Powered Vehicle Cradle is designed to be compatible with any RAM B mounting interface The most effective way to mount the vehicle cradle RAM mount is to use the four M4X12 threaded inserts on the rear of the unit see Figure 7 12 Bolts are supplied with the cradle and must not extend more than 7 mm into the vehicle cradle Figure 7 12 CH1005A Rear View M4X10 Threaded Inserts Mounting Base Cradle DC Power Port 270 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Cable Arrangement If you wish to custom mount the vehicle crad
136. ability hard capped keys Wireless Communication Optional expansion modules for e 802 11b g proprietary module operating in the 2 4 GHz band Supports IEEE 802 11b data rates of 1 2 5 5 and 11 Mbps using Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum DSSS Supports IEEE 802 11g data rates of 6 9 12 24 36 48 and 54 Mbps using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM base band modulation GSM GPRS EDGE via expansion interface Quad Band 850 900 1800 1900 Voice and Data GPRS Class B Multi Slot Class 12 EGPRS Class B Multi Slot Class 12 UMTS UMTS HSDPA Triple band 850 1900 2100MHz GSM GPRS EDGE Quad band 850 900 1800 1900MHz Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 5 Chapter 1 Introduction The Ik n Rugged PDA e Bluetooth class 2 ver 2 0 support Enhanced Data Rate EDR for up to 3 Mbps data rate support Advanced Frequency Hopping AFH for reduced interference with 802 11b g radio AN Note 802 11b g GSM and Bluetooth are available simultaneously 1 3 1 The Ik n Rugged PDA Figure 1 1 Ik n Rugged PDA Qwerty And Numeric Versions 6 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction The Ik n Rugged PDA Figure 1 2 Phone Keys End Talk Key Key Note The Talk and End phone keys printed on the Ik n shown in the picture above are useful for units equipped with Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional that support the phone feature Re
137. abled the Ik6n then prompts you to provide a passcode Type the passcode or PIN Personal Identification Number and then tap on Next The Ik6n then displays a list of services Choose the Hands Free service If you are attempt ing to pair another device choose it from this list With Hands Free checked enabled tap Finish The headset is now paired Inserting The microSD And SIM Card There are two card holders available in the battery compartment of the Ik n the left hand holder is provided for a microSD micro Secure Digital and the right hand holder is for a SIM Subscriber Identity Module card The microSD cards provide additional non volatile memory to your Ik n SIM cards provide access to the voice option the Internet and so on Inserting The Cards e Switch off the Ik n press and hold down the Power button and when the Shutdown screen is displayed choose Shutdown and tap on OK e Remove the battery cover and the battery e Pull the SD door down as the arrow icon on the door indicates e Orient the microSD or SIM card according to the legend stamped into the plastic the SD and SIM doors have guides or rails into which you can slide the card Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 51 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Camera e For microSD slide the card into the guides in the microSD door on the left hand slot For SIM cards slide the card in the right hand slot e Slide
138. aging Files And Folders 2 1 0 70 4 4 1 Creating A New Folder 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 e es 71 4 4 2 Renaming A File ce 6 6 4cele ew a oR ele ey es 71 AA 3 Copying A File nesa aie 2h kop ee a Bea ee a a 71 44 4 Deleting A Filer 2 O lr Btu a AMOS Bee 72 4 5 Using Menus is 6 a ee Bel Be Beet ew ee Bee hh des 72 4 31 Pop Up Menusi 4 aoe e 4 a a Bae ae Baa wa ee de 72 4 6 The softkey Bare lt 2 5 3 42 ae he eee oe Bla ae a Goa Sane est hk he do es 73 4 7 Programs Using Applications ooo 75 ASS Sutin A he OA How gee SB A eae SB ee a ee oa 76 AsO NR ON 77 A410 Entering Text aeaa aes A waa tend o ee eee a eee a 78 410A Soft Keyboards 20 case ok Oa Re eae ak er a ee ee 78 4 10 2 The Transcriber 2 e 79 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 55 56 4 10 3 Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 4 1 4 2 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Navigating In Windows Mobile 6 1 And Applications Navigating In Windows Mobile 6 1 And Applications Graphic user interfaces like Windows Mobile 6 1 for portable devices or desktop Windows 2000 XP etc utilize point and click navigation On the Ik n this is accomplished using a touchscreen and stylus rather than a mouse Navigating Using A Touchscreen And Stylus Note If the touchscreen is not registering your screen taps accurately it may
139. an be omni direc tionally scanned Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 33 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Composite D 3 19 A D 3 20 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Composite Important To successfully read this type of bar code the two types of symbologies included in a composite bar code must be enabled In addition Center Bar Code Only must be disabled A composite symbol includes multi row 2D components making it compatible with linear and area CCD scamners along with linear and rastering laser scanners The options available for this parameter represent multi level components of a composite symbol Enable CC C And Enable CC AB To activate these components set these parameters to on Linear Transmission Only When Linear Transmission Only is enabled only the linear code portion of the composite bar code is transmitted when scanned UPC EAN Composite Message This option allows you to choose how UPC EAN shared bar codes are transmitted Always Linked Never Linked or Auto discriminate TLC 39 Enable This composite component integrates MicroPDF417 with the linear Code 39 symbol Setting this parameter to on enables this parameter Linear Transmission Only When Linear Transmission Only is enabled only the linear portion of the composite bar code
140. ap in the checkbox next to Prompt if device unused to turn on password protection Choose the amount of time that the unit can remain idle before you are prompted to enter your password In the Password type dropdown menu choose the type of password you prefer to assign Simple PIN allows you to enter a minimum of four numeric characters Strong alphanu meric requires a minimum of 7 characters and must contain at least three of the following uppercase and lowercase alpha characters numbers and punctuation Tap on the Hint tab to enter a word or phrase that will remind you of your password The Ik6n will display the hint after the wrong password is entered five times Tap on OK A dialog box asks whether or not you want to save you password settings Tap on YES to save your password assignment Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 139 Chapter 6 Settings Menus 6 7 Menus The Menus icon allows you to display options to customise the Start Menu Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Menus icon 6 7 1 Start Menu Tab This tab allows you to define the items that will be listed in your Start menu Checked items appear in the Start menu Others appear in Programs O Demo Scanner ow File Explorer O eh Games 4 Bubble Breaker O Solitaire s Getting Started M Hep In the Start Menu dialog box tap on the items you want to appear in your Start menu The checked items will be listed
141. ap on the Next button to begin the process Profile Information y Total Recall Profile Information Profile Name Defaultl Profile Type For this device only bad Profile Location My Documents Total Recall X Image Psion Teklogix 7505 OS Version 5 2 1621 Registry Type Hive registry Cancel Back Next This dialog box lists the possible storage destinations for the profile file To begin type a name for the profile in the field labelled Profile Name Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 187 Chapter 6 Settings Creating A Backup Profile e Next choose the Profile Type you want to create For this device only creates a backup that is manually restored by the operator AutoRestore for this device only creates a profile that automatically restores itself following a cold start Finally choose a Profile Location Tap on the Next button to display the next dialog box Add Files Add Files Total Recall on Yi Add Files Ea Al Fies Y Databases Y Registry Select Files By default All Files is selected so that all installed or copied files database entries and the registry will be saved You can however limit the backup to Databases the Registry and or Selected Files Tap on the Next button to view your selections 188 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Ma
142. apter 6 Settings Modem Connection Setup 6 41 1 1 Advanced Modem Settings TCP IP Settings Tab If your server assigns IP addresses dynamically you will not need to change these settings If you need to make changes contact your ISP or network administrator for addresses Advanced Use serve assigned IP address Use specific IP address O Use slip M Use software compression V Use IP header compression Server Settings Tab If your server assigns IP addresses dynamically you will not need to change these settings Advanced Use serve assigned addresses Use specific server address TCP IP Servers Servers requiring assigned IP addresses may also need a way to map computer names to IP addresses The Ik6n supports a variety of name resolution options DNS Alt DNS WINS and Alt WINS Your ISP or network administrator can determine which name resolution you need and can also provide the server address In addition you will want to ask if alternate addresses are available An alternate address may allow you to connect when the primary server 1s not available 214 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Wireless Manager Icon 6 42 Wireless Manager Icon The Wireless Manager icon acts as a connection manager providing access to Wi Fi Blue tooth GPS and GSM GPRS settings AN Important The Wireless
143. ar code decoding symbology predefined presets define which bar codes can be decoded The bar code decoding camera predefined presets determine how the bar code images are captured Bar Code Decoding Symbology Predefined Presets The following presets select groups of similar bar codes for decoding Note It is recommended that the default preset be used whenever possible Factory Default This preset enables the decoding of frequently used bar codes My Default This preset is synchronized with the Teklogix Scanners applet and contains all the symbolo gies selected using the Teklogix Scanner applet For details on this synchronization see Configuring Symbologies in the Teklogix Imagers Applet on page C 17 All This preset enables the decoding of all bar codes that the imager can decode For a descrip tion of these symbologies see Imager on page D 37 C 2 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 2 3 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Bar Code Decoding Camera Predefined Presets Linear This preset enables the decoding of all the 1D symbologies that the imager can decode See Imager on page D 37 for a description of these symbologies Linear and PDF 417 This preset enables the decoding of all the 1D and PDF symbologies that the imager can decode See Imager on page D 37 for a description of these symbologies Matrix This preset enables the decoding of all 2 D symbologies that the imag
144. arameter to on to enable Data Matrix Inverse Video Mode Enabling this parameter allows the imager to read inverse bar codes white symbols pre sented on a black background Rectangular Enabling this parameter allows the imager to recognize rectangular as opposed to square symbols Small Physical Size Set to on by default this parameter is used to detect small sized or small featured 2D data matrix symbologies Turning this option off may decrease response time only if there is a great deal of clutter 1 e pictures in the image However because these images are nor mally clean the labels contain only text and bar codes along with a significant amount of white space response time is usually not improved by turning this parameter off D 42 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 4 16 D 4 17 D 4 18 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details 2D QR Code Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable 2D QR Code Field Size Refer to Field Size on page D 8 for details 2D Maxicode Enabled Set this parameter to on to read 2D Maxicode images Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details 2D Aztec Enabled Set this parameter to on to read Aztec symbo
145. arching for packet data and Ready to connect Error States The following temporary error states states that may disappear without interaction may be displayed Emergency calls only The modem has found a network but is not allowed to register e g no roaming agreement between networks The modem keeps searching for another network e No network found A network is not currently available The modem continues searching for a network e Packet data not available The current network does not support packet data e Packet data not allowed The modem is not allowed to use packet data on the current network e g no packet data roaming agreement between network a roaming agreement for voice may still be in place It is also possible that you do not have a subscription for packet data at all The remaining error states are permanent e SIM is missing 226 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 44 5 Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu The SIM card is missing After the SIM has been inserted a reset may be required e SIM failure The SIM card is permanently disabled e g because the wrong PUK has been entered too many times A new SIM is needed Modem failure The modem did not respond to commands as expected If a reset does not clear this condi tion the modem may need to be replaced NDIS error An internal software error has occurred If a reset does not clear this condition Psion Tek logix techn
146. argers And Docking Stations 253 7 4 3 Power Consumption Considerations 0 0005 253 7 5 Desktop Docking Station Model No CH4000 254 7 5 1 Operator Controls o ee 255 A E E A oe be OK ad i A 255 ES 2 Operation acne oes hae a a a Bia A DA Rhein 255 7 5 3 1 Charging The Ikon Battery 0 4 255 7 5 3 2 Charging A Spare Battery 0040 256 7 5 3 3 Operating The USB Dock 256 7 5 4 Cleaning The CH4000 o e 258 7 5 5 Troubleshooting a 258 7 5 5 1 Docking Station Does Not PowerOn 258 7 5 5 2 Ik n Charge Indicator LED Stays Off 258 7 5 5 3 Ik n Charge LED Fast Flashes Green 258 7 5 5 4 Dock Battery LED Fast Flashes Green With Battery Inserted 258 7 5 5 5 Dock Battery LED Does Not Turn On When Battery Is Inserted 259 7 6 Quad Docking Station Model No CH4004 259 7 6 1 Operator Controls Asi s a es ie o e 259 TO 2 Andi Gators sorod in A tinta 259 7 6 3 Quad Dock Operation ee 260 7 6 3 1 Charging The Ik n Battery 260 7 6 3 2 Connecting To The Ethernet Network 260 7 6 4 Cleaning The CH4004 e 261 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 241 7 6 5 Troubleshooting 2 e 262 7 6 5 1 Ik n Charge Indicato
147. arning Using backlight while on battery power will substantially reduce battery life Turn off backlight if device is not used for Turn on backlight when a button is pressed or the screen is tapped 30 sec v Battery Power External Power Intensity Adjust power settings to conserve power This tab allows you to tailor the Ik6n backlight behaviour to best preserve battery life To define how long the backlight should stay on when the Ik n is not in use tap in the checkbox to the left of Turn off backlight if device is not used for Tap on the dropdown menu and choose the number of seconds or minutes the backlight will remain on when the Ik6n is idle 146 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings External Power To Turn on backlight when a button is pressed or the screen is tapped tap in the checkbox to the left of this option 6 15 2 External Power Settings 4 47 30 bk Turn off backlight if q device is not used for Turn on backlight when a button is pressed or the screen is tapped Battery Power External Power intensity Adjust power settings to conserve power This tab determines the behaviour of the backlight when the Ik n is using external rather than battery power A Important Refer to Battery Power on page 146 for details about these options 6 15 3 Intensity 4 4 7 31 bk Warning Setting intensity level
148. arry the PDA Attaching The Hand Strap The hand strap is attached by fixing the ends of the strap to the anchors located on the back and bottom of the unit see Figure 7 1 on page 244 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 243 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 Figure 7 1 Attaching The Hand Strap Bottom of Ik n Back of Ikon Elastic Stylus Holder Eyelet for Tether Velcro Tab Velcro Pad Underneath Bracket Screws we M2x4 Leather Velcro 244 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 1 Attach the hand strap to the Ik n by looping the Velcro tab around the pin and adhering the tab to the Velcro pad Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 245 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 3 Slide the bracket through the plastic loop on the hand strap and install the screws 4 Adjust the hand strap by pulling up the Velcro tab and readjusting to your hand as needed Attaching The Stylus Tether To The Hand Strap The stylus tether can be attached to the hand strap at the back of the Ik n 1 Ifnot assembled thread the tether cord through the stylus as shown pulling the cord tight Se
149. ations there will be a slight delay while the scanner powers up to scan a bar code Low Power Timeout To extend laser life you can select the length of time the scanner remains active following a successful decode The scanner wakes from low power mode when a bar code is scanned a successful decode restores normal blinking When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can choose a value of 30 sec 1 min 2 min or 3 min Note This parameter is only used if the Trigger Mode has been set to Continuous On and the Ik n is mounted in a fixed position otherwise Low Power Timeout is not used Parameter Scanning Setting this parameter to on enables decoding of parameter bar codes Linear Security Level This parameter allows you to select the security level appropriate for your bar code quality There are four levels of decode security for linear code types e g Code 39 Interleaved 2 of Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Advanced Options Decoded Internal 5 Higher security levels should be selected for decreasing levels of bar code quality As se curity levels increase the scanner s decode speed decreases Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value from 1 to 4 Linear security level 1 specifies that the following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded
150. ays a list of available access points with their respective SSIDs Signal Strength RSSI value and Security Status Selecting an AP returns you to the profile page and populates a new profile with the information availa ble from the scan to simplify setting up a new profile e Radio Lists radio attributes These attributes can be individually chosen from this menu When an attribute is chosen an associated list of options is displayed where you can assign new settings or view existing settings Commit Saves all changes Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 3 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Profile Tab The following table describes the options in the Radio Attributes dropdown menu Radio ee Attribute Description Value Default SSID Service set identifier SSID for Maximum of 32 characters None WLAN to which the radio connects Client Name assigned to radio amp Ik n into Maximum of 16 characters None Name which it is installed Power Save Power save mode for radio CAM Constantly awake Fast Maximum Maximum power sav ings Fast Fast power save mode Tx Power Maximum transmit power Max Maximum defined for Max current regulatory domain Measured in mW 50 30 10 1 Bit Rate Used by radio when interacting Auto Rate automatically negoti Auto with WLAN access point ated with access point Rates in Mbps 1 2 5 5 6 9 11 12 18 24 36 48 54 Radio Used
151. battery press and hold down the Power button Choose Shutdown in the Shutdown screen and tap on OK Keep in mind also that all Ik ns are equipped with internal super capacitors that will save the current data for up to minutes while the battery is swapped Refer to Preparing The Ik n For Operation on page 11 for more details about removing and installing the battery Battery Swap Time Assuming the default power saving parameters and battery reserve level have not been al tered battery swap time is approximately 5 minutes you will not lose data if the battery is replaced within this time frame To protect data the safest place to store data is on a microSD memory card or externally to the device on a USB memory stick or on a PC The Suspend Threshold feature allows you to determine the battery capacity at which the Ik n will be shut down If left at the default value Maximum Operating Time the Ik6n will run until the battery is completely empty the RAM is only backed up for a short period of time If you choose Maximum Backup Time the Ik n shuts off with more energy left in the battery so RAM can be backed up for a longer period of time Refer to Suspend Threshold And Estimated Battery Backup on page 168 for details about reserving battery power for data backup purposes Charging The Battery Batteries shipped from the factory are charged to approximately 40 of capacity They must be fully char
152. be entered in the To field can consist of the digits O through 9 as well as the and characters optionally preceded by one character indicating an international number 1 e the country code follows immediately after the character By checking the Store message in Outbox field a new message can be stored in the Outbox before being sent If no storage space is available or the modem does not support the storage of outgoing messages this checkbox is disabled 6 44 6 2 Inbox 5 Wireless WAN 2 10 01 lok Tapping on Inbox opens the list of received messages Reading 50 messages for example from the SIM can take about 30 seconds By default the list of messages is sorted with the 236 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings SMS Menu most recently received message first The list can be sorted by any other column by clicking on the corresponding column heading Clicking the same column heading twice reverses the sort order Pressing any letter or digit moves the highlight to the next message whose address begins with that letter or number Note The date and time formats can be changed through the Regional Settings in the Con trol Panel For a new date or time format to take effect the Inbox has to be closed and re opened The Open button opens the selected message in a new window such that the entire message can be read including the original formatting line breaks are replac
153. beara wees D 42 2D Data Matrix ooooooococooccnnnncnnnnrr rr rr rr rr rr rr D 42 DOR COOSA ea aE ETT sone D 43 2D Maxicode ca ada D 43 DI ATC A ne A AEAEE Sea RRA RRRARRRI S A D 43 Postal PIANE ls 3391333 3 ere EE a S ete Ate CN D 44 Postal PostNET 3s3scoo90 25 e002 2542557555 OAS SSS EDEL EET aed D 44 PostalsA ustralians 5264 53 46 222828282 EEE E LALALA AAA ees D 44 Postal Tap ed D 44 Postale A D 45 Postal R yal secssesccgceese05 222525 0555 05 05 EASES SS SSSESELO SUE SE bbe ne pa D 45 Postal Kix eo REEERE EERE ENRERE esses AAAA EIERS D 45 Postal Canadian cidad D 46 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 About This Manual e 3 1 2 Text Convento 4 1 3 Ik n Rugged PDA Features 2 2 a 4 1 3 1 The Ik n Rugged PDA 2 ee 6 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 1 1 1 Chapter 1 Introduction About This Manual About This Manual This manual describes how to configure operate and maintain the Ik n Rugged PDA Model Number 7505 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Introduction provides a basic overview of the Ik n Rugged PDA Basic Checkout describes the steps required to get the Ik6n ready for operation Get To Know The Ikon describes the features and outlines how to charge and maintain the battery This chapter also provides information about indicators microSD a
154. bile 6 1 User Manual Appendix B Port Pinouts Battery Contact Pinout B 4 Battery Contact Pinout PIN Signal Name Description 1 BATT RAW Positive lead of battery Provides mechanical polarity 2 BATT RAW Positive lead of battery 3 BATT CLK SMBus data clock 4 BATT THERM Thermistor 10K NTC 5 BATT DATA SMBus bi directional data line 6 GND Negative lead of battery 7 GND Negative lead of battery Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual B 3 APPENDIX C TEKLOGIX IMAGERS APPLET C 1 C 2 The Teklogix Imagers applet is used to create modify delete and activate imager settings The principle uses of the applet are to decode bar codes and to capture images A Demonstration Application is provided to demonstrates how the imager works Refer to PTSI Imager Demo on page 95 for details Required Applets In order to configure imaging the Manage Triggers and Teklogix Scanners applets must be present in the Settings gt System tab along with the Teklogix Imagers applet Presets There are two methods that can be used to configure an imager using the Teklogix Imagers applet e Use a predefined preset e Create a custom preset based on a predefined preset Important It is strongly recommended that a predefined preset is used whenever possible Each predefined preset contains a coherent group of settings that are known to work together in the inte
155. bile 6 1 User Manual D 29 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 11 D 3 13 D 3 14 Code 11 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 11 Check Digit Verification The available options for this parameter are MOD 10 Check and Double MOD 10 Check This parameter uses the specified algorithm of the option you ve chosen to ensure the integrity of the symbol data before transmitting If the data does not contain that algorithm the data is not transmitted Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters 1 e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Interleaved 2 of 5 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Reading Range This parameter determines the reading distance from which a bar code can be successfully scanned The default setting Extended allows for increased reading distance Check Digit Verification The available options for this parameter are Disabled MOD 10 Check and French CIP Check Digit Verification uses the specified algorithm of the option you ve chosen to ensure the integrity of the symbol data before tra
156. ble with CDMA modems The Security Configuration dialog box allows you to enable disable and change the PIN You will need the current PIN to make any of these changes The PIN must be enabled in order to be changed If the PIN is disabled the New PIN entry field is greyed out Note Keep in mind that some network operators do not allow the SIM PIN to be dis abled A new PIN must consist of 4 to 8 numeric digits The Require PIN on resume checkbox is independent of the aforementioned settings By de fault this checkbox is unchecked While the checkbox remains unchecked any PIN entered on startup or through the Security Configuration dialog box and submitted successfully to the modem is stored in memory for as long as the device is not rebooted This stored PIN is then used without further user interaction whenever the modem requires a PIN such as resume after suspend or modem removal The stored PIN is also automatically entered in the Current PIN text box whenever the Security Configuration dialog box is called up Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 231 Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu If unauthorized access to the device is a concern the Require PIN on resume checkbox should be checked In this case you will be prompted whenever a PIN is required and the PIN is not stored 6 44 5 3 Network Configuration A amp L Note Network configuration is not available with CDMA modems In the main Wireless WAN screen
157. c Data transfer options vary slightly depending on the type of operating system installed in your PC Microsoft ActiveSync is PC connectivity software that can be used to connect your Ik n to a PC running this software ActiveSync works only with the Windows XP SP2 operating system or earlier If the Windows Vista operating system is installed in your PC ActiveSync is not required to transfer data between your Ik n and your PC By connecting the Ik n to a PC with a cable you can View Ik n files from Windows Explorer e Drag and drop files between the Ik n and the PC in the same way that you would between PC drives Back up Ik n files to the PC then restore them from the PC to the Ik n again if needed and so on Using Microsoft ActiveSync You can install active sync using the Getting Started CD provided with your Ik6n Refer to The Getting Started CD on page 13 for details You can also follow the step by step in structions provided at the following website http www microsoft com windowsmobile activesync activesync45 mspx Using Windows Vista If you have Windows Vista your Ik6n data transfers do not require ActiveSync To transfer data between your PC and your rugged PDA Tap on Start gt Computer to display the drives Your Ik n will be visible here e Open drives files and folders as you would on your PC Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen Refer to Aligning Calibrating The To
158. can be displayed Since all currently supported modems are automatically detected the Enable automatic port detection checkbox should always be checked If this checkbox is not checked a serial port can be selected manually This experimental feature allows the driver to be used with an in ternal GSM modem that was not recognized by the automatic detection or an external GSM modem connected to a serial port of the computer through USB or through Bluetooth An external modem connected to a serial port must support 115 2kbit s 8bit no parity and hard ware flow control 6 44 5 5 Modem Information The fields in this dialog box cannot be edited they only display information about the Ik n modem If the network operator has not programmed a user s phone number into the SIM Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 233 Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu the Phone field remains empty The modem serial number is called IMEI for GSM modems and ESN for CDMA modems The SIM ID is sometimes referred to as the ICC ID International Charge Card Identifier Not all modems support the retrieval of the SIM ID In particular the Novatel Merlin UMTS modems and the Option Globetrotter modems do not support SIM ID retrieval If the main menu shows an error status at least partial modem information may be available Modem Power Modes The power mode of the modem is controlled through the Power icon rather than through the Wireless WAN
159. con is displayed Tapping on this icon displays the soft keyboard Tapping on the shift state indicator icon again removes the soft keyboard Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Programs Using Applications 4 7 Programs Using Applications Tap Start gt Programs to display the programs installed on your Ik n Figure 4 3 Program Screen Icons A Programs Games ActiveSyne Calculator a a Demo File Explorer Scanner gt y Internet Modem Link Sharing mar Ar Picturas amp Ramota Videos Deskt Opening An Application Tap on a Program icon to launch the associated program Minimizing An Application Tap on the X button in the upper right corner of an application screen to minimize the application Note Although it looks like a Close button this button does not close the application it only minimizes it Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 75 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Settings Opening Closing And Switching Applications Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab and then the Task Manager icon the Task Manager screen is opened tm Task Manager eT Application Mam CPU ActivaSync 532K 15 Word Mobile Task Manager 2 File Explorer End Task 5 The Task Manager screen lists all running tasks applications This applet provides a number of options to manage your opened applications
160. ction Setup e 218 6 42 6 Managing An Existing Connection 0000s 219 6 42 6 1 Editing A Connection 2 2 ee ee 219 6 42 6 2 Changing A Connection Setting Name 219 6 42 7 Selecting A Network aoaaa ee 220 6 42 8 Proxy Server Setup 2 ee 221 6 42 8 1 Changing Advanced Proxy Server Settings 222 6 43 Wireless Statistics o s re a Pa PA a ee 223 6 44 Wireless WAN Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic Only 223 6 44 1 Softkey Bar Icons o 2 223 6 44 2 Establishing A Connection o o o 224 6 44 3 Disconnecting From A Network o o e 225 6 44 3 1 Shutting Down The Wireless WAN User Interface 225 6 44 4 Advanced Information 2 e 225 6 44 4 Entero A PIN jth a ota ke eee GEE Ok Re Bee ee 225 0 44 42 Error states 2 bk wed ba eed eG oe be nae is 226 6 44 5 Tools Menu aae e e a aada e e a E E a E E 227 6 44 5 1 Data Connection Configuration ooo oaa 227 6 44 5 2 Security Configuration 2 2 ee ee ee 231 6 44 5 3 Network Configuration 0 2 ee ee 232 6 44 5 4 Driver Mode Configuration 00 233 6 44 5 5 Modem Information 2 2 0 0 00202 eee 233 6 446 SMS A E hes he OE i A aE i 235 CARO L New SMSa hind gd eb A 236 118 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6440 2 INDOOR Seg io a ae SAA ae ele Bie fa ke ee 2 R
161. culator J 0 Demo File Explorer Getting Scanner Started a 9 y Internat Modem Link Sharing z le be ae Notes Picturas amp Remota ideos Deskt A Important For details about this applet refer to Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 95 Chapter 5 Programs Internet Sharing 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 Internet Sharing This option allows you to use your Ik n to connect your PC to the Internet Before you can use Internet Sharing you must make certain that you have established a data connection on your Ik6n Creating An Internet Connection Follow the steps in this section only if you have not already setup an Internet connection You ll need the following information before you begin From your cellular service provider data connectivity information access point name and PAP CHAP security settings From your Internet service provider ISP or wireless service provider access point name and password and any additional security information For a GPRS 1xRTT or dialup connection Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab Tap on the Connections icon Under My Work Network tap Add a new modem connection Type a name for the connection and choose Cellular Line GPRS or for 1xRTT con nections choose Cellular Line Tap on Next Type the phone number or access point name provided by your service provider and tap Next
162. d PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu Important For CDMA IXRTT automatic configuration is not available connec tions must be configured manually Under APN the packet service access number must be entered typically 777 In the following section all the parameters that need to be configured for a connection such as APN user name password DNS server addresses etc are referred to as a profile Every profile is identified by an arbitrary unique name The profile named Default is special in that it is always present and can neither be edited nor deleted A sample dialog box is pre sented on the page following The Default profile uses parameters from a built in database The home network the network that issued the SIM is used for the database look up While there can be many configured profiles only one profile can be active at any time If connection profiles are configured manually then the Enable automatic configuration checkbox should normally be unchecked In one particular use case manually configured profiles may be combined with automatic configuration If multiple SIM cards are used with the same device each SIM card being from a different operator and some or all of them requiring a manually set up profile auto matic configuration may be used to automatically pick the correct manually configured profile for each SIM card For this to work each profile has to be configur
163. d information Additional Tools Explore and install other tools to help you make the most of b your device including a free 60 day trial of Outlook 2007 Tapping on one of these items provides the following options Setup and Installation allows you to install the Windows Mobile Device Hand book and ActiveSync When you tap on this option only items that are not already present on your PC are installed For example if you ve previously installed Active Sync it is automatically detected and is not reinstalled Windows Mobile Device Handbook guides you through the steps required to access these options Additional Windows Mobile Resources lists Windows Mobile web sites that provide additional helpful information Free Ringtones Downloads Help and Other Benefits with registration at Micro soft you can receive free ring tones downloads newsletters and information to help you use your PDA to full advantage Set up E mail provides step by step instructions to help you set up your e mail account e Additional Tools allows you to download a 60 day trial of Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 2 3 Data Transfer Between The PC amp The Ik n Note For details about connecting your Ik n to a PC using a docking station refer to Operating The USB Dock on page 256 14 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 4 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Using Microsoft ActiveSyn
164. d is locked and the touchscreen is locked The processor remains on so that any running applications will continue while the Ik6n is in a Standby state In addition the radios remain on Keep in mind that because the processor continues to run Standby mode consumes more power than Suspend mode Keep in mind that if you press and immediately release the Power button a dialog box appears letting you know that the Ik6n is preparing to enter suspend state Only by pressing and holding down the Power button can you choose between Suspend and Shutdown and Standby The Getting Started CD The Getting Started CD shipped with your Ik6n runs automatically when inserted display ing a start up screen is Mobile Getting started with your Windows Mobile powered device Select a language and then click Next Chinese Traditional Chinese Simplified English French German Italian Japanese Korean Spanish Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 13 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Data Transfer Between The PC The Ik n Tapping on Next in the start up screen displays a screen listing your setup and installation options iS Mobile Pisifoin TeKtocrx Getting started with your Windows Mobile powered device Setup and Installation Install the programs you ll need to quickly and easily synchronize your device with your computer Windows Mobile Device Handbook View user manuals and other helpful tools an
165. ders you would like to be included when synchronizing Folders to synchronize gt AM OS Jan_05_Sent OA Junk E mail AA Sent Items OSA Sync Issues Adda checkmark next to the folders in this screen that you want to synchronize with your Ik6n and tap on OK The E mail Synchronization screen is displayed again Ifyou want to accept file attachments add a check mark next to Include file attach ments To limit the size tap on Only if smaller than and specify a size in the KB box Tap on OK 112 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Windows Media 5 20 Windows Media Windows Media allows you to play music and videos on your Ik6n You can use Windows Media to play digital audio and video files that are stored on your Ik6n or on the Web e To work with this applet tap on Start gt Programs gt Windows Media To find detailed instructions about this option tap on Start gt Help and in the list of help files tap on Use Windows Media Player Mobile Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 113 SETTINGS 6 USOS a OR eRe donee BS 4 Golo ol Wee Db e ee Pane 121 6 2 Personal Settings ee 121 6 3 App Launch Keys sia a ees a a alee es Ba we ie mS 121 OA Buttons ICON oirr g ean ae he ne a a Serer eh hee 124 6 4 1 Up Down Control e 124 GA 2 Sequences ihe Gy eek ena aa Ws Bw ee er ee a 125 64 3 One Shots cita whee eck
166. dum on page D 26 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 39 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings UPCE D 4 7 D 4 8 D 4 9 D 4 10 UPC E Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable UPC E Addendum Refer to Addendum on page D 26 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Code 93 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 93 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Codabar Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Codabar Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Interleaved 2 of 5 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Interleaved 2 of 5 D 40 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 4 11 D 4 12 A D 4 13 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings RSS Code Reduced Space Symbology Check Digit Verification When enabled this parameter checks the integrity of an I 2 of 5 symbol to ensure it complies with a specified algorithm either USS Uniform Symbology Specification or OPCC Op tical Product Code Council Include Check If this parameter is enabled the check digit is transmitted along with the I 2 of 5 s
167. e Figure 7 6 when The Ik6n is in the docking station and powered on e The docking station is powered by the AC adaptor e The docking station is connected to Ethernet network with a Category 5 cable plugged into the RJ45 rear socket The green Link LED flashes to indicate the presence of data traffic The yellow Speed LED is steady ON when the network is 100 Mbps and OFF when the network is 10 Mbps 260 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7 6 4 A Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Cleaning The CH4004 Figure 7 6 CH4004 Quad Docking Station Rear View RJ45 Ethernet Port Link LED MINI FIT JR DC Input Speed LED Network Access The Ik6n automatically detects insertion into the docking station and loads the appropriate drivers to communicate with the network Network Addressing The host application uses standard TCP IP protocol to name locate and communicate with a specific Ik n on the network If a link is established between an Ik n and a host the application on the host and on the Ik n must have a recovery mechanism in the event that the Ik n is removed from the dock interrupting the link Cleaning The CH4004 Important Do not immerse the unit in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean e Use only mild detergent or soapy water on a slightly damp cloth to clean the CH4004 Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleani
168. e selected See below for details Transmit Check Digit If this parameter is enabled the check digit is included with the bar code data Check Digit Algorithm When the Two MSI Plessey check digits option is selected an additional verification is re quired to ensure integrity Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box n which you can choose the algorithm to be used MOD 10 MOD 11 or MOD 10 MOD 10 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 15 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Interleaved 2 of 5 D 2 15 Interleaved 2 of 5 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Set Length L1 And Set Length L2 Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 can be set for Any length Length within a range One dis crete length or Two discrete lengths The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box labelled Set Code Lengths where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Choosing One discrete length allows you to decode only those codes containing a selected length Choosing Two discrete lengths allows you to decode only those codes containing two selected lengths Length within a range allows you to decod
169. e 52 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Features Of The Ik n Rugged PDA 3 1 Features Of The Ik n Rugged PDA 3 LEDs Light Emitting Diodes Receiver Power Button Enter Button Vertical Scroll Button Microphone RIGHT SIDE Audio Port Scan Button TOP Volume Button LEFT SIDE Scanner Imager Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 35 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Battery Figure 3 1 Back of Ik n Speaker camera Hand Strap optional Anchor Cover for Battery amp SIM microSD Card Compartments Stylus Figure 3 2 Ports Docking Port USB On The Go DC IN Port Hand Strap Anchor 3 2 The Battery The Ik n operates with a 5000 mAh Lithium Ion battery pack model number CH3000 Preparing the Ik n for operation requires that a battery pack be charged and installed in the Ik n 36 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 2 1 A 3 2 2 A 3 2 3 3 2 4 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Battery Safety Battery Safety Important Before attempting to install use or charge the battery pack it is critical that you review and follow the important safety guidelines in the quick refer ence guide entitled Ik n Rugged PDA Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000148 Removing The Battery Pack Important Always shut down the Ik n before removing the battery To safely remove the
170. e GPS module behaves The GPS Power dropdown menu is used to control when the GPS is powered on and off Off the GPS module is left off always Always on the GPS module is powered on at all times regardless of the power state of the Ik6n suspend or standby On and off in suspend the GPS module is powered on but if the Ik n is in suspend mode the GPS module is turned off On and low power in suspend the GPS module remains in a low power state while the Ik6n is in suspend mode Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 155 Chapter 6 Settings GPS Global Positioning System Settings Profiles Tab GPS Settings OY ok GPS Profile Selection TN y This profile suits the needs of most applications Technical Details Static Nav Off Track Smoothing Off DR Timeout 5 sec Degraded modes Off Power profes AGP nfo Y Tapping on the GPS Profile Selection dropdown menu allows you to choose an appropriate profile Default Automotive or Pedestrian e Default profile is a good general profile suitable for most uses e Automotive profile is designed for in vehicle use providing quick location updates as the vehicle moves When the GPS module is set to this profile and the vehicle enters an area such as a tunnel where satellite coverage is interrupted it will attempt to predict the vehicle position e Pedestrian profile is designed for those using the GPS module
171. e Ik6n reads and writes bar codes The Demo Scanner dialog box contains buttons at the bottom of the dialog box that allow you to Scan Reset or change bar code Setting Office Mobile This icon contains the following abridged Microsoft programs Excel Mobile OneNote Mobile PowerPoint Mobile and Word Mobile Keep in mind that if Office Mobile is listed in your Start menu this icon will not be displayed in the Programs window Excel Mobile Excel Mobile is an abridged version of Microsoft Excel an electronic spreadsheet program If you re familiar the Excel application on your PC you be able to navigate Excel Mobile In addition to providing the tools to manipulate text and numeric values like statistics per centages using formulas that perform calculations and so on this program can also include graphics such as pie charts Excel Mobile allows you to copy Excel workbooks from your PC onto your Ik n and update them while you re away from your desk e Tap on Start gt Programs gt Office Mobile gt Excel Mobile If Office Mobile is listed in your Start menu tap on Start gt Office Mobile and then tap on Excel Mobile e Ifa list of workbooks is displayed rather than a new sheet you ll need to create a new workbook To create a workbook In Excel Mobile tap the Menu gt File gt New 86 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 5 6 1 1 5 6 2 Chapter 5 Programs OneNote Mobile Workbook Components Z
172. e Passwords On SCU as well as EAP authentica On Off Off tion dialog boxes hide passwords WEP keys and other sensitive information Admin Password Password that must be specified when A string of up to 64 SUMMIT Admin Login button is pressed characters Auth Timeout Specifies the number of seconds that An integer from 3 to 60 8 the software will wait for an EAP authentication request to succeed or fail If authentication credentials are specified in the active profile and the authentication times out then associa tion will fail If authentication creden tials are not specified in the active profile and the authentication times out then the user will be re prompted to enter authentication credentials Certs Path Directory where certificates for EAP Valid directory path up Dependent authentication are stored to 64 characters on device Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 11 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Global Settings Tab A 12 between successive ping requests Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7200000 Global Setting Description Value Default Ping Payload Amount of data to be transmitted ona Bytes 32 64 128 256 32 ping 512 1024 Ping Timeout ms Amount of time in milliseconds that Integer from 0 to 5000 passes without a response before ping 30000 request is considered a failure Ping Delay ms Amount of time in milliseconds Integer f
173. e Save button to save your macro Your macro key sequence is listed in the Macro screen Tap on OK to save your macro key assignment Executing A Macro Press the macro key to which you ve assigned the macro to execute it Deleting A Macro Inthe Macros tab highlight the macro number you want to delete Tap on the Delete button Unicode Mapping Tap on the Unicode Mapping tab to display this screen sE Settings Oe Y lok VKey S C Unicode Unicode Mapping sef lt gt The Unicode Mapping tab is used to map combinations of virtual key values and CTRL and SHIFT states to Unicode values This tab shows the configured Unicode character along with the Unicode value For example a U 0061 indicates that the character a is represented by the Unicode value 0061 and so on Keep in mind that Unicode configura tions are represented as hexidecimal rather than decimal values All user defined Unicode mappings are listed in the Unicode Mapping tab in order of virtual key value and then by order of the shift state If a Unicode mapping is not listed the Unicode mapping is mapped to the default Unicode value Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 6 4 6 Chapter 6 Settings Scancode Remapping Adding And Changing Unicode Values Important Changes to Unicode mappings are not saved until you exit the Unicode Mapping tab by tapping on OK Tap on the Add Change but
174. e a code type within a specified range from 4 to 14 Check Digit Verification When enabled this parameter checks the integrity of an I 2 of 5 symbol to ensure it complies with a specified algorithm either USS Uniform Symbology Specifica tion or OPCC Optical Product Code Council Transmit Check Digit If this parameter is enabled the check digit is included with the bar code data Convert To EAN 13 If this parameter is enabled the I 2 of 5 bar code is converted to EAN 13 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details D 2 16 Discrete 2 of 5 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Discrete 2 of 5 D 16 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 2 17 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings RSS Code Set Length L1 And Set Length L2 Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 can be set for Any length Length within a range One discrete length or Two discrete lengths The length of a code refers to the number of characters 1 e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box labelled Set Code Lengths where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Choosing One discrete length allows you to decode only those codes containing a selected length Choosing Two discrete lengths allows you to decode only those codes containing
175. e code If both codes in a pair are detected they will be concatenated provided that ISBT Concat Any Pair see below is enabled ISBT Concat Any Pair Enabling this parameter causes all code pairs that can be to be concatenated even if they do not comply with Section 4 1 of the ISBT 128 Bar Code Symbology and Application Speci fication for Labeling of Whole Blood and Blood Components June 2000 Version 1 2 1 Reading Range Determines the reading distance from which a bar code can be successfully scanned The default setting Extended allows for increased reading distance Check Digit Verification The available options for this parameter are Disabled or French CIP This parameter uses the specified algorithm of the option you ve chosen to ensure the integrity of the symbol data before transmitting If the data does not contain that algorithm the data is not transmitted Note French CIP French pharmaceutical is only used with bar codes containing 7 characters Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details EAN 13 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable EAN 13 ISBN Conversion When this parameter International S
176. e ene eeeennees 2 3 2 Using Windows Vista 00 cece cence eee e eee e rr rro Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen 0 cece cece ccc ee nee e eee enne eee eeenee The Getting Started Centre 00 ccc c ccc e eee e eee eee rr Setting Up An 802 11b g Radio Summit Client Utility 00 2 6 1 Assigning The IP Address ccc cece cece eee e eee e eee rro 2 6 2 Using The SCU To Connect To The WLAN cece cence cence eee ees The Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only 0ccccee eee eee eee ees ZEE Th Phone Keypad as ao oi Da Dean aaa 2 7 2 Sending amp Ending Calls Using The Ik n Keyboard o ooooooooommmmmo 2 7 3 Managing Phone Settid8S ooooooocooooocccrorrnonrrnnnrrr rr rrr rro Resetting AT tre a DUDO 2 8 1 Performing A Warm Reset oooocooccccooccccncccnncrrr rr rro 2 8 2 Performing A Cold Reset oooooooocococccooccnconccnrnrrrr rro Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n 3 1 3 2 Features Of The Ik n Rugged PDA 0 cece cece eee e eect rr rr The Battery A e aed naman tein bb Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual ii Contents 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 11 3 12 32 1 Battery Saa Gea EEEE EIEEE EER a RAAR ESN 37 3 2 2 Removing The Battery Pack 00 occ c cece cece eet e eee en ee eenneeees 37 3 23 Battery Swap Times ca Ir E ETANOA ENS 37 32 4 Charging The Battery comic iaa 37
177. e field provided For a parameter that toggles between two values such as on or off and enabled or disabled Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter Either method toggles between the two available values When you ve completed your edits tap on OK The parameter list is displayed the new value for the changed parameter is shown Tap on OK to exit to the preset list and save the changes Removing A Custom Preset Highlight the custom preset you want to delete and tap on the Remove button A window is displayed warning you that you are about to remove a preset Tap on Yes to remove the preset or No to cancel the operation Configuring Symbologies in the Teklogix Imagers Applet All changes made in the Symbologies Presets in the Imagers Applet are also made in the Scanners Applet The Scanner Applet will reflect the settings of whichever Symbologies Preset is made active in the Imager Applet Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 17 C 18 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Filter Tab Manipulating Bar Code Data C 4 14 Configuring Symbologies In The Teklogix Scanners Applet When a symbology is enabled or configured using the Teklogix Scanners applet the changes are also made in the My Default preset My Default automatically becomes the active bar code symbology preset None of the other bar code decoding predefined presets is changed Configuri
178. e from 4 to 55 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 13 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Codabar D 2 13 Codabar Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Codabar or off to disable it Set Length L1 And Set Length L2 Lengths for Codabar can be set for Any length Length within a range One discrete length or Two discrete lengths The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box labelled Set Code Lengths where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Choosing One discrete length allows you to decode only those codes containing a selected length Choosing Two discrete lengths allows you to decode only those codes containing two selected lengths Length within a range allows you to decode a code type within a spec ified range from 5 to 55 CLSI Editing When enabled this parameter strips the start and stop characters and inserts a space after the first fifth and tenth characters of a 14 character Codabar symbol nN Note Symbol length does not include start and stop characters D 2 14 NOTIS Editing When enabled this parameter strips the start and stop characters from decoded Codabar symb
179. e screen Remember that you can refer to the softkey bar for a visual indication of which alpha key will be displayed on the screen Important Once you have finished typing alpha characters remember to turn off or unlock the ORANGE key Check the shift state indicator icon refer to Figure 3 5 on page 41 to make certain that the key is turned off Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 3 6 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 2 A 3 4 3 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Keypad Backlight The Keypad Backlight The intensity of the keypad backlight can be configured using the Backlight icon accessed by tapping on Start gt Settings Refer to Backlight on page 146 for details about this option The Display Ik ns are equipped with display backlighting to improve character visibility in low light conditions The backlight switches on when a key is pressed or the screen is tapped Setting The Backlight Intensity amp Duration To set the backlight intensity and the duration of time that the backlight will remain on you ll need to choose the Backlight icon Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on System tab gt Backlight icon Refer to Backlight on page 146 for details Adjusting the Backlight Using The Keyboard The display backlight can be adjusted using a keyboard key sequence The key sequence varies depending on the type of keyboard For alphanumeric keyboards lock the ORANGE key on Press E
180. e stylus on the thumbnail photo you want to delete to display a pop up menu Tap on Delete e Confirm your choice when prompted 5 12 5 Editing A Photo Tap a thumbnail photo to open it Tap on Menu gt Edit The Rotate command is now displayed in the softkey bar Additional editing tools are now listed in the Menu 5 12 6 Creating A Slide Show To view a slide show Tap on the Menu gt Play Slide Show The slide show begins in slide show mode photos are displayed for about five seconds one after the other 104 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Using The Video Recorder To display the slide show tool bar tap anywhere on the photo Pause Previous Play f Next Flip ne l m Close 00 19 A 5 12 7 Using The Video Recorder Tap on the Camera icon E Pictures amp Videos er v ix Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 105 Chapter 5 Programs Remote Desktop Mobile 5 13 106 In the bottom right corner of the camera screen tap on Menu gt Video Pictures amp Videos er Y E ok Full Screen Options Thumbnails Press ENTER to begin recording Video Recorder Icon Indicates that video is active To end the video press ENTER again or tap on the Stop softkey Note When the Video recorder is activated a Menu is available to tailor the operation of the recorder the quality of the recording and so on
181. e the key sequence they will need to enter to unlock the keyboard displayed on the screen Ifyou want the keyboard to be locked at startup tap in the checkbox next to Keyboard locked at startup Otherwise leave this option disabled Inthe Key sequence dropdown menu choose the key sequence you will use to lock and unlock the keyboard Tap on OK To lock the keyboard type the key sequence you chose for example Orange Blue 0 132 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 5 Chapter 6 Settings Input A locked keyboard icon is displayed in the softkey bar when the keyboard is locked Start on Til a Thursday 7 16 PM December 11 2008 ROGERS B On Getting Started Tap here to set owner information No unread messages No tasks d No upcoming appointments Locked Keyboard Icon e To unlock the keyboard type the key sequence again Input The nput icon provides access to text input options you can use to tailor the soft keyboard block recognizer letter recognizer and transcriber along with voice recording options Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 133 Chapter 6 Settings Input Method Tab 6 5 1 Input Method Tab Tap on Start gt Settings and then on the Input icon to display your options g Input Input method Keyboard X O Large keys Block Recognizer Keyboard Letter Recognizer ep spacelTranscriber e Backspace Y Enter A dropdown menu next to In
182. e to a surface other than the recommended RAM B Figure 7 10 on page 267 Mounting Template The vehicle cradle is shipped with detailed mounting instructions including a drill template Refer to the CH1000 Ik n Rugged PDA Vehicle Cradle Quick Start Guide PN 8000163 In every case please take the following precautions 1 When installing the cradle ensure the driver s view is not obstructed 266 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 2 Install cradles so as not to obstruct vehicle safety features 1 e air bags seat belts etc 3 Ensure cradle is secured to the vehicle in a safe location Injury may result otherwise 4 Ensure the mounting has the capacity to hold the cradle and the Ik6n Cradle plus Ik n weight is approximately 1kg 2 2 lb 5 Psion Teklogix has recommended and approved mounts Consult Psion Teklogix Customer Service for direction Figure 7 10 Removing The RAM Mount To accommodate the service loop of the power cable leave a 10 2 cm 4 in clearance at the bottom of the vehicle cradle Leave a 17 8 cm 7 in clearance at the top of the vehicle cradle to allow easy removal of the Ik n When selecting a mounting location refer to the detailed assembly instructions that are packaged with the pedestal Important Before Psion Teklogix releases a product our engineering team exposes that pr
183. e trigger source Along with keyboard keys trigger sources can also be grip triggers external hard ware triggers or software based When the specified key is pressed the trigger consumer for example a decoded scanner is sent a message A Important It is not possible to have two or more identical mappings for example FI cannot be mapped to the Non Decoded Scanner twice even if the trigger type is different A keyboard key that is used as a trigger source will no longer generate key data or perform its normal function For example if the space button is used as a trigger source it will not be able to send space characters to applications Double Click When a key is pressed and released then pressed again within the configured time between 0 to 1000 milliseconds a double click occurs See also Trigger Press Type on page 162 160 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Trigger Mappings Show All Modules By default the trigger mapping list only shows active mappings Mappings for drivers or applications that are not currently active are not normally displayed By checking this checkbox all mappings both active and inactive are displayed Add Tapping this button brings up the Add mapping dialog see below so that you can add new trigger mappings Edit Tapping this button brings up the Edit mapping dialog so that you can edit existing trigger mappings Remove Tappi
184. e used to read bar codes The Bottom Colour Camera is limited to taking photos Setting The Active Preset An active preset has an A to the right in Figure C 2 on page page C 9 the active preset is Defaults To set an active preset e Highlight the preset and tap on the Activate button Viewing A Preset To view the parameter settings in a preset Highlight a preset and tap on the View button C 10 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Creating A Custom Preset The associated preset window is displayed PTS Imager Settin Y 47 Yok Preset Default Image Corrections Auto Exposure Manual Exposure Windowing Predefined settings are read only Tap on the sign to expand one of the lists so that you can view the parameter settings C 4 4 Creating A Custom Preset A new custom preset is created by modifying a preset either a predefined preset or an ex isting custom preset To create a custom preset Highlight a preset and tap on the Add button A screen like the sample following is displayed PTS Imager Settim Y 7 fy 42 ok 7 Preset Name Cloning from set Default Enter alphanumeric string e Type the name of the new preset in the dialog box Tap on OK to save your changes Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 11 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Modifying A Custom Preset The preset list is d
185. e you begin you need the following information from your network administrator password domain name TCP IP settings and a host name or IP address of the VPN server e e e Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Connections icon Under My Work Network tap on Add a new VPN server connection In the Name field type a name for this connection In Host name IP type the VPN server name or IP address Tap on the VPN type radio button next to the type of authentication for your Ik n IPSec L2TP or PPTP Your network administrator will let you know which option applies to your PDA Tap on Next Choose the type of authentication in this screen If you choose A pre shared key type the key provided by your network administrator Tap on Next Type your user name password and domain name If a domain name was not pro vided to you try the connection without entering a domain name AN Note Normally you will not need to change any advanced settings You will need to make changes only under only the following circumstances The server to which you are connecting does not dynamically assign addresses and TCP IP settings need to be entered Server DNS or WINS settings need to be changed If you need to edit the Advanced settings refer to Advanced Modem Settings on page 214 for details about this tab e Tap on Finish 218 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6
186. ecessarily follow that it can be used or that the roaming agreement cov ers packet data A status of Forbidden indicates that the network cannot be used If you choose a network that is not covered by a roaming agreement the status in the main WWAN dialog box changes to Emergency calls only No network found GPRS not available or GPRS not allowed 232 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu 6 44 5 4 Driver Mode Configuration y Wireless WAN 46254 bk WWAN Driver Mode Enable driver Enable automatic port detection Select port Driver version By default the Wireless WAN driver is enabled the Enable driver checkbox is checked The driver must be disabled in order to access the modem directly e g dial up data fax or in order to manually submit AT commands to the modem for development testing approv als etc In most cases the Virtual WWAN serial port can be used and it is not necessary to disable the WWAN driver If the Enable driver checkbox is not checked the driver is shut down as soon as the OK button in the Driver Mode dialog box tapped If on the other hand the Wireless WAN driver is not running and the Enable driver check box is checked the Wireless WAN driver is started as soon the Driver Mode dialog box is closed using the OK button Note When the driver is not running no network status or signal strength
187. eck Digit Verification When this parameter is enabled set to on the integrity ofa Code 39 symbol is checked to ensure that it complies with specified algorithms Note Only those Code 39 symbols that include a Mod 43 check digit are decoded when this parameter is enabled Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 7 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 39 Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must to enabled Full ASCII If this parameter is enabled the characters and are used as escape characters The combination of an escape character and the next character is converted to an equivalent ASCII character Decode Performance If this parameter is enabled one of three decode levels can be chosen in the Decode Perfor mance Level parameter Decode Perf Level This parameter provides three levels of decode performance or aggressiveness for Code 39 symbols Increasing the performance level reduces the amount of required bar code ori entation this is useful when scanning very long and or truncated bar codes Keep in mind that increased levels reduce decode security When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a decode performance level of between 1 and 3 Length Restriction The parameters in this sub menu allow you to define the length of the bar codes that will be decoded using eit
188. econds D 3 2 Advanced Options Decoded Scanner Continuous Scan Mode Setting this parameter to on keeps the laser on and continuously decoding as long as the scanner button is pressed and held down Minimum Cancel Time The value assigned to this parameter determines the time delay before the scanner is turned off once the scanner trigger or button is released This gives the scanner a minimum amount of time to complete its current decode before the scan is cancelled when the user quickly triggers on off D 20 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 3 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 39 Low Power Timeout To extend laser life you can select the length of time the scanner remains active following a successful decode The scanner wakes from low power mode when a bar code is scanned a successful decode restores normal blinking When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can choose a value of 30 sec 1 min 2 min or 3 min Note This parameter is only used if the Trigger Mode has been set to Continuous On and the Ik n is mounted in a fixed position otherwise Low Power Timeout is not used Parameter Scanning Setting this parameter to Enabled allows decoding of parameter bar codes Same Read Validate The data is only transmitted after repeated reads give the same result The value assigned at this parameter determines the number of reads required from 0
189. ections Tabs 23 25 a eve es As le ES ee A A 195 6 37 1 Navigation Bar Hotkeys o 196 O38 Beam aS o ang a ola E at dickens 198 6 39 Bluetooth SUP co ye a A eS BOR we a ER we es 198 6 39 ihe Devices Tab ci Sus kan Po an we ew Bw ace See a ah Ale ee 199 6 39 1 1 Pairing A Device 2 ee ee 201 6 39 2 Bluetooth Mode 2 ee ee 202 6 39 3 Bluetooth COM Ports oaaae 203 6 39 4 Outgoing Port n a a i a a o E a a aE a a a A 204 6 39 5 SErVICES ig heers r E Be a BE a oe a a ds 204 6 39 6 Active Connections 205 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 117 6 39 T About Lab to de O Saray gf hie ul fae So sie he de hy Gees ES 206 6 39 8 The Bluetooth GPRS Phone 2 2 2 2 a 206 6 40 Connection Properties e 208 6 40 1 Port Settings 25 5 eg RA sie ee wes ok pee ee u 209 6 40 2 Call Options y ss 44 ve ea Ore ee OE ok de de Se SBOE we 210 6 41 Connections Connecting To The Internet 210 6 41 1 Modem Connection Setup ee 211 6 41 1 1 Advanced Modem Settings 000 214 6 42 Wireless Manager Icon e 215 6 42 1 Flight Mode Disabling Wireless Components 215 6 42 2 Setting Up A Network Card o 216 6 42 3 Network Adaptor Cards o 216 6 42 4 Changing Network Card Settings o ee ee 218 6 42 5 VPN Conne
190. ed by spaces in the Inbox message list Pressing the Reply button opens the new message dialog as described above except the destination phone number is already filled in Pressing the Delete button erases the message 6 44 6 3 Outbox Wireless WAN 7 lt lt 10 07 lok Wireless WAN Outbox Tapping on Outbox opens a list of sent messages Otherwise the Outbox behaves exactly as the Inbox described above The date and time when a message was sent is not available for GSM modems Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 237 Chapter 6 Settings SMS Menu 6 44 6 4 SMS Configuration i Wireless WAN q 10 09 bk Wireless WAN SMS Centre Address l Message Validity Period Delete oldest message when full Message Suppression Prefix Tapping on SMS Configuration opens the SMS configuration dialog The SMS Centre Address follows the same rules as the recipient s phone number in the New message dialog The Message Validity Period parameter is sent to the SMS Centre with each message sent subsequently and instructs the SMS Centre on how long it should attempt to deliver the message to the recipient the SMS Centre may impose an upper limit on the validity period regardless of the setting AN Note Only certain discrete validity period values can be sent and thus the validity period is rounded to the nearest allowed value The next time the SMS configuration dialo
191. ed rr Nils Non IRE Er rre EF EAIA D 20 D 3 1 Options Decoded Scanner 0 cece cece cece eee eee e ee enn teen reo D 20 D 3 2 Advanced Options Decoded Scanner 00 c cece ee eect eee eens D 20 ES e A a D 21 DI Code E T o AG D 23 DIS EAN E A ts D 24 EIO EAN Do D 25 E A O edd d ddd de ie D 25 DIS UPC E dido D 26 D 3 9 UPC EAN Shared aura REEERE REEERE EEEE D 26 D310 oa la D 27 DIT G dabar ie e A TEA D 28 D3 12 MSIPlessey ici di atada D 29 D353 Codi aaa aan rr rr rss rro sr RARRARARARARAREZA D 30 D 3 14 Interleaved 2 0f ioccooociiiccico naci no nara aaa D 30 DIS Maa OE ada DoS D 31 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual xi xii Contents Discrete Z ofS ear EE EE A R N D 32 EL INPP D 32 RSS Code Reduced Space Symbology 2 cee cece eee eee eee eeeeee D 33 Composite iii aid D 34 ME cc D 34 no A D 35 Micro PDE 4A lt a D 35 Codabloda ecc o III aiii D 36 MEEPS EEN ES BES O I IE D 37 Options Miu ii ARA D 37 Code 39 Settings 22255 codec hhh idad aaa estos D 38 Code 128 Sethi gs urraca Si aes D 38 BAN 13 rrai inana ais D 38 EAN Si ARA D 39 UPC A ais D 39 UPCE 22222222 ase bebececeeegd Fee r rager rrena D 40 CO sant E AS A owes ERRE A D 40 Codabar A ei D 40 id eel LA ELLE ELLA MS D 40 RSS Code Reduced Space Symbology oooocooooccooccccnnccnnnrrs D 41 Compostela io dadsadacheeoneenre eae aanaaagaseeaeseaee D 41 POE A Tia da D 41 Micro POFA TEROA TAE tunica
192. ed while the corre sponding SIM card is inserted in the device and initialized 1 e the status is at least SIM is ready The Select profile dropdown list in the data configuration profile selects which profile a sub sequent action applies to A profile named Default is always present and contains the current parameters from the database The following actions are available Show The parameters for the selected profile are displayed when you tap on this button For the Default profile the publicly known password is shown otherwise the password is hidden Edit The parameters of the selected profile can be edited when you choose the Edit button Keep in mind that you cannot edit the Default profile Delete The selected profile is deleted You cannot delete the Default profile e Activate When this button is chosen the selected profile is made the active profile Activation is possible only if the Enable automatic configuration checkbox is unchecked Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 229 Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu 230 New Tapping on the New button allows you to create a new profile 5 Wireless WAN 46 1 56 Dk New Data Profile Name APN User name Password 2 temet El C Prompt user for password Force PAP authentication The name of the newly created profile must be different from all existing profiles Also the name cannot be Default
193. ed with Outlook on your PC In this way all notes recordings and drawings created in the Notes program are copied to your PC and can be edited in Outlook s Notes module e To review the steps required to synchronize a note with a Note page opened tap on Start gt Help Follow the steps in the Ik6n help file to synchronize your note 5 12 Pictures amp Videos The Pictures amp Videos applet allows you to snap photographs and record video footage It is also a photo and video viewing program AN Important The Pictures amp Videos program can only display bmp or jpg formats Photos in other formats will need to be converted on your PC before they are transferred to the Ik n 5 12 1 Using The Camera Tap on Start gt Programs gt Pictures amp Videos Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 101 Chapter 5 Programs Using The Camera 102 Pictures amp Videos e Y 4 X Keep in mind that if there are no pictures stored on your Ik n as yet you ll only see the Camera icon in this screen Tap on the Camera icon to activate the camera The screen will display the image your camera is pointed at The camera is built into the back of the Ik n Pictures amp Videos vag 23 lok Photo File Icon Indicates the camera is active Tapping on this softkey displays thumbnails of photos stored on the Ik n duos Thumbnails 1 Manu e Frame the image in the Ik6n screen Press ENTER to sna
194. een ee eee C 18 C 4 15 Translation Tab Configuring Rules 00 cece cece eee rererere C 20 CATE 2 Advanced Tabya ha neea e A AEEA C 20 C 5 Teklogix Scanners Applet 00 cece cece cence ete eee eee rr rr C 22 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Contents Appendix D Bar Codes Settings D Scanner Men ieaie e enra N a REEERE TE ET OS ETET EEE eee D 1 D 2 Decoded Internal Scanner 0 c cece cece eee eee rr rr D 2 D 2 1 Options Decoded Internal Scanner 0 cece cece eet erreneren D 2 D 2 2 Advanced Options Decoded Internal 00 cece cece eee eee D 3 D 2 3 Decoded Internal 2D Scanning Options 0 0 cece eee cere eee eeee D 5 D 2 4 Data Options Decoded Internal Scanner 00 cece ee eee eee ees D 5 DS e A dd dd aa sooo D 6 D256 Codelco D 9 DAT EAN TB ci SaaS AAAA NA eeee es D 10 D28 EAN shoonhooo gt gt hotaaaaauunny aaa AE D 10 D29 UPEA a D 11 P240 UPCE SAA EAEE ATAATA D 11 D 2 11 UPC EAN Shared Settings 0 c ccc c eee reser e eee eeeeeeeneeee D 12 D212 Code 93 naaa D 13 D213 Codabar ii AAA e E D 14 D 2 14 MSI Plessy 2 25230 ooo D 14 D215 Interleaved LOFI 2432223 no a D 16 D 2 16 Discreet 2 of So soe ssc55ctsaschcqustseseases E rO a a D 16 DZAT RSS odar IiI AAA IS Ok eee Re ee eR Rea ee D 17 D 2 18 Composite ada D 18 D 219 PDFS TA AA RATA AA D 18 D 2 20 Micro PDA aid D 19 Da Decod
195. eful attention An improperly mounted cradle may result in one or more of the following operator injury operator visibility obstruction operator distraction and or poor ease of egress for the operator Psion Teklogix strongly recommends that you seek professional mounting advice from the vehicle manufacturer Cable routing within a vehicle cab also requires careful consideration espe cially for separately tethered scanners and other devices with loose cables If you are unable to obtain suitable advice contact Psion Teklogix for assist ance see Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Note also that for better protection the equipment should be mounted inside the vehicle roll cage Pedestal mounts are recommended for all fixed mount locations because they offer optimal operator access In addition for safety reasons only pedestal mounts with fully locking joints should be used in vehicles Always adjust the pedestal for the optimum viewing angle and securely tighten the hex and wing screws Important Ik n vehicle cradles are designed to be compatible with any RAM B mounting interface For other mounting options please contact our Techni cal Support offices The most effective way to mount the vehicle cradle RAM mount is to use the seven M4 threaded inserts on the rear of the unit Bolts must not extend more than Smm into the vehicle cradle You may also remove the rear Ram B mount accessory to custom mount the vehicle cradl
196. egin the partnership between the Ik6n and the PC Now you II be able to pass notes back and forth between your PC and your Ik n Creating A Note e If Office Mobile is listed in your Start menu tap on Start gt Office Mobile gt OneNote Mobile icon 88 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs OneNote Mobile If this is not the case tap on Start gt Programs gt Office Mobile icon Tap on the OneNote Mobile icon i OneNote Mobile ao qe Y lt Tap on New to create a note page Begin typing 5 OneNote Mobile ao q Y Robot Production Meeting Prototype attached When you complete your note tap on Done Note Remember that you can tap on the Menu softkey to Undo typing add Formats Bold Italic Underline Strikethrough include Lists Numbered Bulleted Clear Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 89 Chapter 5 Programs OneNote Mobile Using The OneNote Menu Tapping on Menu displays a list of options to help you work with the OneNote Mobile applet OneNote Mobile GO Y e ok Robot Production Meeting Prototype attached Format List Take Picture Insert Picture Insert Recording Undo Redo Cut Copy and Paste These commands operate in the same way as they do in any Windows Office application Format Tapping on this command lists the formatting options you can apply to your note Bold Italic Underline Strikethrough and Clear All
197. elect a modem dropdown menu and choose Bluetooth Tap on Next Make certain that the phone is discoverable Some phones also need to be pairable in order to accept a bonding request Refer to your phone documentation for addi tional information If the phone appears in the My Connections list skip to step 12 In the list tap phone and then tap on Next In the PIN screen type a personal identification number PIN you can enter up to 16 characters Enter the same PIN on the phone If you wish you can edit the name of the phone in the Name field Tap on the Finish button In the My Connections list tap on the phone and then on Next Enter the dial up phone number for this connection and tap on Next In the User name Password and Domain fields enter the logon information for this connection and tap on Finish You can begin using the Bluetooth phone connection for example to send and receive e mail browse the Internet with Internet Explorer and so on Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 207 Chapter 6 Settings Connection Properties 6 40 Connection Properties This applet is used to set up serial modem connections Beam Bluetooth so 1 E Connections Domain Enroll My B USB to PC Wireless Manager Connections Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Connection Properties icon Settings ad er Y lt lt lok Connection Properties Select an existing co
198. en you switch on your PDA a notification bubble may appear letting you know which networks have been found You can choose a network from here Network Detection 5 gt etungs DE dias bk Icon Clock amp Alarms Home GMT 8 Pacific US v 11 16 29 AM 10 12 2006 O Visiting New Network Detected LTK Security enabled network connects me to faethe Internet or work via a VPN QO Work Settinas Connect E Tapping on Connect in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen will automatically connect to a network that s already been set up Tapping on Settings in the network bubble will launch the Wireless Manager applet If you prefer not see this notification bubble you can tap on the Menu button in the softkey bar and choose not to display the notification bubble Multiple Notifications If more than one item 1s detected all the items can be accessed by tapping on the small mul tiple notification icon shaped like a word bubble in the Vavigation Bar Tapping on it Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 197 Chapter 6 Settings Beam displays a group of notification icons in the sample screen below a missed call icon and a new voice message icon Multiple Notification Icon ST Missed Call Icon v ao New Voice Message Icon Bluetooth E p Connections USB to PC O fi Wireless Wireless Manager Statistics Connections Tapping on any of these ico
199. ent of a serious error Reporting this information when errors occur is completely voluntary and confidential Enable error reporting O Disable error reporting 152 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings GPS Global Positioning System 6 21 GPS Global Positioning System With a Global Positioning System GPS receiver you can locate your exact position on a map However even without a GPS receiver several different mapping programs can run on your Ik6n Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt GPS icon GPS Settings Choose the port that programs will use to obtain GPS dats Any program that uses GPS will need to communicate with this port GPS program port None Tap on the GPS program port dropdown menu and choose the communication COM port that the GPS software will use to communicate with the GPS receiver Note Your Ik n may automatically detect the GPS receiver that you are using and enter the settings in the Hardware tab If not you ll need to enter this information your self You can find this information in the user manual of the GPS receiver Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 153 Chapter 6 Settings GPS Global Positioning System Settings Tap on the Hardware tab and choose a GPS hardware port and the appropriate Baud rate GPS Settings Specify the hardware port to which your GPS d
200. eokkl ls 96 DINOS a ahaa b O A 97 5 113 Creating A Note ie22t2 ecsscecssedecatte RARE EA eager aa 97 5 11 2 Converting Handwritten Notes To Text 00 c cece c eee rererere rreren 98 52113 Renaming A Note seson irec sssessscsess os sss STITT E AA nts 100 511A Recording Notes conto ooo DDD AE 100 5 11 5 Synchronizing A Note 0oooocccooccccccconcccrrn rr rn rro rr rr 101 AA e IIA 101 512 1 Using The Gameta ici os 101 5 12 2 Moving Photos To The Ik6n 0 cece cece cece eee e eee ene eee eneeenes 103 5 12 3 Opening A Photo 0 cee cece eect eee rr rr 103 3 124 Deleting A Pri 104 5 123 Editing A PRO cis nono er 288 228222 a oa BES ERO A EREN 104 5 12 6 Creating A Slide Show 0 cece cece cece ccc eee e eee rr 104 5 12 7 Using The Video Recorder coccion tt na 105 5 13 Remote Desktop Mobile naci ii iii 106 5 13 1 Connecting To A Terminal Server 0 0 cece cece eee e eee ne eee enes 107 5 13 2 Disconnecting Without Ending A Session 0 cee cee eee e eee eeeeeees 107 5213 3 Ending A SESSION una III RARA RRA 107 5 14 Summit Client Utility SCU oooocccccccccccccnnccnnrcrnnnrr rr 107 O SEARCH 2 ads EII aa 108 5 16 Task Manager oooooooccconcccnnccnn nr 108 MT SA A eels eeu een 108 5 18 Intermedia aa aaa ee ites 108 518 1 Browsing Web Sites 109 LM EE tn 110 SNOT A ES 110 5 19 2 Synchronizing E mail With Outlook 0 0 cece eee cece ee eee enn eeees 110
201. er Keys amp The Shift State Indicator When a modifier key is pressed it is represented in the shift state indicator icon in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen making it easier to determine whether or not a modi fier key is active If the shift state indicator icon is not visible you can only see the soft keyboard icon you may need to take a few steps to display the shift state indicator icon Tap on Start gt Settings followed by the Buttons icon Tap on the One Shots tab at the bottom of the screen Tap in the check box next to Show modifier key state to display the shift state indicator icon 40 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 3 4 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Keys Figure 3 4 Shift State Indicator Icon Word Mobile ecg Y 4 lt ok Mag WordMobile ao q T 4 lt ok Shift State Indicator Icon replaces Soft Keyboard Icon Soft Keyboard Icon Gees View Mi a IM Note The locking behaviour of the modifier keys can be changed so that for example pressing a modifier key once will lock the key on Refer to One Shots on page 125 for details Note too that by default the ORANGE key is locked on when pressed only once When a modifier key is locked on it will remain active until 1t is pressed again to unlock or turn it off To help you identify when a modifier key is locked on the key is represented in the shift state indicator ic
202. er can decode See Imager on page D 37 for a description of these symbologies Postal This preset enables the decoding of all the postal symbologies that the imager can decode See Imager on page D 37 for a description of these symbologies Bar Code Decoding Camera Predefined Presets The following presets enable successful bar code image capture in almost all conditions RN Note It is recommended that the default preset be used whenever possible Default This preset works in a wide range of conditions It is optimized for a normal office lighting about 300 Lux Low light This preset is designed for very dark conditions such as inside a warehouse where the lights are kept low or inside an unlit truck This preset increases either the exposure time or the gain Low power This preset minimizes the use of the flash so as to conserve the battery power on the Ik n Glossy surface This preset minimizes the use of the flash so as to reduce reflection This preset is used to read bar codes that are behind glass or inside the plastic window of an envelope Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 3 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Image Capture Predefined Presets C 2 4 Image Capture Predefined Presets The following presets enable successful image capture in almost all conditions AN Note It is recommended that the default preset be used whenever possible C 3 C 3 1 Default This preset
203. er the option of using one of the two start stop characters or both char char and char Check Digit Verification Uses the specified algorithm of the option you ve chosen to ensure the integrity of the symbol data before transmitting If the data does not contain that algorithm the data is not transmitted The available options are Disabled MOD 43 Check French CIP or Italian CIP Note French CIP French pharmaceutical is only used with bar codes containing 7 characters Italian CIP Italian pharmaceutical is also known as Code 32 It is transmitted as a standard Code 39 if checksum is not validated Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details D 22 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 4 A Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 128 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Code 128 Enable Setting this parameter to on enables Code 128 GS1 128 GS1 128 is the GS1 implementation of the Code 128 barcode specification The former correct name was UCC EAN 128 GS1 128 Identifier GS1 128 Identifier allows the AIM ID
204. ernal battery e Fast charge the spare battery pack see Figure 7 3 on page 255 Supply Type A and Type B USB connectivity to the Ik n see Figure 7 4 on page 257 The CH4000 storage temperature is 30 C to 60 C 22 F to 140 F Operating temper ature and humidity are 5 95 non condensing and 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F The desktop docking station provides sufficient power to concurrently support all the above functions The CH4000 uses careful charge algorithms designed to maximize battery life while ensuring the shortest possible charge time The charger supports proprietary Psion Teklogix Smart Batteries and handles a range of voltages and charge algorithms See The Battery on page 36 for battery capacity charge times and battery life for the Ik6n battery See Charging A Spare Battery on page 256 for spare battery charge information 254 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 7 5 1 7 5 2 7 5 3 7 5 3 1 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Operator Controls Figure 7 3 CH4000 Desktop Docking Station Front View Rear Mounted Spare Battery Spare Battery Charge LED Flshicilrexvoos Important This docking station can only be used to charge Psion Teklogix approved Lithium Ion batteries Operator Controls The CH4000 has one operator control the USB door on the rear that switches from Type A to Type B see Operating The USB Dock on page 256
205. ert handwriting into text Tap on the pen tool TA and compose a note using your stylus 4 46331 5k l recognizer e Tap on Menu gt Tools gt Recognize 98 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Converting Handwritten Notes To Text The text in the note is converted from handwritten to printed text recognizer Note To convert only a specific portion of your handwritten note into printed type tap the stylus just before the first letter of the text pause for a second and then drag your stylus across the text you want to select Then tap on Tools gt Recognize to convert only the highlighted text Failed Conversions The Recognize tool sometimes gets the conversion wrong If some words are not converted properly e Press and hold the stylus on the incorrectly converted word In the pop up menu choose Alternative to display a list of possible alternatives to the incorrectly converted word Your handwritten version is displayed along the top of the menu Figure 5 2 Incorrect Conversions Caner Confersio confersio Cenfersio eonfersio cenfersio eenfersio confersiv Confersiv cenfersiv conversio Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 99 Chapter 5 Programs Renaming A Note 5 11 3 5 11 4 Tap on the correct word in the list Ifthe correct word is not listed as is the case in the sample screen above
206. ery or in the case of a depleted battery wait for the capacity to reach an acceptable level However if you provide AC power to an Ik n with a battery that falls below the configured suspend threshold the PDA will switch on Switching The Ik6n Rugged PDA Off e Press and hold down the Power button A Shutdown screen like the one below is displayed Each option switches off different ele ments of the Ik n an associated description outlines the results gt Shutdown Oe Y q nato OA IE Shutdown 4 Shutdown Standby P Suspend y Shutdown Y Standby Allow the battery to be safely Allow applications to run while suspended Notification Contacts Notification Notification Choosing Shutdown switches all radios off before placing the Ik6n in suspend state The blue radio LED will stop blinking indicating that all radios are off As the dialog box indi cates choose this option when you need to swap the battery Choosing Suspend places the PDA into a power saving suspend state In this state all radios remain on but the display keyboard backlight and processor are switched off When the Ik6n is turned on from this state operation resumes within a few seconds in the screen in which you were working prior to suspend 12 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 2 2 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Getting Started CD If you choose Standby the display is turned off the keyboar
207. es Settings Code 39 D 2 5 Ela Ela Prefix P Suffix S1 And Suffix S2 A prefix and or one or two suffixes may be appended to scan data for use in data editing When you double tap on these parameters a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a value from 0 to 255 Delete Char Set ECls Setting this parameter to on enables the scanner to delete any escape sequences representing Character Set ECIs Extended Channel Interpretations also known as GLIs from its buffer before transmission When this parameter is enabled the scanner transmits data from PDF417 and MicroPDF417 bar codes containing Character Set ECIs even when the ECI Protocol is disabled ECI Decoder Setting this parameter to on enables the scanner to interpret any Extended Channel Interpre tations ECIs supported by the scanner This parameter has no effect on symbols that were not encoded using ECIs If this parameter is set to off and a symbol that was encoded using an ECI escape is scanned the scanner transmits the ECI escape followed by the uninterpreted data Code 39 Enabled Setting this parameter to on enables Code 39 Enable Trioptic Code 39 Note Trioptic Code 39 and Full ASCII should not be enabled simultaneously The scanner does not automatically discriminate between these two symbologies Trioptic Code 39 symbols always contain six characters Setting this parameter to on allows this type of symbology to be
208. ese options to something more familiar to you follow these steps Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Connections icon e Under My Work Network or My ISP tap on Manage existing connections Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 219 Chapter 6 Settings Selecting A Network Tap on the General tab g Settings 4 d 4 03 Dk y moriermae 0 Enter a name for these settings E Work Network ar Type the name you prefer in the field labelled Enter a name for these settings Tap on OK 6 42 7 Selecting A Network A Important Normally you will not need to change these settings Contact your ISP or network administrator before making any changes Private networks are used for work related activities Internet networks are used for home connection to your ISP The My Work Network settings are used for private network connec tions corporate networks while My ISP settings are used for Internet network connections When you use programs such as Internet Explorer your Ik6n automatically connects using private network settings under My Work Network or Internet settings under My ISP depend ing on specifications You can determine how your Ik6n connects Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Connections icon 220 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Proxy Server Setup Tap on the Advanced tab
209. eset For this reason a cold reset should only be used in rare critical situations 2 8 1 Performing A Warm Reset Press and hold down the BLUE key and the ENTER keys simultaneously for a minimum of six seconds En Note You do not need to reset your Ik n after configuring the radio Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 31 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Performing A Cold Reset 2 8 2 Performing A Cold Reset To perform a cold reset and launch the Windows Mobile 6 1 operating system Press and hold down the ENTER key and the Power button simultaneously for a minimum of six seconds 32 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual GET TO KNOW THE IKON 3 3 1 Features Of The Ik n Rugged PDA 2 ee 35 3 2 The Battery e gee hel Sa oe ds Bela 36 3 2 1 Battery Sale cos al ge is Bb ee a EM we wa E a a e 37 3 2 2 Removing The Battery Pack 2 2 ee ee ee es 37 3 2 3 Battery Swap Times 562 ica ama Bo ae e Re a ek Rea 37 3 2 4 Charging The Battery 2 2 ee ee ee ee 37 3 2 4 1 Chargers And Docking Stations 38 SS Keyboards er Bed ie Ache tate hk Pathe cn at ag eee a 39 3 3 1 Ik6n Keyboards eee 39 3 3 2 Locking The Keyboard ee ee 40 323 3 Modifier Keys 2 5 6 0 oe A BE ee AR ee 40 3 3 3 1 Activating Modifier Keys amp The Shift State Indicator 40 3 3 3 2 Locking Modifier Keys 0 0 2 0000005 41 SAT KEYS i n a
210. etrasos LU Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 15 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Modifying A Custom Preset C 4 11 Modifying A Custom Preset The parameter values in a custom preset can be modified It is recommended that very few changes be made to a custom preset To ensure that it will work reliably it should be as close as possible to the original predefined preset To change a parameter value Highlight the custom preset and tap on the Edit button PTS Imager Settin Y a ok Symbology Settings Preset Custom preset Options Code 39 Trioptic Code disabled Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC A UPC E UPC EAN Shared Settings Code 93 ad To change a setting press space or double click Tap on the symbols to expand the lists and view the parameter settings e Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change For a parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter C 16 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 4 12 C 4 13 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Removing A Custom Preset An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting like the sample screen following is displayed a 42 ok Minimum Length Enter value from 0 to 48 Type a value in th
211. etter in the signal strength icon G for GSM GPRS U for UMTS and X for CDMA 1xRTT indicates that a packet data service is available and initialized Keep in mind that the signal strength icon is displayed without a letter if packet data service is not available or if it is available but not yet initialized all User interaction is required e g the user is required to enter a PIN ll A non recoverable fatal error has occurred GSM GPRS Status Indicators ell Signal strength is between 1 and 20 ell Signal strength is between 21 and 40 ell Signal strength is between 41 and 60 ell Signal strength is between 61 and 80 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 223 Chapter 6 Settings Establishing A Connection mill Signal strength is between 81 and 100 amp A GPRS packet data connection is active CDMA 1xRTT Fiil Signal strength is between 1 and 20 Mil Signal strength is between 21 and 40 alll Signal strength is between 41 and 60 Fill Signal strength is between 61 and 80 ai Signal strength is between 81 and 100 E 5 A CDMA 1xRTT packet data connection is active 6 44 2 Establishing A Connection Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Wireless WAN icon y Wireless WAN 02 12 36 bk Searching for modem C Cometa O Note If you are prompted to enter a PIN refer to Entering A PIN on page 225 for detai
212. evice is connected For more information see the GPS device manufacturer s documentation GPS hardware port com2 v Baud rate 9600 a Hardware Windows Mobile 6 1 automatically manages access to the GPS receiver However some programs may not work with automatic configuration If this is the case Tap on the Access tab and disable Manage GPS automatically recommended GPS Settings Windows Mobile manages access to your GPS device and allows multiple programs to obtain GPS data simultaneously If you clear this check box some programs may not be able to obtain GPS data Manage GPS automatically recommended Programs Hardware Access You can go to www microsoft com pocketstreets if a map viewing program is not included with your Ik n and copy the file to your Ik n 6 22 GPS Global Positioning System Settings This applet allows you to define how the GPS module operates You can determine when the GPS module can draw power and under what conditions and choose from a set of GPS pro files built into the modem You can also set up AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System 154 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings GPS Global Positioning System Settings Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt GPS Settings icon GPS Settings GPS Settings er Y K ok GPS Power Always on Power Tab This tab allows you to dictate how th
213. exceed this number the SIM will be disabled automatically You will be asked to enter a PUK Personal Unlocking Key Your system administrator will be able to provide this information Once you ve entered the correct PIN a new screen appears asking that you enter you new PIN Enter new PIN PIN must be between 4 and 3 digits in length 1 WAS E Clear mno Cancel ati Sik m m 7 pqrs 8 tuv wXyz ee eee i 0 Enter Type your new PIN a number consisting of between 4 and 8 digits in length Tap on Enter A new message lets you know that you need to confirm your new PIN e Retype your new PIN Tap on Enter when you re finished Enabling PIN Security To activate PIN security Tap in the checkbox to the left of Require PIN when phone is used When security is enabled you will be prompted to enter a PIN before you are allowed to use the phone AN Note Whenever this option is enabled or disabled you will be asked to enter your PIN 28 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Managing Phone Settings 2 7 3 3 Services Tab Phone To access settings for a service select it from the following list and tap Get Settings Call Barring Caller ID Call Forwarding Call Waiting Voice Mail and Text Messages Fixed Dialing Phone Services Network Data L4 gt The Services tab allows you to customize the behaviour of your phone You
214. expiration date e To view additional information about a personal certificate tap on a certificate in the list e To delete a certificate tap and hold the stylus on the item you want to delete until a pop up menu is displayed Tap on the Delete command 148 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Certificates Intermediate Certificates The items in this list help identify intermediate certification authorities Settings Manage Certificates Use intermediate certificates to positively identify intermediate certification authorities m 7 Root Certificates Settings E Yi Mz lok Manage Certificates Use root certificates to positively identify root certification authorities Thawte Server CA 12 31 20 Thawte Premium Server 12 31 20 Starfield Class 2 Certific 6 29 2034 Secure Server Certificati 1 7 10 http www valicert com 6 25 19 GTE CyberTrust Global 8 13 18 Go Daddy Class 2 Certifi 6 29 2034 GlobalSign Root CA 1 28 14 GeoTrust Global CA 5 20 22 Equifax Secure Certificat 8 22 18 e To view details about a certificate who issued the certificate to whom it was issued the issue date and the expiry date tap on a certificate in the list e To delete a certificate tap and hold the stylus on the certificate you want to delete Inthe pop up menu tap on the Delete command Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 149 Chapter 6 Settings C
215. f the unit or Bottom Colour Camera the camera located at back of the Ik n Important Currently only the Front Imager can be used to read bar codes The Bottom Colour Camera is limited to taking photos Setting The Active Preset An active preset has an A to the right in Figure C 1 on page C 5 the active preset is Low light near To set an active preset Highlight the preset and tap on the Activate button Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 5 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Viewing A Preset C 3 4 Viewing A Preset To view the parameter settings in a preset Highlight a preset and tap on the View button The associated preset window is displayed E PTS Imager Settings 7 fy 4 lt ok Camera Presets Preset Low light near Image Corrections Auto Exposure Manual Exposure Windowing Predefined settings are read only Tap on the sign to expand the lists so that you can view the parameter settings C 3 5 Creating A Custom Preset A new custom preset is created by modifying a preset either a predefined preset or an ex isting custom preset To create a custom preset Highlight a preset and tap on the Add button C 6 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 3 6 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Modifying A Custom Preset In this example the Low light near preset was chosen A screen like the sample below is displayed
216. fer Sending amp Ending Phone Calls Using The Phone Keypad on page 20 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual BASIC CHECKOUT 2 2 1 Preparing The Ik n For Operation 2 2 2 00 2000022 eae 11 2 LT The Battery 4 4 8 Sicko ee i neh a a Bay ee ey SR EC a ed 11 2 1 2 Installing The Battery 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 00000020004 11 2 1 3 Switching The Ikon Rugged PDA On 2 2 2 ee 11 2 1 4 Switching The Ik n Rugged PDA Off o o o o 12 2 2 The Getting Started CD 0 o o o 13 2 3 Data Transfer Between The PC amp The Ik n o o oo ooo 14 2 3 1 Using Microsoft ActiveSync o o o o ee 15 2 3 2 Using Windows Vista e o 15 2 4 Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen o o e 15 2 5 The Getting Started Centre o ooo oo ee 16 2 6 Setting Up An 802 11b g Radio Summit Client Utility 17 2 6 2 Using The SCU To Connect To The WLAN o o o o o 17 2 7 The Phone Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Only 20 2 7 1 The Phone Keypad e 20 2 7 1 1 Sending amp Ending Phone Calls Using The Phone Keypad 20 2 7 1 2 Making A Conference Call o o o o ooo 21 2 7 1 3 Receiving An Incoming Call o o o 21 2 7 1 4 Programming Speed Dial o o o o ooo 22 2 7 2 Sending amp Ending Calls Using The
217. ffices 6 31 2 NetLog The NetLog option is used to log network traffic When you tap in the checkbox to the left of Enable NetLog Debug Capturing debug data is collected so that if necessary it can be for warded to a Psion Teklogix technician for evaluation You can also define where you want Error Handling Setting 47 Yi d ok Error Level lO Critical O Major Flush To File Error Log File Name Windows Sys Error Log Info Netlog About 5 Error Handling Setting q Y lt ok NetLog Debug Capture HERMES v1 00 Psion Teklogix Enable Netlog Debug Capturing NetLog CAP File ketog Default NetLog CAP Size 5000000 Defaut neon ABS the data stored and the maximum size of the file 174 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Teklogix Imagers Settings 6 32 Teklogix Imagers Settings The Teklogix Imagers applet is used to create modify delete and activate imager settings The principle uses of the applet are to decode bar codes and to capture images Note This icon is only when displayed when the HHP 5000 imager is installed in your Ikon PDA To launch this applet Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab and then tap on the Teklogix Imagers icon fe Teklogix Imagers PTS Imager Settin Y er y 42 ok Camera Presets ie Default Motion Low light near View Add Activate R Read
218. file Default IP Address Ping Address Ping Results Use the Diags tab as a troubleshooting tool The functions are as follows e Re connect Enables Disables the radio applies reapplies current profile and tries to associate and authenticate to the wireless LAN logging all activity in the output area at bottom of the dialog box A 8 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Global Settings Tab Release Renew Obtains a new IP address through DHCP and logs all activity in the output area Start Ping Stop Ping Starts a continuous ping to the address in the text box next to this button This a toggle button so when you tap on it it changes to Stop Ping Closing this window or tapping on another button also stops the ping Diagnostics Attempts to connect or reconnect to an AP and provides a more detailed dump of data than if you used Re connect The dump includes the radio state profile settings global settings and BSSID list of APs The SCU is saved to a file called _sdc_diag txt in the Windows directory A 6 Global Settings Tab 5 Summit Client Utili ao q Y lt lt ok Value spc 75 dBm v Changing this setting will reset the connection Tia rane Se aes co 5 The Global settings tab allows you to define radio and security settings that apply to all pro files along with settings that apply specifically to the SCU
219. fix Char D 9 Summit Client Utility SCU 17 Supp Redundancy Code 128 D 2 Supplementals UPC EAN D 2 Surface Glossy C 3 Suspend 2 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual swap time for battery 37 SX5400 imager specs 293 T target dot duration of D 2 task completed marking as 65 creating 63 64 deleting 65 editing 64 notification 63 sorting 65 Task Manager 171 task manager 76 TCP_IP Settings modem setup 2 4 Teklogix Error Handling Service 173 Teklogix Imagers Settings 175 Telepen D 32 Terminal Services Client 107 session disconnecting without ending 107 session ending 107 tether for stylus 246 tether for stylus CH6020 248 Text Block Recognizer 80 entering 78 Letter Recognizer 8 soft keyboard entry 78 transcriber using 79 title bar navigation bar 58 TLC 39 D 34 Today s Screen desktop screen 57 appearance of 144 Items to appear in screen 144 Total Recall 186 backup profile creating 187 backup profile restoring 190 touch pen using 57 touchscreen calibrating 45 stylus using 57 touch pen using 57 touchscreen aligning calibrating 45 Transcriber Inking 136 quick settings 136 Transcriber using 79 Transcriber Input Methods tab 136 Translations parameters bar codes 780 Transmit Check Digit D 22 D 25 D 26 D 28 D 29 D 30 D 31 D 32 Transmit Check Digit 12 of 5 D 6 Transmit Check Digit MSI Plessey D 15 Transmit Code 1D Char D 5 Transmit Number System D 25
220. g handwriting into 98 Notes 97 Notification setting 43 NOTIS Editing D 4 O One Check Digit D 5 one dimensional internal scanner 276 One Shot Mode 1 25 One Shot tab modifier keys 125 onscreen soft keyboard 78 Options tab bar codes 178 orientation screen 47 Outlook CD installation 1 3 Outlook e mail synchronizing Messaging 110 Owner Information 141 ownership information defining 62 P pairing Bluetooth devices 201 Parameter Scanning D 3 D 21 D 22 D 23 D 24 D 27 D 29 D 30 D 31 D 33 Parity 185 Parity modem setup 209 PC connecting Ik n to 257 PDA specifications 287 PDF and linear Predefined preset C 3 PDF 417 D 8 D 35 D 41 phone keypad 20 phone keys on the PDA keyboard 25 ring tone adjustments 26 settings managing 25 using Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional 20 Pictures deleting 104 editing 104 opening 103 slide show creating 104 Pictures and Videos 01 pinouts B 1 C Plessy Transmit Check Digit D 29 Pocket Excel workbook components 87 Pocket Word 93 port pinouts B 1 C portrait orientation 47 Port Replicator Port A COM5 Data Bits 184 Parity 185 Stop Bits 185 Trigger On Sequence 785 ports Index docking port B Port Settings modem setup 209 Postal Predefined preset C 3 Postal Kix D 45 PlaNET D 44 PostNET D 44 Royal D 45 Power 164 Advanced battery settings 165 Battery Details tab 166 Battery tab 165 Built In Devices 167 Built in Devices tab 167 Card
221. g is opened the rounded value is shown The user interface tries to keep the SMS storage location available for a new incoming message if the Delete oldest message when full checkbox is checked In this case when a new message arrives and the SMS storage becomes full the oldest received message is de leted If any string is entered as the Message Suppression Prefix messages beginning with that string will not be shown in either the Inbox or Outbox In this way messages intended for another application running on the same device can be hidden 238 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Windows Update 6 45 Windows Update This program checks for software updates and if found downloads updates to your Ik n You can choose to have updates checked automatically or if you prefer you can determine when your unit will check for updates Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 239 PERIPHERAL DEVICES amp ACCESSORIES 7 7 1 Carrying AccessorTes ee 243 7 1 1 The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 243 7 1 2 Attaching The Tether Model No CH6020 248 7 1 3 Protective Carrying Gases isni ea a ee a 251 1 2 The Battery osre a Pl i Bh a Oe PG GS A GE ye wad 251 7 3 Adaptor Cable Options 2 ee 251 7 4 Chargers And Docking Stations e 252 7 4 1 Important Safety Instructions 0 0 0 2 0 0 252 7 4 2 Installation Ch
222. ged prior to use Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 37 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Charging The Battery Note Do not leave a spare battery to charge for more than 72 hours Charging for more than 72 hours may damage the battery or lead to charge capacity reduction AN Important Ifthe battery is overheated gt 60 C or if the battery capacity is very low lt 100 mAh the unit will not switch on when the Power button is pressed Under the above conditions when AC power is applied the Ik n will still refuse to power up instead a yellow LED will begin blinking and until the battery is replaced or in the case of low battery capacity the battery is charged to an acceptable level the Ik n will not switch on Keep in mind also that along with the battery the Ik n is equipped with internal super capacitors that preserves data stored on the Ik n for a short period of time while the battery is swapped 3 2 4 1 Chargers And Docking Stations AN Important FOR DETAILED INFORMATION about chargers and docking stations refer to Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories beginning on page 241 Lithium Ion battery packs must be charged before use These batteries can be charged with a variety of chargers and docking stations These include e AC wall adaptor Model No PS1050 G1 operates as an AC power source and when plugged in also charges the battery installed in the Ik n see page 262
223. ghlighted A locked modifier key is displayed in the shift state in dicator icon with a black frame around it 126 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Keyboard Macro Keys 6 4 4 Keyboard Macro Keys Settings vay Ti lok Macro Key Sequence Saws Ore Se ae Macro keys are not labelled on the keypad However you can map up to 12 macro functions using the keyboard remapping function described in Scancode Remapping on page 129 A macro has 20 programmable characters or positions The macro keys can be pro grammed to replace frequently used keystrokes along with the function of executable keys including ENTER and BKSP function keys and arrow keys Recording And Saving A Macro In the Macro menu highlight a macro key number for example macro 1 to assign a macro to macro key M1 Tap on the Record button A Record Macro screen is displayed ie Settings Oso Yy ME Enter the key strokes to record Stop Recording e Type the macro sequence you want to assign to the Macro key You can type text and numbers and you can program the function of special keys into a macro Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 127 Chapter 6 Settings Unicode Mapping 6 4 5 128 When you ve finished recording your macro sequence tap on Stop Recording A new screen Verify Macro displays the macro sequence you created Tap on th
224. he sample screen above is not available this option is only offered on units running Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional 4 3 1 Customising The Start Menu You can choose the items you want to appear in the Start menu items you use most often Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 69 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Managing Files And Folders Tap on Start gt Settings aoe Y lt lt x Do A App Launch Buttons Input Keys MU 3 Menus Owner Information KC a Y Sounds amp Today Notifications Checked items appear in the Start menu Others appear in Programs OS activesync O calculator J Calendar M Contacts O Demo Scanner ow File Explorer Oo eh Games eg Bubble Breaker O Solitaire s Getting Started M d reo Tap the checkboxes next to the items you would like to appear in your Start menu When you ve completed your selections tap on OK 4 4 Managing Files And Folders Windows Mobile 6 1 files are stored in folders and sub folders that are accessible with File Explorer You can open save rename copy and paste files in the same manner as you would on any desktop PC 70 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 4 4 1 4 4 2 4 4 3 Tap on Start gt Programs gt File Explorer Tap to display sorting options File Explorer reg 19 d XxX Files stored Application Data here automa Il ConnMgr tically fl Documents an I
225. her the Fie d Size parameter or the Minimum Size and Maximum Size pa rameters see below The order of operation to either match the Field Size or determine if the length falls between the Minimum Size and Maximum Size is as follows Strip the leading and trailing characters e Add the prefix and suffix characters Count the number of characters remaining to either match the field size or determine if the length falls between the minimum and maximum size Field Size When a value is assigned for this parameter only bar codes that match the field size exactly can be transmitted If a value is assigned to this parameter a Minimum Size and Maximum Size value is not required D 8 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 2 6 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 128 Minimum Size And Maximum Size When a value is assigned to these parameters only bar code lengths that fall between the minimum and maximum value can be decoded If values are assigned to these parameters a Field Size value is not required Add Remove Data Prefix Char This character if non zero is added before a successfully decoded bar code Press the key you want to insert in the dialog box attached to this parameter The ASCII Unicode key value of the keypress is displayed Suffix Char This character if non zero is added after a successfully decoded bar code Press the key you want to insert in the dialog box attached to this parameter The AS
226. here is any compatibility issue with the device you want to use with the Ik n and the cradle Using The Vehicle Cradle If your Ik6n is equipped with a shoulder strap or protective cover these accessories need to be removed before installing the unit in a vehicle cradle There is no need to remove hand straps or tethered devices from the unit Slide the Ik6n into the cradle and press firmly downward to the point where resistance is met Press the Ik n down through the resistance until it bottoms in the cradle the locks on the latches will engage This can be one smooth motion if you wish Electrical contact will not be made until the Ik n is fully inserted On a vehicle it s a good idea to pull up on the Ik n to be certain that it is secure To remove the unit push the latches upwards the Ik n will be released so that it can be removed 7 10 6 Maintaining The Vehicle Cradle e Do not immerse the unit in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean Use only mild detergent or soapy water on a slightly damp cloth to clean the vehicle cradle Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The vehicle cradle has a plastic case and stamped logo that is susceptible to harsh chem icals The plastic and stamping is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits and gasoline They slowly decompose in strong alkaline solutions 274 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7
227. high while on battery power will substantially reduce battery life Battery Power External Power Adjust power settings to conserve power This tab is used to adjust the light intensity of the display backlight and the keyboard back light Sliding the bar to the left lowers the light intensity and sliding it to the right raises the intensity Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 147 Chapter 6 Settings Certificates 6 16 Certificates A public key is transmitted as part of a certificate The certificates listed in the Certificates tabs ensure that the submitted public key is in fact the public key that belongs to the sub mitter The Ik n checks that the certificate has been digitally signed by a certification authority that the Ik6n explicitly trusts Your Ik6n has certificates already preinstalled in the unit Personal certificates establish your identity Intermediate certificates as the name suggests identifies intermediate certifi cation authorities and Root certificates establish the identity of the servers with which you can connect Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the System tab Tap on the Certificates icon Personal Tab Certificates Settings Y 45 ok Manage Certificates Use personal certificates to positively identify yourself to others Issued By Expires Pose ira es The Personal tab lists the name of the certificate issuer and the
228. hone is used Changa PIN e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Phone icon Note If the phone keypad is opened tap on Menu gt Options to display the Phone Settings dialog box 2 7 3 1 Phone Tab Ring Type And Ring Tone Ring Type allows you to tailor the type of ring used for incoming calls The Ring Tone drop down menu allows you to determine the ring tone of incoming phone calls Keypad This option allows you to determine the type of sound that keypad keys emit as you tap them You can also turn off keypad sounds 26 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Managing Phone Settings 2 7 3 2 Security Tab Tap in the checkbox J pa PIN when phone is used add a checkmark to enable PIN Security psec This option allows you to assign a PIN Personal Identification Number so that your PDA is protected from unauthorized use Your SIM card manufacturer provides the default PIN which you can change in this field Changing A PIN Tap on the Change PIN button and use the phone keypad to enter your existing SIM card PIN Tap on the Enter key in the phone keypad Clear Cancel Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 27 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout Managing Phone Settings A Important If you enter an incorrect PIN a message is displayed letting you know that you ll need to reenter the correct value You have five chances to enter the correct PIN If you
229. hoosing A Certificate 6 16 1 6 17 A 6 18 Choosing A Certificate Normally certificates already configured for your network are chosen automatically by the Ik n If a certificate cannot be chosen automatically you must choose it from the Certifi cates list e To choose a certificate tap the desired certificate Your Ik n will connect automatically Clock amp Alarms Located under Start gt Settings gt System tab the Clock amp Alarm icon allows you to set the current date and time and it allows you to define up to three alarms 4 Clock amp Alarms i Settings Oe Yi ok Clock amp Alarms O GMT 8 Pacific US v 7 33 35 PM ai 4 21 2008 X O Visiting Important Refer to Today s Date Clock And Alarm on page 61 for details about setting up these options Customer Feedback This option allows Microsoft to track how you use your Ik n so that they can make im provements to the software The radio buttons allow you to turn this feature on or off 150 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Encryption Customer Faadback Settings ad a Yi Mz lok You can make Windows Mobile software better by participating in the Customer Experience Improvement Program Tf you participate anonymous information about how you use Windows Mobile software will be sent to Microsoft This helps identify trends and Usage patterns in
230. ical support may need to investigate further Tools Menu The Tools menu in the main Wireless WAN dialog box offers some additional advanced setup features 6 44 5 1 Data Connection Configuration y Wireless WAN 3 12 59 bk WWAN Data Configuration C Enable automatic connect C Use virtual serial port Enable automatic configuration Active profile Default select profi Default show l activate mew Enable Automatic Connect If the Enable automatic connect checkbox is checked unchecked by default the Wireless WAN user interface will attempt to establish a packet data connection whenever packet data is available e g after resume from suspend without further user interaction To activate the automatic connection mode Tap on the OK button Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 227 Chapter 6 Settings Tools Menu A While automatic connection mode is enabled the Connect Data button in the main Wireless LAN dialog box changes to Disable Auto To close the currently active connection if any and disable the automatic connection mode e Tap on Disable Auto Important Automatic connection mode should not be used if applications other than the Wireless WAN user interface e g Connection Manager are expected to open and close connections If the automatic connection mode is enabled and another application closes the packet data connec
231. ich you can enter a decode performance level of between 1 and 3 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details EAN 13 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable EAN 13 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details EAN 8 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable EAN 8 EAN 8 Zero Extend When this parameter is enabled five leading zeros are added to decoded EAN 8 symbols making them compatible in format to EAN 13 symbols Disabling this parameter returns EAN 8 symbols to their normal format Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details D 10 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 2 9 D 2 10 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings UPC A UPC A Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable UPC A UPC A Check Digit If you enable this parameter the check digit is included with the decoded bar code data UPC A Preamble When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed where you can choose one of three options for lead in characters for UPC A symbols transmitted to the host device System Char system character transmitted with the data Country code and System Char both the country code 0 for USA and system character are transmitted with the or None no preamble is transmitted The lead in characters are
232. ig WZC 4 7 WLAN connecting to 17 Search find 108 Security Level D 72 Security Level TLC 39 D 35 Sequence Buttons 1 25 Sequence tab Buttons 1 25 serial modem setup See Connection Properties 208 Server Settings modem setup 2 4 Set Length L1 D 7 Set Length L2 D 7 Settings 76 121 App Launch 2 Buttons 124 Personal Tab 127 App Launch icon 121 Buttons icon 124 One Shot tab 125 Sequence tab 125 Up_Down tab 124 task manager working with 76 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual IX Index SE 955 scanner specs 29 shift state indicator accessing 74 shift state indicator softkey bar 74 shift state indicator icon 4 Shutdown 2 Siemens HC25 UMTS radio specifications 288 Siemens MC75 GSM radio specifications 286 SIM card inserting 5 Sled See vehicle cradle 264 softkey softkey bar 73 softkey bar shift state indicator 74 softkey 73 soft keyboard icon 74 softkeys 73 soft keyboard onscreen 78 soft keyboard icon softkey bar 74 softkeys softkey bar 73 Soft Scan Timeout 79 Sound setting events 143 Sound settings 42 specifications digital camera 284 for PDA 281 SE 955 scanner 29 802 11b g 286 Start Stop Transmit D 22 D 28 Start button 58 Start Menu 69 customising 69 Stop 209 Stop Bits 185 Stop Bits modem setup 209 Storage Card tab 164 Strip Leading D 9 Strip Trailing D 9 stylus touch pen using 57 stylus tether attaching 246 stylus tether CH6020 attaching 248 Suffix D 6 Suf
233. ile 6 1 User Manual 123 Chapter 6 Settings Buttons Icon 6 4 Buttons Icon Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Buttons icon to display your options Note The Program Buttons option is not available on the Ik n Rugged PDA 6 4 1 Up Down Control Oe Y lok Buttons Customize the way your Up Down control repea Delay before first repeat Short Repeat rate Slow Sliding the Delay before first repeat bar to the left decreases the delay between key repeats while sliding the bar to the right increases the repeat delay time Sliding the Repeat rate bar to the left slows the rate at which an Up Down button repeats when pressed Sliding the bar to the right increases the key repeat rate 124 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Sequence 6 4 2 Sequence Oe Y lok Alpha sequence key timer Short PP Up Down Control Sequence One Shots 4 This slider determines the allowable pause between alpha key presses on a numeric keypad For example suppose you want to type the letter c you would need to press the 2 key three times With the ORANGE key locked on if you press 2 twice and then pause between key presses for 1 second the letter b will be selected automatically Moving the Sequence slider to the right increases the pause time between alpha key presses 6 4 3 One Shots sE
234. imited to typographical errors Ik n is a trademark of Psion Teklogix Inc Windows and the Windows Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries E Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Psion Teklogix Inc is under license All trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective holders TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 1 2 1 3 About This Manual 2 222222222 kek ced beeen ee See ER aA Aaa ee eee eee Ter O ONVENLLONS seca LN LL dd pl Sporades Ik n Rugged PDA Features 00 cece eee cee eee rnrn dier ii eee rr 1 3 1 The Ik n Rugged PDA 0 c cece cece cece ete eect e eee enn eet enneennees Chapter 2 Basic Checkout 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 PAi 2 8 Preparing The Ik n For Operation 0 c cece cence cence eee ee ene ee enneennees ZA The Batteryenconcnac ona cr eea hh nhac Da 21 2 Installing The Battery ata 2 1 3 Switching The Ik n Rugged PDA On 0 cece cece eee eee eee ennees 2 1 4 Switching The Ik n Rugged PDA Off 0 cece cece cece ete eee ees The Getting Started CD s ss ccsereso ccc ccccde ccce bt Uae 8a abad Data Transfer Between The PC amp The IkOn 00 ccc cece cece cence eee eens 2 3 1 Using Microsoft ActiveSync cee cece cee e eee e
235. in the Word Mobile window Word Mobile 2 4 10 05 X mSystemProperties 8 15 p 445b x Word Mobile Tem 9 42 p 7k Tap on New in the softkey bar to create a new Word document Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 93 Chapter 5 Programs PowerPoint Mobile 5 6 3 1 5 6 3 2 A 5 6 4 Using Word Mobile Help If you need help using this application you can review the instructions in the associated help files To display Word Mobile help files Launch the Word Mobile program Tap on Start gt Help and review the instructions provided Data Entry Modes In addition to the soft keyboard you can enter text using Block Recognizer Letter Recog nizer or Transcriber Refer to Entering Text on page 78 for details You can also use the Ik n keyboard for data entry Sharing Documents With Your PC Documents created on a PC are recognized by your Ik n However some formatting is lost when a Word document is converted to a Word Mobile document This loss also occurs when you open a doc file and change it on the Ik n Important To avoid problems you can work on copies of doc files In addition keep in mind that you can use the Terminal Services Client program to log onto a desktop PC that is also running Terminal Services and then you can use any program on your PC including Microsoft Word rather than Word Mobile Refer to Remote Desktop Mobile on page 106 for details Po
236. ine the time delay between writing something on the Transcriber screen and its recognition into printed text Transcriber Options Recognition Delay Short M Add space after Pen Width Color Normal MN Match Letter Shapes to your writing Quick Settings Inking Enabling Add space after automatically adds a space after each word you write The Pen option allows you to choose the line Width and Colour Finally tapping on Match Letter Shapes to your writing displays a screen in which you can learn how to form letters to help the Ik n to recognize the most often used characters Advanced In this tab Shorthand allows you to create a shortened word that the Transcriber will recog nize and expand into a complete word automatically You can also insert data such as a date or run a program a 46 6 07 bk Transcriber Options Shorthand Speed up your writing by creating quick shortcuts Dictionaries Settings Add specialized dictionaries Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 137 Chapter 6 Settings Options Additional Choices 6 5 1 1 Word Completion rag Yi lok Suggest words when entering text Suggest after entering Suggest word s Add a space after word Clear Stored Entries Enable Auto Correct Word Completion Options 3 wails 0 This tab speeds the writing process regardless of the i
237. ing The CH4000 7 5 4 A 7 5 5 7 5 5 1 TD DL 7 5 5 3 7 5 5 4 Cleaning The CH4000 Important Do not immerse the unit in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean e Use only mild detergent or soapy water on a slightly damp cloth to clean the CH4000 Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The plastic case is susceptible to harsh chemicals It is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits and gasoline and slowly decomposes in strong alkaline solutions To clean ink marks from the label use isopropyl alcohol Troubleshooting Docking Station Does Not Power On When first connected to the DC power supply the spare charger LED should turn ON and remain on for 3 seconds If this does not occur the charger is defective and requires service Ik n Charge Indicator LED Stays Off When an Ik n is docked into a powered CH4000 and the Ik n charge indicator LED stays off there may be a problem with the unit or with the docking station Use an Ik6n with a properly functioning charge indicator to isolate the problem Ikon Charge LED Fast Flashes Green If the Ik n charge LED the left most LED fast flashes green when it is docked e Remove the Ik6n and disconnect the adaptor DC power cable e Wait at least 20 seconds and then plug the cable in again Ifthe Ik n LED still shows a fault the Ik n requires service Dock Battery LED Fast Flashes Green With Batter
238. initiating a scan Click Data For both integrated and external scanners this parameter determines which character is sent to the application installed in your Ik6n following a double click A dialog box appears asking that you press the key you want to insert The ASCII Unicode key value of the key press is displayed 178 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Options Tab 6 33 2 2 Display Parameters Scan Result When this parameter is enabled the type of bar code and the result of the scan appear on the screen Note that this information is only displayed after a successful decode and is visible only while the scanner trigger is pressed When the trigger is released this information is cleared from the screen Scan Indicator When this parameter is enabled the laser warning logo appears on the display whenever the scanner is activated Scan Result Time sec The value assigned to the Scan Result Time sec parameter determines how long the scan results of a successful scan are displayed on the screen Time is measured in seconds and a value of 0 zero disables the parameter When you choose this option a dialog box appears where you can enter a value Note To remove the scan result from the screen before the Result Time has expired point the scanner away from the bar code and press the trigger Good Scan Beep And Bad Scan Beep These parameters determine whether or
239. ion folder copying 71 folder creating 71 folder deleting 72 folder renaming 71 Full Ascii D 22 Full ASCII decoded scanner D 8 Full ASCII Imager D 38 Function keys 43 G Games 85 Getting Started CD 13 Glossy surface Predefined preset C 3 Good Scan Beep 79 GPRS bluetooth 206 GPS external 53 GPS Settings built in profiles 54 Group preset C GSM GPRS 223 234 GSM radio 286 GS1 128 D 23 GS1 128 GS1 US D 9 GS1 128 Identifier D 23 GTIN Compliant D 23 D 27 H hand strap 243 hand strap CH6021 attaching 243 D 23 hardware description of 146 headsets pairing Bluetooth 50 201 Help 77 HHP 5000 imager specs 295 hotkeys navigation bar 196 I Identifier Default preset group C 2 Imager D 37 EV15 specs 292 HHP 5000 specs 295 SX5400 specs 293 imager 2D scanner scanning 2D 277 imager options 275 Imager Settings 175 Include Check 12 0f5 D 4 indicators LED functions 47 scanner message 276 277 softkey bar 73 inking settings 136 Input Methods 133 Block Recognizer 80 134 Input Method tab 134 Keyboard Options 135 Letter Recognizer 81 135 soft keyboard 78 Transcriber 79 Transcriber options 136 input modes handwriting 94 typing 94 integrated scanner option 275 Intensity tab backlight 147 Interleaved 2 of 5 D 16 D 30 D 40 Internet connection 2 0 Internet Explorer 08 browsing web sites 109 Internet Sharing 96 Inverse Video Mode D 42 ISBN Conversion D 24 ISBT Concat Any Pair D 24 ISB
240. is transmitted when scanned D 34 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 21 D 3 22 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings PDF 417 Security Level This parameter is used to differentiate between TLC 39 and standard Code 39 Tapping on Security Level displays a dialog box in which you can assign a value from 0 to 100 The higher the value assigned the lower the decode rate Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details PDF 417 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable PDF 417 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Micro PDF 417 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Micro PDF 417 Code 128 Emulation When this parameter is enabled the scanner transmits data from certain Micro PDF 417 symbols as if it was encoded in Code 128 symbols If Code 128 Emulation is enabled the following Micro PDF 417 symbols are transmitted with one of the following prefixes C1 if the first codeword is 903 907 912 914 915 C2 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 CO if the first codeword is 910 or 911 If Code 128 Emulation is set to off the Micro PDF 417 symbols are transmitted with one of the following prefixes Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 35 Appendi
241. isplayed the new custom preset appears at the end of the list It is marked as read and write PTS Imager Settim Y qe H 50 ok Camera Presets Front Imager R Read W Write A Active sao Barcoding Fler Tatars TUE C 4 5 Modifying A Custom Preset The parameter values in a custom preset can be modified It is recommended that very few changes be made to a custom preset To ensure that it will work reliably it should be as close as possible to the original predefined preset To change a parameter value Highlight the custom preset and tap on the Edit button PTS Imager Settim Y e Q4 ok Camera Presets Preset Custom decode camera Image Corrections Auto Exposure Manual Exposure Windowing To change a setting press space or double click Tap on the symbols to expand the lists and view the parameter settings Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change For a parameter that can take a range of values C 12 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 4 6 C 4 7 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Removing A Custom Preset Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting like the sample screen following is displayed PTS Imager Settin Y 7 H M ok Minimum Length Ente
242. it 52 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Cleaning The Ik n Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The plastic case is susceptible to harsh chemicals The plastic is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits and gasoline The plastic slowly decomposes in strong alkaline solutions To clean ink marks from the keypad or touchscreen use isopropyl alcohol Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 53 WORKING WITH WINDOWS MOBILE 6 1 4 4 1 Navigating In Windows Mobile 6 1 And Applications 57 4 1 1 Navigating Using A Touchscreen And Stylus 57 4 2 Windows Mobile 6 1 Desktop Today Screen aa a 57 4 2 1 Windows Mobile 6 1 Navigation Bar aaa 58 4 2 2 Today s Date Clock And AlarM o o o o o a 61 4 2 3 Ownership Information o 62 4 2 4 E mail Notification e e 63 42 5 Task Notification ii a cee a ia Ee rl AA a 63 4 2 6 Calendar Of Upcoming Appointments o o o 66 4 2 6 1 Creating And Editing Appointments 66 4 2 6 2 Adding Reminders 00 00 ee eee 67 4 2 6 3 Using Categories cs ii eee bee eu eee a e dd a 68 4 2 6 4 Deleting Appointments 2204 69 43 Start Menu ip geo toe ate eae eek Ba ae Banos es iE ele ae ea ee es 69 4 3 1 Customising The Start Menu 2 2 20 00 00 ee eee 69 4 4 Man
243. k and drag it to the correct hour Do the same for the minute hand Tap on OK to save your changes MI Note Tapping on the More tab displays a dialog box in which you can choose to Dis ee play the clock on the title bar in all programs 4 2 3 Ownership Information This option allows you to add your personal information to the Ik n Some of this informa tion will be displayed in the desktop Today screen 62 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 E mail Notification Tap on Owner listed in the Today screen as Tap here to set owner information to display a screen in which you can type information Settings d 1 40 bk Owner Information Identification Type your name company name address telephone number and e mail address Note You can type information using the Ik n keyboard or you can tap on the soft key board icon in the bottom right corner of the softkey bar to display an onscreen keyboard The Ownership screen has two additional tabs Notes where you can add any pertinent addi tional information and Options where you can specify whether you want the desktop to display your identification information or your note information 4 2 4 E mail Notification If you have any e mail it will be indicated in the Today desktop screen To view your e mail tap on the E mail notificatio
244. kTerm terminal emulation software supports IBM 5250 IBM 3270 HP2392 ANSI and TESS e Mobile Control Center MCC device management Wireless Communication En Note 802 11b g GSM and Bluetooth are available simultaneously Optional expansion modules for e 802 11b g proprietary module operating in the 2 4GHz band Supports IEEE 802 11b data rates of 1 2 5 5 and 11Mbps using Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum DSSS Supports IEEE 802 11g data rates of 6 9 12 24 36 48 and 54Mbps using Orthagonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM base band modulation e GSM GPRS EDGE via expansion interface Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 283 Chapter 8 Specifications Bar Code Applications optional Quad Band 850 900 1800 1900 MHz Voice and Data GPRS Class B Multi Slot Class 12 EGPRS Class B Multi Slot Class 12 UMTS UMTS HSDPA Triple band 850 1900 2100 MHz GSM GPRS EDGE Quad band 850 900 1800 1900 MHz Audio 1 analog interface USB supports a USB 2 0 Full Speed 12 Mbit s device interface Bluetooth class 2 version 2 0 Support Enhanced Data Rate EDR for up to 3Mbps data rate Support Advanced Frequency Hopping AFH for reduced interference with 802 11b g radio 8 1 4 Bar Code Applications optional AN Note All are user upgradeable e e e Optional 1D EV15 imager Optional 2D SX5400 imager Optional 1D SE955 laser scanner 8 1 5 Digital Camera optional e
245. ks are displayed on the screen according to the preference you chose Calendar Of Upcoming Appointments This option is used to map out all your upcoming appointments meetings and so on in the weeks months and years ahead MI Note You can synchronize the Calendar using ActiveSync so that any meetings appoint ments and so on are displayed on your Ik n Today screen as well as on your PC Refer to Synchronization on page 85 for details Tap on the Upcoming Appointments option in the Today screen or tap on Start gt Calendar to display the calendar If your unit is running Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic you can tap on Calendar in the Softkey Bar Apr 20 07 SMT WT 2 1 2 3 4 5 Apr 20 07 SMT WT alenda No appointments f gt 8 April 2007 l10 M16 T17 W18 April 2007 22 23 24 25 26 6 29 30 1 2 3 No appointment selected The default calendar displays an Agenda of appointments for the week divided into days You can choose to leave the calendar as is or you can tap on the Day softkey to reflect the Week Month or Year Creating And Editing Appointments Inthe Calendar screen tap on Menu in the softkey bar and then tap on New Appointment 66 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Calendar Of Upcoming Appointments Figure 4 2 Appointment Detail Screen er Y 4 lok Subject Location Starts 9
246. lder you want to delete until a pop up menu is displayed e Tap Delete to remove the file Using Menus In Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic and Professional the menu is located in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen 5 Word Mobile a d 5 04 X Softkey Bar Menu To execute a command Tap on Menu to display the commands associated with it and then tap on the command you want to execute Pop Up Menus Pop up menus are available in many screens and programs They offer quick access to a group of useful commands in addition to those available in the menu bar To display a pop up menu Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 4 6 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 The Softkey Bar e Gently press and hold the stylus on the screen A ring of dots is displayed on the screen followed by a pop up menu Word Mobile 4 4 5 08 Dk Activating Modifier Keys Select All Font Paragraph Spelling Insert Date Tap on the command you want to execute The Softkey Bar The Ik6n is equipped with a softkey bar at the bottom of the screen It displays softkeys that allow you to access menus and commands It also displays the soft keyboard icon 5 Word Mobile er Y E lok 5 Word Mobile er Y lt ok Soft keyboard Soft keyboard icon led dul id stat ttot ht it k ECHA EE ES Softkey Bar T E Softkeys Tapping on a softkey displays information associated
247. le 6 1 Professional is installed in your unit Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 195 Chapter 6 Settings Navigation Bar Hotkeys 6 37 1 Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab to display your connection options Navigation Bar Tap on these connectivity hotkeys to display Notification Bubbles Notification Bubble X eq X a Q te Beam a Feien Wireless Manager we ao MF Connections Domain Networl Enroll Cards my X B wile USB to PC Wireless Wireless Manager Statistics Ay fa USB to PC Wireless Wireless Manager Statistics Personal System Connections Personal System Connections Navigation Bar Hotkeys Some of the connectivity icons in the Navigation Bar along the top of the screen are hotkeys that offer shortcuts to connection setups Tapping on a hotkey displays a bubble that pro vides information about your connections and provides a shortcut to the Wireless Manager applet where you can set up your connections Automatic Notification The Navigation Bar also displays notification icons to let you know for example that a network as been detected or if your Ik n is equipped with a phone that you ve missed a call a voice mail or a text message 196 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Navigation Bar Hotkeys Automatic Network Detection If a wireless network is available wh
248. le on your Ik n Tap on Start gt Programs to display this screen Tapping on an icon in this screen launches the associated applet Figure 5 1 Programs Tabs Programs Im Fila Explorer gt y Intarnet Modem Link Sharing Picturas amp Videos Games Your Ik n is equipped with a few standard games Bubble Breaker and Solitaire should you feel the need to pass the time ActiveSync For PCs using the Microsoft Windows XP operating system ActiveSync Microsoft PC connectivity software can be used to connect the Ik n to PCs running this software By con necting the Ik n to a PC through your desktop docking station and running ActiveSync on the PC you can view Ik n files drag and drop files between the Ik n and the PC connect to the Internet and so on ActiveSync can be installed from the Getting Started CD included with your Ik6n Refer to The Getting Started CD on page 13 for details Synchronization For details about synchronizing your PC with you Ik n visit the following Microsoft inter net site http www microsoft com windowsmobile activesync default mspx Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 85 Chapter 5 Programs Calculator 5 4 5 9 5 6 5 6 1 Calculator Tapping on Start gt Programs gt Calculator displays a standard calculator e Use your stylus to tap the calculator buttons Demo Scanner The Demo Scanner icon is used to test how th
249. le to a surface other than the recommended RAM B please take the following precautions e When installing the cradle ensure the driver s view is not obstructed Install cradles so as not to obstruct vehicle safety features i e air bags seat belts etc Ensure cradle is secured to the vehicle in a safe location Injury may result otherwise Ensure the mounting has capacity to hold the cradle and Ik6n Cradle plus Ik n weight is approximately 1 3 kg e Psion Teklogix has recommended and approved mounts consult Customer Service for instructions To accommodate the service loop of the connecting cable leave a 10 cm clearance at the bottom of the vehicle cradle Leave a 17 cm clearance at the top of the vehicle cradle to allow easy removal of the Ik6n Refer to the detailed assembly instructions that are pack aged with the pedestal when selecting a mounting location 7 10 1 1 Mounting Template 7 10 2 7 10 3 For detailed mounting instructions including a drill template refer to the CH1005A Ikon Rugged PDA Vehicle Cradle Quick Reference Guide PN 8000165 Cable Arrangement Before installing cables between the cradle and other devices review the following Ensure that drilling holes will not damage the vehicle or its wiring e Protect cable runs from pinching overheating and physical damage e Use grommets to protect cables that pass through metal e Use plastic straps and tie downs to secure cables and connector
250. logies Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details Appendix D Bar Codes Settings 2D QR Code Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 43 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Postal PlaNET D 4 19 Postal PlaNET Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal PlaNET Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details D 4 20 Postal PostNET Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal PostNET Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details D 4 21 Postal Australian Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal Australian Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details D 4 22 Postal Japanese Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal Japanese D 44 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 4 23 D 4 24 D 4 25 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details Postal Korean Enabled gt Set this parameter to on to enable Postal Korea
251. ls The Status field indicates when the unit is ready to connect the Connect Data button is enabled Tapon the Connect Data button The progress of the connection is tracked in the Status field 224 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A I GIL 6 44 3 Chapter 6 Settings Disconnecting From A Network PPP link to modem active e Authenticating user User authenticated e Connected Note Keep in mind that these states may be displayed fairly quickly if the progress of the connection is rapid When the connection state reaches PPP link to modem active the softkey bar icon changes to indicate an active connection The Connect Data button changes displaying Disconnect Disconnecting From A Network To disconnect from the network Tap on the Disconnect button and then on OK When the Ik6n network connection is severed the Status field displays Ready to Connect A unit equipped with a GSM GPRS expansion board displays the signal strength in the main Wireless WAN screen even while a connection is active Units equipped with certain other modems e g Sierra Wireless UMTS and CDMA modems Novatel UMTS modems do not display the signal strength while a connection is active The Rx bytes and Tx bytes fields esti mate the amount of data transmitted and received respectively 6 44 3 1 Shutting Down The Wireless WAN User Interface Ela 6 44 4 While it is not usual to shut down the GSM GPRS use
252. me Read Validate D 2 Scan Angle D 5 Scancode remapping 129 Scan Data Format D 5 Scan Indicator 179 Scan Log File 179 scanner one dimensional 1D internal scanner 27 safety warnings 275 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual techniques scanning 275 troubleshooting tips 276 two dimensional 2D imager scanner 277 scanner module SE 955 specs 29 scanner options 275 scanning Aim Duration D 2 aiming target dot duration D 2 appending characters 178 Bad Scan Beep 1 79 bar code settings 176 check digit D 15 Check Digits MSI Plessey D 15 Check Digit Verification D 7 Check Digit Verification Code 39 D 38 Check Digit Verification I 2 of 5 D 16 D 41 Click Data appending data 178 Click Time 78 CLSI Editing D 4 Codabar D 14 Code 128 D 9 D 23 Code 128 Emulation D 9 Code 32 Prefix D 7 Code 39 D 6 D 21 Code 93 D 13 Composite D 8 D 34 Conv UPC E To UPC A D 2 Conv UPC E1 To UPC A D 2 Convert To Code 32 D 6 Convert To EAN 13 D 16 Data Handling code page 180 Decoded internal D 2 Decoded Intermec ISCP D 20 Decode Perf Level D 8 D 10 Decode Performance D 8 D 10 Delete Char Set ECIs D 6 Discrete 2 of 5 D 16 Dot Time D 2 double click 178 EAN 8 Zero Extend D 0 ECI Decoder D 6 Enable Bookland D 72 Enable CC AB D 18 D 34 Enable CC C D 18 D 34 Enable RSS Expanded D 7 Enable RSS Limited D 7 Enable RSS 14 D 7 Enable TLC 39 D 8 Full ASCII D 8 Good Scan Beep 1 79 Imager D 37 Laser
253. multaneously Typically when both radios operate in the Ik n at the same time they cannot transmit simultaneously this has a negative impact on overall system throughput To minimize the impact on the backbone 802 11g net work Psion Teklogix recommends using Bluetooth peripherals that have low transaction rates such as printers and scanners Refer to Bluetooth Setup on page 198 for information about setting up your Bluetooth devices for communication In addition review the manual shipped with your Bluetooth device to determine the method used to pair with the Ik6n host Digital Camera The Ik6n can be equipped with an optional digital camera that can take still pictures or short video clips Refer to Pictures amp Videos on page 101 for details about using the camera The Pictures amp Videos applet allows the operator to activate the camera for still shots or video clips It also provides a number of tools to crop photos adjust picture contrast and brightness zoom in and out of photos and save your adjustments Important The Pictures amp Videos program can only display bmp or jpg formats Photos in other formats will need to be converted on your PC before they can be transferred to the Ik n PDA 278 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual SPECIFICATIONS 8 8 1 Ik n Specifications Model No 7505 0 000000 eee eee 281 8 1 Hardwares 6 Go bec te teens ay a a on ney owt wy
254. n Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details Postal Royal Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal Royal Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details Postal Kix Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal Kix Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Postal Korean Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 45 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Postal Canadian D 4 26 Postal Canadian Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Postal Canadian Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details D 46 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A About Bluetooth 206 About Device icon 146 About icon software version 145 AC adaptor safety instructions 252 Accepted Start Char D 22 accessories carrying case 251 CH1005A powered vehicle cradle 268 desktop docking station 254 Ethernet cable 260 hand strap 243 quad docking station 259 vehicle cradle 264 Active Connections Bluetooth 205 ActiveSync 15 85
255. n The Macro Keys While macro keys are not physically stamped on the keyboard up to 12 macro functions can be added using the Scancode Remapping function Refer to Scancode Remapping on page 129 for details about mapping keys For details about creating a macro refer to Keyboard Macro Keys on page 127 The Numeric Keyboard Accessing Alpha Keys On numeric keypads you ll need to take a few extra steps to access the alphabetic characters Choosing A Single Alpha Character The examples below illustrate how to access A B and C all of which are printed in orange characters above the numeric key 2 Important The letters you choose appear in the softkey bar providing a visual indicator of which letter will be displayed on the screen To choose the letter a e Press the ORANGE key and type the numeric key 2 Note To choose the second third or fourth alpha character assigned to a numeric key you may want to lock the ORANGE key on By default the ORANGE key is locked on when pressed once However depending on how your Ik n is set up in the One Shots tab you may find that you need to press the ORANGE key twice to lock it on Refer to One Shots on page 125 for details To choose the second letter in the sequence in this example the letter b Lock the ORANGE key on A shift state indicator icon in the softkey bar represents the orange key with a black frame
256. n beam crosses every bar and space on the bar code including the margins on either end of the symbol e Ifyou are using a 2D imaging scanner make certain the red oval shaped framing mark is centred within the bar code you want to scan e When using imaging scanners do not move the scanner while decoding the bar code Movement blurs the image e Hold the scanner farther away for larger bar codes e Hold the scanner closer for bar codes with bars that are close together A bar code icon appears on the screen during a scan While the scanner beam is active the onscreen message states SCANNING To disable the onscreen message e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Teklogix Scanners icon followed by the Options tab Under the Display menu disable Scan Indicator Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 275 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Troubleshooting 7 11 2 7 11 3 A When the scan is successful the bar code data is displayed on the screen until the scan button is released providing that Scan Result is set to on If this option is not enabled e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Teklogix Scanners icon followed by the Options tab Inthe Display menu set Scan Result to ON Troubleshooting If the scanner is not working investigate the following e Is the unit on e Check that the bar code symbology being scanned is enabled for the Ik n you are usi
257. n on the Diags windows Modify the profile and tap on Commit Alternatively you can choose another profile as the active profile and then switch back to the profile for which EAP authentication was cancelled ThirdPartyConfig If you choose to configure ThirdPartyConfig the SCU will work with the operating sys tem s Windows Zero Config WZC to configure radio and security settings for the CF radio installed in the unit Choosing this profile means that WZC must be used to define the following radio and secu rity options SSID Auth Type EAP Type and Encryption The SCU settings for ThirdPartyConfig include Client Name Power Save Tx Power Bit Rate and Radio Mode These SCU settings along with SCU global settings and the WZC settings will be applied to the radio module Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 7 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Status Tab A 4 Status Tab Summit Client Util do qe Y lt ok Device Name Unnamed IP soe ene eee MAC 00 17 23 01 5d el AP Name Unknown IP Beacon Period DTIM Connection Channel Bit Rate Mbps Tx Power 80 mw Signal Strength dBm Signal Quality The Status tab provides status information including IP address and MAC address for the client radio IP address and MAC address for the AP signal strength channel transmit power and data rate A 5 Diags Tab Summit Client Utili ao 47 Yi d lok Pro
258. n option represented by an icon in the shape of an envelope Refer to Messaging on page 110 for details about setting up your Inbox 4 2 5 Task Notification Tasks lets you create lists of entries representing your responsibilities upcoming projects and so on If you ve assigned any tasks this option lets you know how many active tasks you have Note You can synchronize the Task Notification option using ActiveSync so that any tasks are displayed on your Ik n as well as your PC Refer to Synchronization on page 85 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 63 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Task Notification Tap on the Tasks option to display a list of tasks ig Tasks er 45 1 56 X an Tap here to add a new task Complete E Creating A Task Tap in the field labelled Tap here to add a new task The text is replaced with a blink ing cursor If you prefer to type the task using the soft keyboard tap on the soft keyboard icon in the softkey bar Type your task description Tap anywhere in the blank part of the screen or press ENTER to add the task to your list Editing A Task Tap ona task in the task list to highlight it Tap Edit in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen to display a detailed task screen where you can define task characteristics 64 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Task
259. n orange and blue print above the keyboard keys En Note Almost all keys can be reprogrammed to suit your requirements Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 39 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n Locking The Keyboard 3 3 2 3 3 3 AA 3 3 3 1 Locking The Keyboard You can lock the keyboard to prevent accidental key presses To set up the locking unlock ing key sequence Tap on Start gt Settings gt Buttons Tap on the right arrow icon D in the bottom right corner of the screen to scroll to the Lock Sequence tab Refer to Lock Sequence on page 132 for details about setting up this function Modifier Keys The SHIFT CTRL ALT BLUE and ORANGE keys are modifier keys Pressing a modifier key changes the function of the next key pressed For example on an 47 key key board a left bracket is printed in orange print above the U key Pressing the ORANGE key a modifier key followed by the U key displays a left bracket rather than the letter U The SHIFT CTRL and ALT keys operate much like a desktop keyboard except that they are not chorded two keys held down simultaneously The modifier key must be pressed first followed by the key whose function you want modified Note Keep in mind that the ALT and CTRL keys are only available on numeric key pads that are not equipped with phone keys You can however access the CTRL key using the onscreen soft keyboard Activating Modifi
260. ncneneds ey Sous ee e EEEE REAA EEA 144 O del APPCaranCe vtr Sanmminnsmninstoenseewerttartecereennnts 144 AA A ees P0001 141i e Keane ee ETEO RTO 144 System Tab Settings ooreo e E A Oe ee SSR Res 145 A A IR 145 About DEVICE ss voor Ge BREE DUE E 146 Back o Se Ah A hth cSt ode 146 6 15 1 Battery POWER iii 146 615 2 External PO We iii a RARER ANKANA 147 6 15 3 Intensity coi Ad een cede ee 147 Comic A A AAA 148 6 16 1 Choosing A Certificate 0oooooooooccrocccnnornrnrrrnnr rr 150 Clock RAMO a a E EE E ao s 150 Customer Feedbacks a o 150 Encryption ibid 151 Error Reporting uta a RU UL au ele EE A celo 152 GPS Global Positioning SySteM oooooooocoocccoccncnnrrrnnnrrrrrr rr 153 GPS Global Positioning System Settings 0 0 cee cece eee e cece eect eee eeees 154 E cee aged deebidecndaddddidad Avene eeeene pv acaseeessasagedaiecs 159 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual v vi Contents 6 24 6 25 6 26 6 27 6 28 6 29 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 6 34 6 36 6 37 623 1 Tigger Mappings serer ces td A A RR ATA e 160 Managed Programs 0 cece eee eee cren rr rr rr 163 MIA A ERRE KANNA 163 6 25 0 Main Tab ainda 164 623 2 Storage Cardin ii dd E AAA A REA ER AA 164 EN IN 164 AI EN 165 6 2622 Advanced Lab 3 E a o 165 6 263 Battery Details coo 166 6 20 4 Built In Devir IEEE RAR 167 6 26 5 Card Slots meeer esere esius seset Ceea EE visas iaadidivacseetarseusenaedos 167 6
261. nd SIM card installation along with general Ik n maintenance Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 describes the Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Today screen and how to use it This chapter also outlines basics like moving around a window displaying menus and so on Programs provides a description of the Windows Mobile 6 1 Programs options and how to use them Settings provides details about Windows Mobile 6 1 Settings options and how to use them Peripheral Devices amp Accessories describes the peripherals and accessories available for your Ik6n Specifications details radio Ik n scanner and battery specifications Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU provides details about the Summit Client Utility SCU screens Appendix B Port Pinouts describes port pinouts Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet describes the Teklogix Imagers applet and outlines how to use it Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 Chapter 1 Introduction Text Conventions pa A A A 4 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings describes the bar codes supported by the Decoded scanners and the Imager sup ported by Ik n Text Conventions Note Notes highlight additional helpful information Important These statements provide particularly important instructions or addi tional information that is critical to the operation of the equipment Warning These statements provide critical information that may prevent physical inju
262. nded environment In almost all situations at least one of the prede fined presets results in a satisfactory outcome A preset is a group of exposure and image correction settings Each preset config ures the imager for a specific purpose such as bar code decoding or image capture Presets also allow easier and faster configuration of the imager after power on or resume from suspend The predefined presets are generic and satisfy most user requirements A custom preset can be created for a specific user application such as include only speci fied bar codes read only a specified number of bar codes or for reading unusual media Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 1 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Predefined Presets C 2 1 C 2 2 Every preset belongs to a preset type The following preset types are available Imaging for photo capture Imaging for bar code decoding e Symbology selection At any time only one preset of each type can be designated as the user selected active preset Predefined Presets Predefined presets are built into the imaging software and cannot be changed The pre defined presets allow you to use the imager to perform specified tasks without having to understand and set numerous variables In almost all cases these predefined presets are sufficient Bar Code Predefined Presets These presets encompass the majority of the most popular bar codes and their subtypes The b
263. nds and so on To go to a web site Connect your Ik n to the Internet If you re not certain how to do this tap on Start gt Internet Explorer to display a blank window Next tap on Start gt Help and follow the steps listed Tap on Start gt Programs gt Internet Explorer to open Internet Explorer If Internet Explorer is listed in the Start menu rather in the Program screen tap on Start gt Internet Explorer Tap on the address bar the field near the top of the screen where URLs are entered to highlight the current URL Type anew URL in the address bar Tapping on the softkeys in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen display Internet Ex plorer commands like those you find on your PC Internet Explor 2 8 26 X reposo con PS ion TEKLOS IX information in motion 1 800 322 3437 Search LEARN ABOUT gt Mobility in the Workplace Demo gt Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 109 Chapter 5 Programs Messaging 5 19 Messaging Note Messaging is available from the Start menu by default If you prefer it only be accessed from the Programs window tap on Start gt Settings tap on the Menus icon and uncheck Messaging The Messaging program is used to send and receive e mail on your Ik n To send and receive e mail you 1l need to synchronize your PC or connect to a Post Office Protocol 3 POP3 or Internet Message Access Protocol 4 IMAP4 mail server
264. neNote e Connect the Ik n to your PC using either a USB cable or Bluetooth When the connection is complete take one of the following steps 92 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual El 5 6 3 El Chapter 5 Programs Word Mobile e In Microsoft ActiveSync on your PC choose Sync or On your lk n tap on Start gt ActiveSync and then tap on Sync During synchronization the notes you created on your Ik6n are copied to a new Office OneNote 2007 notebook called OneNote Mobile on your PC When synchronization is done you can drag the transferred notes into any other sections and other notebooks on your PC Note Ifyou prefer to synchronize Ik n notes automatically you can set up ActiveSync so that synchronization is continuous or occurs on a schedule In ActiveSync on your PC in the Tools menu tap Options and then tap on the Schedule tab Word Mobile If you ve used Microsoft Word on your Mac or PC Word Mobile will be familiar to you Keep in mind however that Word Mobile is designed for a small screen and limited memory Note Keep in mind also that a Word document created on your PC can lose key format ting features such as styles and tables if you make changes to it on your Ikon Tap on Start gt Programs gt Office Mobile gt Word Mobile If Office Mobile is listed in your Start menu tap on Start gt Office Mobile and then tap on Word Mobile If you ve already create a Word document it will be listed
265. ng Check any other parameters that affect the scanning procedure or the bar code e Check the bar code to make sure it is not damaged Try scanning a different bar code to verify that the problem is not with the bar code e Check that the bar code is within the proper range Does the Ik n display the warning without scanning This suggests a hardware problem in the Ik n Is the laser beam scanning across the bar code e Once the scan beam has stopped check the scanner window for dirt or fogging Operating One Dimensional 1D Laser Scanners e Turn the Ik n on Wait until the unit has booted up completely Important If an aiming dot is available on the installed scanner the dot will be enabled for a configurable time period including off after which normal scanning begins Refer to Dot Time msec on page D 2 for details Double clicking the trigger will override the aiming delay and initiate an immediate scan Note that the aiming dot is standard on long range and high visibility internal scanners e Aim at the bar code and press the scan key or the trigger A scan beam and a warning indicator appear until a successful decode is achieved or six seconds have elapsed 276 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Operating Two Dimensional 2D Imagers 7 11 4 Operating Two Dimensional 2D Imagers An imager takes a snap shot of a single bar code or multi
266. ng The plastic case is susceptible to harsh chemicals The plastic is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits and gasoline The plastic slowly decomposes in strong alkaline solutions To clean ink marks from the label use isopropyl alcohol Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 261 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Troubleshooting 7 6 5 7 6 5 1 7 6 5 2 7 6 5 3 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 5 7 7 Troubleshooting Ik n Charge Indicator LED Stays Off When an Ik6n is docked into a powered CH4004 and its charge indicator LED stays off there could be a problem with the Ik6n or with the docking station Use an Ik n with a prop erly functioning charge indicator to isolate the problem Ik n Charge Indicator LED Fast Flashes Green If the Ik6n charge indicator fast flashes green when the Ik6n is in any of the four sites e Remove the Ik ns and disconnect the adaptor DC power cable e Wait at least 20 seconds and then plug the cable in again Ifthe Ik n indicator still shows a fault the Ik n requires service Green LED OFF When Connected To A Network e Check the Category 5 5e cable Replace if the cable is suspect e Contact your network administrator Yellow LED OFF When Connected To A 100Base T Network e Check the Ethernet cable Replace if the cable is suspect e Contact your network administrator to ensure the network is running at 100 Mbps Powered Adaptor LED Stays Off e Check the AC cable
267. ng A Preset To view the parameter settings in a preset Highlight a preset and tap on the View button The associated preset window is displayed PTS Imager Settin Y e fy Symbology Settings Preset Factory Default Options Code 39 Trioptic Code disabled Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC A UPC E UPC EAN Shared Settings Code 93 Predefined settings are read only C 14 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Creating A Custom Preset Tap on the sign to expand one of the lists so that you can view the parameter settings C 4 10 Creating A Custom Preset A new custom preset is created by modifying a preset either a predefined preset or an ex isting custom preset To create a custom preset Highlight a preset and tap on the Add button A screen like the sample following is displayed PTS Imager Settim Y qe 350 ok Cloning from set Factory Default Enter alphanumeric string Type the name of the new preset in the dialog box e Tap on OK to save your changes The preset list is displayed the new custom preset appears at the end of the list It is marked as read and write PTS Imager Settim Y 7 fy 4 lt ok Camera Presets Front Imager Default RA Low light R Low power R Glossy surface R View Add Barcode Presets Activate R Read W Write A Active Barcodino r
268. ng Symbologies In The My Default Preset When My Default is the active preset In this case the changes to the symbology configuration are also made in the Teklogix Scan ners applet When My Default is not the active preset In this case the changes to the symbology configuration are not made in the Teklogix Scan ners applet Filter Tab Manipulating Bar Code Data To configure rules for manipulating bar code data Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Teklogix Imagers icon and then tap on the Filter tab sS PTS Imager Settin Y qe H4 ok Field Size Prefix Suffix and Strip Chars E Code 39 Trioptic Code Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC A UPC E Code 93 Codabar MSI Code 11 bi To change a setting press space or double click Fer rancios TUE C 4 14 1 Modifying A Bar Code Setting The rules for manipulating data from selected bar code symbologies can be modified To change the settings for a symbology Tap on the symbols to expand the lists and view the parameter settings Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Filter Tab Manipulating Bar Code Data e Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change Fora parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box con
269. ng on OK Advanced settings are described in Changing Advanced Proxy Server Settings on page 222 6 42 8 1 Changing Advanced Proxy Server Settings To change advanced settings such as the port number or proxy server type tap on the Advanced button 4 q 4 12 ok My Work Network O Tap a proxy type to change its settings Server HTTP WAP Secure WAP Socks 222 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 43 6 44 6 44 1 Chapter 6 Settings Wireless Statistics Tap on the proxy type you want to change For the appropriate server type type the proxy server name and port Tap on OK Wireless Statistics Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Wireless Statistics icon to display the com munication statistics of your wireless connection along with the radio card name MAC address driver version and NDIS Compliance information Tap on the Zero button to reset the statistics Wireless WAN Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic Only The Wireless WAN icon is visible for Ik ns running Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic An Ik n equipped with a GSM GPRS CDMA 1xRTT or UMTS radio has wide area networking data transfer capabilities Softkey Bar Icons Wireless WAN icons in the softkey bar indicate the status of your wide area network con nection Note that these icons are only visible when a GSM GPRS CDMA IxRTT or UMTS radio is installed in the unit and the interface is enabled The l
270. ng this button removes an existing mapping OK The OK button in the top right of the Manage Triggers screen saves all changes made If the ESC key is pressed all changes are discarded 6 23 1 1 Add And Edit Trigger Mapping Tap on Add to add a new trigger map or tap on Edit to edit an existing trigger map s Manage Triggers O gt Yi q ok Add Mapping Trigger key Soft Scan v Add Key Trigger press type Up Down Double click Module to trigger Decoded Scanner y C Show all modules Trigger Key This dropdown list allows you to specify the source of the trigger events such as the Grip Trigger Left Scan etc for the trigger module selected Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 161 Chapter 6 Settings Trigger Mappings 162 Note It is possible to map the same source to different modules trigger consumers for example to both the Imager and Non Decoded Scanner If so both devices opera tions will occur simultaneously This is not recommended in most cases especially with devices such as Imagers It is also possible to map different sources to the same module trigger consumer Add Key Only existing trigger sources are shown in the Source combo box To add a new source to this list tap on the Add Key button A dialog box pops up allowing you to select the key board key to use as a trigger source 75 Manage Triggers 90 qe Y 4c New Trigger Key
271. nnection z Edit Properties e Choose a connection from the dropdown menu and tap on Edit Properties 208 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Port Settings 6 40 1 Port Settings Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Flow control Hardware Y Use terminal window before dialing Use terminal window after dialing C Enter dialing commands manually Port Settings Call Optons Baud Rate In the Baud rate dropdown menu choose a new baud rate Check your modem documenta tion for the appropriate baud rate Data Bits This parameter determines the number of bits for the data going through this port Possible values are 4 5 6 7 8 Parity This parameter determines the type of parity checking used on the data going through the port The options are none odd even mark and space Stop Bits This parameter specifies the number of stop bits 1 1 5 2 used for asynchronous communication Flow Control This parameter selects the type of flow control used in your PDA The Ik6n can perform Software or Hardware handshaking or you can choose None Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 209 Chapter 6 Settings Call Options 6 40 2 6 41 Call Options Cancel Call If Not Connected Within Tap in the checkbox to enable this option to make certain that the Ik n does not stay online too long while waiting to connect with
272. not the Ik n emits an audible scanner beep when a good successful scan or a bad unsuccessful scan is performed Set these parameters to either on to enable the beeper or off to disable it Soft Scan Timeout This parameter is used by the SDK Scan function soft scan starting a scan session via the SDK function instead of a physical user trigger press The value assigned to this parameter determines the soft scan timeout from 1 to 10 sec default is 3 sec Scan Log File If this parameter is enabled the input barcode and the modified translated output bar code are logged in the file Flash Disk ScanLog txt Keep in mind that if the Scan Log File is enabled there is a slight performance effect when performing multiple scans since the log file is written to persistent storage Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 179 Chapter 6 Settings Translations Tab 6 33 2 3 Data Handling 6 33 3 This option allows you to choose the code page your Ik6n will use to display data Default Local ASCII or ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 Codepage Tapping on this option displays a window in which you can define the code page your Ik n will use f Scanner Cetera ao 00 ok Codepage Default Local ASCII 150 8859 1 Latin 1 If you choose Default Local ASCII the code page of the local OS is used For example if the local OS uses double byte Chinese characters choosing this option will filter data through
273. nput method chosen When you begin entering a word this option displays what it assumes is the complete word saving you having to type the word in its entirety You can also tailor how and when you want word sug gestions made 6 5 2 Options Additional Choices Voice recording format 8 000 Hz 8 Bit Mono 8 KB s v Default zoom leve for writing 200 w Default zoom level for typing 100 w Capitalize first letter of sentence Scroll upon reaching the last line Wd Corp 2H alww 0 This tab offers a few choices including choosing a voice recording format zoom percentage for writing and typing automatic capitalization of the first letter in a sentence and automatic scrolling when you ve reached the bottom of the screen 138 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 6 Chapter 6 Settings Lock Lock To protect the data stored in your Ik6n you can assign a password that must be entered each time the unit is switched on e Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Lock icon i Settings 4 46 6 21 5k Password C Prompt if device unused for Password type Password Confirm It is critical that you store your password in a safe place If you forget it a clean start must be performed by certified Psion Teklogix personnel A clean start returns the Ik6n to factory settings Only the data stored in a CF or SD memory card are preserved e T
274. ns displays an associated notification bubble with information about and access to the missed call s or voice message s 6 38 Beam This option is not available for the Ik n Rugged PDA 6 39 Bluetooth Setup Bluetooth is a global standard for wireless connectivity for digital devices and is intended for Personal Area Networks PAN The technology is based on a short range radio link that operates in the ISM band at 2 4 GHz When two Bluetooth equipped devices come within a 10 meter range of each other they can establish a connection Because Bluetooth utilizes a radio based link it does not require a line of sight connection in order to communicate Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Bluetooth icon 198 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings The Devices Tab 6 39 1 The Devices Tab This tab allows you to scan for other Bluetooth enabled devices and it allows you to pair devices Settings Bluetooth Tap Add new device to search for other Bluetooth devices Tap on a device to modify its settings Add new device Devices Ree con osos AAT Note You may need to enable your Bluetooth radio before you begin Refer to Bluetooth Mode on page 202 for details To add a new device Tap on Add new device The Ik6n scans for a Bluetooth device within a 10 meter range Any Bluetooth devices within range appear in the Bluetooth list box
275. nsmitting If the data does not contain that algorithm the data is not transmitted D 30 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 15 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Matrix 2 of 5 Note French CIP French pharmaceutical is only used with bar codes containing 7 characters Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Set Length L1 Set Length L2 And Set Length L3 Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on these parameters displays dialog boxes where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Length Mode You can chose to set L1 as Minimum Length or L1 L2 L3 as Fixed Length Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Matrix 2 of 5 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Matrix 2 of 5 Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters 1 e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windo
276. nt Utility lt 7 Y 4 ok Active Profile Default y Status LEAP Authenticated Radio Type BG Reg Domain ETSI Auto Profile On 8 Of List Driver v2 01 17 SCU v2 01 12 rate Seas Sees Sema e Enable Disable Radio Enables or disables the radio This is a toggle button when the radio is enabled this button reads Disable Radio and when the radio is disabled the button reads Enable Radio Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 1 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU Profile Tab A 3 Active Profile Lists the name s of the active configuration profile s When a profile is chosen from the Active profile dropdown menu the settings for that profile become active If ThirdPartyConfig is selected after the Ik n goes through a power cycle WZC is used for configuration of the radio See ThirdPartyConfig on page A 7 for details Radio Type Indicates the type of radio installed in the device e g BG when an 802 11b g radio is installed Reg Domain Indicates the regulatory domain e g ETSI FCC or TELEC for which the radio is configured Worldwide means that the radio can be used in any domain Status Indicates if the radio is associated to an access point If this is not the case Association Status indicates the radio status Auto Profile When this option is set to On SCU automatically switches between con figured network profiles depending
277. nual D 2 12 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 93 from 0 to 3 Lower values have a lower tolerance for misreads but they also increase the time it takes to decode the bar code Linear Decode Linear Decode applies to code types containing two adjacent blocks e g UPC A EAN 8 EAN 13 When enabled set to on a bar code is transmitted only when both the left and right blocks are successfully decoded within one laser scan This option should be enabled when bar codes are in proximity to each other 2D UPC Half Block Stitching Setting this parameter to on enables UPC Half Block Stitching for the SE 3223 omnidirec tional engine only Code 93 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 93 or off to disable it Set Length L1 And Set Length L2 Lengths for Code 93 can be set for Any length Length within a range One discrete length or Two discrete lengths The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box labelled Set Code Lengths where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Choosing One discrete length allows you to decode only those codes containing a selected length Choosing Two discrete lengths allows you to decode only those codes containing two selected lengths Length within a range allows you to decode a code type within a specified rang
278. nual View Selections Chapter 6 Settings Creating A Backup Profile Depending on what you have selected for inclusion in your profile you can view a list of all files selected files databases and or the registry Total Recall View Selections Oe hy x View EEE v FileName Last Modified RAM Disk desk RAM Disk Cont RAM Disk Cont RAM Disk Cont RAM Disk Cont RAM Disk Cont RAM Disk Syst 211612008 13 211612008 13 2 16 2008 13 211612008 13 211612008 13 211612008 13 211812008 16 Ifyou re satisfied with the items in the profile tap on Next Performing The Backup 5 Total Recall Ready to Backup Default1 to My oy 4 Perform the Operation Documents Total Recall 5 Tap on Backup to begin the process and create a profile When the backup is finished a dialog box is presented stating that the backup has been com pleted successfully Tap on Finish to exit Total Recall Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 189 Chapter 6 Settings Restoring A Profile 6 34 2 Restoring A Profile Total Recall g Yi 4 3 Backup Restore Restore Selected Profile X Profile Name Default My Documents Total Recal y Current auto restore profile lt none gt i Total Recall v3 10 Psion Teklogix cance gt gt gt _ nee To manually restore a profile Choose Resto
279. o AP Density Advanced Interface and Netwo X AP Density Set AP Density Meim E Cancel Default This option allows you to determine the signal strength at which the Ik6n radio will begin searching for a new Access Point AP High Medium or Low If this option is set to High the radio will begin searching for a new Access Point while still at a fairly strong signal strength Setting AP Density to Low will cause the radio to wait until the signal strength is significantly low before attempting to connect to another Access Point Depending on your site configuration for example the shelving the Access Point cover age etc a higher setting may improve through put increase and maintain signal strength and reduce missed transmissions Radio Power Management Advanced Interface and Netwo X Radio Power Management O Enable Radio Power Management oct When this option is enabled access points that support it will use Radio Power Management guidelines to control the Ik n radio Access points determine how often the Ik n radio enters Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 193 Chapter 6 Settings User System Setting sleep mode when no activity is detected to reduce power consumption Another benefit is that when Radio Power Management is enabled even when no activity is detected the access point does not disa
280. o Form Factor Antenna port Antenna Transmit Power Frequency Range Channels RX Sensitivity Data Rates 3GPP51 010 FCC Parts 22 amp 24 Industry Canada RSS 132 amp 133 e Mark Proprietary module based on 16 bit CF interface Two Hirose U FL connectors for both transmit and receive antenna diversity Two PCB slot antennas 2 1 dBi 802 11b 70mW 18 5 dBm 802 11g 30mW 15 dBm 2 400 2 4897 GHz FCC 11 ETSI 13 TELEC 13 96dBm 1 Mbps 90 dBm 11 Mbps 94 dBm 6 Mbps 75 dBm 54 Mbps 802 11g 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54Mbps 802 11b 1 2 5 5 11 Mbps 8 2 2 Siemens MC75 GSM GPRS EDGE Radio Quad Band GSM 850 900 1800 1900 MHz EDGE E GPRS multi slot class 12 GPRS multi slot class 12 GSM release 99 Output power Class 4 2 W for EGSM850 Class 4 2 W for EGSM900 Class 1 1 W for GSM1800 Chapter 8 Specifications Siemens MC75 GSM GPRS EDGE Radio Class 1 1 W for GSM1900 Control via AT commands Hayes 3GPP TS 27 007 and 27 005 Internet Services TCP UDP HTTP FTP SMTP POP3 Supply voltage range 3 2 to 4 3 V Specifications for EDGE data transmission EDGE class 12 max 236 8 kbps downlink Mobile station class B Modulation and coding scheme MCS 1 9 GPRS data transmission GPRS class 12 Mobile station class B PBCCH support Coding schemes CS 1 4 CSD data transmission Up to 14 4 kbps V 110 Non transparent mode SMS Point to point MO and MT Text and PDU mode V
281. o Virtual Key Function or Macro When Virtual Key is selected you can choose to force SHIFT to be on or off when the virtual key is sent If No Force is selected the shift state is dependent on whether the shift state is on or off at the time the virtual key is sent When Function is selected a list of valid functions appears in the dialog box When Macro is selected the macro keys available on your unit are listed in the dialog box e Choose Virtual Key gt Function or Macro e Choose a function from the Function list and tap on OK Editing A Scancode Remap Inthe Scancode Remapping tab tap on the remap you want to edit e Tap on the Edit button and make the appropriate changes Tap on OK to save your changes Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 131 Chapter 6 Settings Lock Sequence Removing A Remap Inthe Scancode Remapping tab highlight the scancode you want to delete and tap on the Remove button Tap on OK 6 4 7 Lock Sequence The Lock Sequence tab allows you to lock the Ik6n keyboard to prevent keys from being pressed accidentally when for example the unit is inserted in a holster 4 d 5 05 lok Buttons Enable key lock sequence Key sequence To lock the keyboard tap in the checkbox next to Enable key lock sequence Note It is useful to leave the Show popup message enabled default so that anyone attempting to use the Ik n keyboard will se
282. o RG PRP ESS SAA oes A 6 A 3 3 ThirdPartyConfig 00 cece cece cece cence IAEE EEIEIEE EEES A 7 AA Stats O O A 8 AGS Diags Taboo benccdiccie ccccdiees ititi tiatia EEEE ARS SS EARS EEE MAA aE eS ERE A 8 A 6 Global Settings Tabi 12c2ss2s2sac2s222ca 522 nangesnngh bases hese e TAARA ee ADA oxen A 9 Appendix B Port Pinouts BT Dock Port Pinouts 2c A Asa B 1 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual ix x Contents B 2 gt Audio Port PIU saree ewes cess ws ein ve Oe AAA AREA REIR Wega B 2 B 3 DCIN Port Pinout 5 ccs 5 esis cas cis e e nen ie eins bhus teed a a eee s ees B 2 B 4 Battery Contact Pout 22 222229232 ce3 eeneu O Bee tee een B 3 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet CI RequirediApplets coco cacon dc addd ad cbasi ccc Seven wees eee ee agaandsananasadense C 1 C2 Presets A AIN III om eee A hte C 1 C25 Predefined Presets 3123332 RIA C 2 C 2 2 Bar Code Predefined Presets comico iii bora E C 2 C 2 3 Bar Code Decoding Camera Predefined Presets 0 0 cece eee cece ees C 3 C 2 4 Image Capture Predefined Presets 0 0 cece cece teen eee eee eneeeeenes C 4 C 3 Using The Teklogix Imagers Applet 00 ccc e cece cece eee eee ee nneeeennees C 4 C 3 1 Configuring The Image Capture Presets 00 cece cece eee ee eect enes C 4 C32 Selecting A Camera nuit EEA EE RAEE eee et eee C 5 C 3 3 Setting The Active Preset s cece cece cece c eee e eee rr C 5 C34
283. o RRRnRS 195 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Contents 6 37 1 Navigation Bar Hotkeys ccc cece cece cence ee eee eee eet rr 196 6 38 Beams AAA NS A ARA AO 198 6 39 Bluetooth Se cities 198 63951 The Devices LD 199 6 39 2 Bluetooth MOdS ooococooocccccccnnnnncccnnnnnncccc cnn tare rI I IT EES 202 6 39 3 Bluetooth COM Ports 0 cece ccc cece ccc n eet e nee e nee e tenet een n ened 203 639 4 Outgome Port 2222223482 Acid See aeasaeeenasts3aiceae5a de aaa ea ees 204 6 3915 SSELVICES EN 204 6 39 6 Active Connections 00 cece TE EEEE EEE EE EEEE rr 205 6 3927 About Tab 206 6 39 8 The Bluetooth GPRS Phone 000 c cece cece eee e ee eee eee enn teen eeees 206 6 40 Connection Properties eLo cues 208 II A ds RRR OSEE EE EEEE CIETIE EEEN 209 6 40 2 Call Options eiii ea 210 6 41 Connections Connecting To The Internet 0 0 cece eee eect e eee e eect enes 210 6 41 1 Modem Connection Setup 0 cece ccc cece teen eee eee rr 211 6 42 Wireless ManaserIcon c3cascacains ccd case desist ou ceteeedevenes ROEE EEE ROSS 215 6 42 1 Flight Mode Disabling Wireless Components 0eeceeeeeeeees 215 6 42 2 Setting Up A Network Card 0 0 cece cece cece een e eee ene eee eneeenes 216 6 42 3 Network Adaptor Cards 0 0 c cece cece eee e eee e rr 216 6 42 4 Changing Network Card Settings 00 cece cece eee eee e re
284. obile 6 1 The Transcriber 4 10 2 The Transcriber To access the Transcriber with your document opened Tap on the arrow next to the keyboard icon and choose Transcriber from the pop up menu e Review the introductory screen It provides some shortcut symbols you can draw on your screen to work with the Transcriber When you ve finished reading the introductory screen tap OK The Transcriber menu and icon bars are displayed at the bottom of the document Figure 4 5 Transcriber Screen 5 Word Mobile q 6 14 Dk 5 Word Mobile 46 6 15 bk Transcriber Transcriber Transcriber Icon e Use your stylus to write a few words anywhere on the screen After a few seconds your words are recognized or not and are transcribed into typed text EN Note Character recognition is more successful if you write using large letters Editing Text Within The Transcriber With your document open make certain that you are in transcriber mode the Transcriber icon should be displayed in the lower right comer of the softkey bar e Double tap to select a word or triple tap to select a paragraph or Draw a line through the text you want to select and wait a few seconds until the Tran scriber highlights the text e Once the text is highlighted write the new text that is to replace the highlighted infor mation or Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 79 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1
285. ode in order to decode it It is normal for the LEDs to flash two or three times Hold the unit steady between flashes to improve decode performance e Switch the Ik n on Wait until the unit has booted up completely Aim at the bar code and press the scan key or the trigger Hold the trigger until a suc cessful or failed scan result is obtained When the scan button or trigger is pressed a red oval shaped light the framing marker is displayed Centre the framing marker in the field either in the centre of the bar code you want to scan or in the centre of the area in which multiple bar codes are to be scanned The illumination LEDs will flash typically several times and a picture of the bar code s is taken Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 277 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Bluetooth Peripherals 7 12 7 13 A Bluetooth Peripherals The Ik6n is equipped with a Bluetooth radio making it possible to communicate with a variety of Bluetooth peripherals including GSM GPRS handsets scanners printers and so on Psion Teklogix provides built in support for the Bluetooth peripherals listed below e GSM GPRS universal handset Bluetooth printer e Bluetooth headset Keep in mind that Bluetooth and IEEE 802 11b g radios both operate in the 2 4GHz band Although the Ik6n includes features to minimize interference performance of the system will not be optimal if you use both radios si
286. oding camera presets Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Barcoding tab Figure C 2 Bar Code Presets y PTS Imager Settin Y 47 H M ok Camera Presets be Default Low light Low power Glossy surface View Add Activate Barcode Presets My Default inea F4 R Edit Add Activate R Read W Write A Active Barcodino Per traia TU This window lists all the presets both predefined and the custom Presets are identified as follows e Predefined presets are marked as read only For a description review Predefined Pre sets on page C 2 e Custom presets are marked as read and write One preset either predefined or custom is marked as active Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 9 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Selecting A Camera C 4 1 C 4 2 C 4 3 Note The top portion of the window displays the bar code decoding camera presets The top port of the window displays the bar code decoding camera presets Selecting A Camera If your Ik n has more than one built in camera one camera must be selected for configura tion To select a camera e Tap on the Camera Presets dropdown menu to view the camera options e Choose a camera either Front Imager the imager located at the top of the unit or Bottom Colour Camera the camera located at back of the Ik n Important Currently only the Front Imager can b
287. oduct to vibration tests to ensure the Ik n will remain secure during normal use But as a low cost mount the cradle will not defend against shock if the vehicle undergoes a front or rear impact Take care to mount the cradle in an upright position in case of accidents If you choose to use a third party company produced cradle Psion Teklogix cannot take re sponsibility for the effects of that third party product when it causes failure to our device Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 267 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Cleaning The CH1000 Vehicle Cradle 7 9 4 Cleaning The CH1000 Vehicle Cradle AN Important Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean 7 10 268 e Use only mild detergent or soapy water on a slightly damp cloth to clean the CH1000 Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The plastic case is susceptible to harsh chemicals The plastic is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits and gasoline The plastic slowly decomposes in strong alkaline solutions To clean ink marks from the label use isopropyl alcohol The Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CH1005A The CH1005A Powered Vehicle Cradle 12 24 VDC is designed to securely grip the Ik n when locked in and provides an easy single handed release mechanism when the Ik n needs to be quickly removed from the cradle The cradle design permits access for the DC input cable to connect to
288. oe GAO DUDO Se ead ea ve ip Ba ein ee Sec ee BOTS 6 44 6 4 SMS Configuration oaa ee 6 45 Windows Update Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 119 Chapter 6 Settings Settings 6 1 Settings The Settings screen is divided into three tabs Personal System and Connections Tap on Start gt Settings to display this screen Figure 6 1 Settings Tabs me Settings D A App Launch Buttons Input Keys PAB Lock Menus Owner K Phone Information Sounds amp Today Notifications System Connections 6 2 Personal Settings The Personal tab allows you to tailor the general behaviour of your Ik n such as defining input methods Start menu options owner information password assignment sound specifi cations and so on 6 3 App Launch Keys The App Launch Keys icon allows you to map a key to an application so that you can then launch the application from a single key press Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 121 Chapter 6 Settings App Launch Keys Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the App Launch Keys icon To assign an application key e Tap the Add button 5 App Launch Keys 2 59 bk Add New Mapping Key E Press the Key to insert gt e Press the key you want to use to launch an application If an unsupported key is pressed a message appears on this screen letting you know 122 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1
289. oice Triple rate codec for HR FR and EFR Adaptive multi rate AMR Basic hands free operation Echo cancellation Noise reduction Interfaces Hirose U FL R SMT 50 ohm antenna connector Antenna solder pad Molex 80 pin board to board connector Power supply Audio 2x analog 1x digital Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 287 Chapter 8 Specifications Siemens HC25 UMTS Modem 8 2 3 288 Siemens HC25 UMTS Modem Frequency bands GSM class Output power as per Release 99 RoHS HSDPA features UMTS features GSM GPRS EGPRS features Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual serial interface ITU T V 24 protocol SIM card interface 3 V 1 8 V UMTS HSDPA Triple band 850 1900 2100MHz GSM GPRS EDGE Quad band 850 900 1800 1900MHz Small MS Class 4 33dBm 2dB for EGSM850 Class 4 33dBm 2dB for EGSM900 Class 1 30dBm 2dB for GSM1800 Class 1 30dBm 2dB for GSM1900 Class E2 27dBm 3dB for GSM 850 8 PS Class E2 27dBm 3dB for GSM 900 8 PS Class E2 26dBm 3 4dB for GSM 1800 8 PSK Class E2 26dBm 3 4dB for GSM 1900 8 PSK Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 2100 WCDMA FDD Bdl Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 1900 WCDMA FDD BdIl Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 850 WCDMA FDD BdV All hardware components fully compliant with EU RoHS Directive 3GPP Release 5 DL 3 6 Mbps UL 384 kbps UE CAT 1 6 11 12 supported 3GPP Release 4 PS
290. ol Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details MSI Plessey Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable MSI Plessey D 14 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual El Appendix D Bar Codes Settings MSI Plessey Set Length L1 And Set Length L2 Lengths for MSI Plessey can be set for Any length Length within a range One discrete length or Two discrete lengths The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box labelled Set Code Lengths where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Choosing One discrete length allows you to decode only those codes containing a selected length Choosing Two discrete lengths allows you to decode only those codes containing two selected lengths Length within a range allows you to decode a code type within a specified range from 6 to 55 Check Digits Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can choose One or Two check digit s If this parameter is set to One it is assumed that the last digit is a check digit If Check Digits is set to Two it is assumed that the last two digits are check digits Note If Two check digits is selected an MSI Plessey Check Digit Algorithm must also b
291. ommunicate 6 39 5 Services Settings pj Yi Pa ok Bluetooth Enable incoming port as secos ATTE The Bluetooth Services tab is used to assign a virtual serial port for incoming Bluetooth se rial communications Virtual ports are required because while normally an application uses a true COM hardware port to transmit data Bluetooth uses a virtual port 204 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Active Connections You can assign either a BSP or a COM prefix from the dropdown menu BSP Bluetooth Serial Port was created by Microsoft to allow Bluetooth to have its own serial prefix in order to free up virtual COM prefixes as these are limited and are widely used In Windows Mobile 6 1 the COM Ports tab is used to assign a virtual outgoing COM port to a Paired Bluetooth service and the Outgoing Port tab is used to assign multiple outgoing Bluetooth services to a single virtual port 6 39 6 Active Connections Bluetooth List of currently active baseband connections TORPSG 011 ACL CEE This tab displays the currently active Bluetooth connections listing the device name s The type of link is also included with the device name s Keep in mind that the information listed in this tab is view only it cannot be edited Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 205 Chapter 6 Settings About Tab 6 39 7 About Tab Settings rr 7
292. on with a black frame around it Figure 3 5 Shift State Indicator Icon Locked Modifier Key View ane Menu Once a modifier key is unlocked or turned off it is no longer displayed in the shift state in dicator icon The Keys The SHIFT Key The SHIFT key is used to display uppercase alpha characters and provide access to the symbols above the numeric keys You can lock this key on so that when you press an alpha Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 41 Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Keys key an upper case character is displayed When you press a numeric key the associated symbol on the numeric key is displayed on the screen If you press the SHIFT key twice it is locked on essentially acting as a CAPS key dis playing uppercase characters In this state if you type a numeric key the number rather than the symbol above it is displayed Press SHIFT again to turn the CAPS function off The Arrow Keys The Arrow keys are located near the top of the keyboard The arrow keys move the cursor around the screen up down left and right The cursor is the flashing box or underline char acter that indicates where the next character you type will appear The BKSP DEL Key The BKSP key sometimes referred to as destructive backspace moves the cursor one character to the left erasing the incorrectly entered key stroke The DEL key BLUE BKSP erases the character at the c
293. or antenna pad spring contact Module interface 50 pin board to board connector Embedded 920 kbps serial interface Bluetooth Version Chip Antenna Gain Transmit Power Frequency Range RX Sensitivity BER 0 1 Data Rate Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Version 2 0 compliant features Adaptive Fre quency Hopping for better co existence with 802 11 radio and Enhanced Data Rate EDR for up to 3Mbps data rate 1dBi peak 3 dBm 0 5 mW minimum 4 dBm 2 5 mW max 2 400 2 4835 GHz 80 dBm max V1 2 732 2kbps and 57 6kbps asymmetric 433 9kbps symmetric V2 0 2 amp 3Mbps Chapter 8 Specifications Lithium lon 5000 mAh Battery Specifications Lithium lon 5000 mAh Battery Specifications Description Specification Model Number CH3000 Part Number 1081236 North America 1081506 World Chemistry Lithium Ion Li Ion Capacity 5000 mAh nominal at 1000mA discharge 20 C to 3 0V min Voltage 3 7V nominal 3 0V min to 4 2V max Cell Configuration 2P1S 2 parallel connected cells Maximum charge voltage 4 2V 1 Recommended charge termination timeout 5 0 hr charging must stop Charge temperature 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F Discharge Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F storage at elevated temperatures not recommended 25 C 77 F recommended storage tem
294. order to improve the software We don t collect your name address or any other personally identifiable information You will not incur any data charges to send the O Send Feedback 8 Don t Send Feedback Note Ifyou want to make this option inaccessible go to Start gt Settings and tap on the About Device icon In the Experience tab remove the checkmark to the left of Enable Customer Feedback and SOM reset required As indi cated you ll need to reset the Ikon 6 19 Encryption This option allows you to encrypt the data on your storage card Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 151 Chapter 6 Settings Error Reporting Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt Encryption icon Encryption ne Settings ae Encryption O Encrypt files when placed on a storage card Encrypted files can be read only by this device WARNING Encrypted files cannot be recovered after hard reset or clearing storage To help prevent data loss back up data from storage cards to another location 6 20 Error Reporting Error Reporting allows you to enable or disable Microsoft error reporting prompts Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Error Reporting icon al Error Reporting 4 46 8 41 Dk Error Reporting To help Microsoft improve the products you use your device can collect information on software operation for later reporting in the ev
295. ower cord separately Psion Teklogix offers a variety of chargers and docking stations for the Ik n These include e e e e AC Adaptor Model PS1050 G1 Automotive Power Adaptor Model CH3050 Desktop Docking Station Model CH4000 Quad Docking Station Model CH4004 7 4 1 Important Safety Instructions e Before using the AC adaptor CH4000 Desktop Docking Station or CH4004 Quad Docking Station read all instructions and markings on the housing Use the AC adaptor batteries and other attachments recommended or sold by Psion Teklogix The mains power cord sold separately shall comply with the national safety regula tions of the country where the equipment is to be used These docking stations cannot be used with non Ik n PDAs Although they may share the same battery terminating connector they are designed with different applications in mind Do not operate the AC adaptor with a damaged cord or plug Replace immediately Do not disassemble the AC adaptor it should be repaired by qualified service personnel Incorrect reassembly may result in electric shock or fire To reduce the risk of damage to the electric plug and cord when unplugging a docking station pull the plug rather than the cord Make sure the cord is positioned so that it is not stepped on tripped over or otherwise subjected to damage or stress Do not operate the AC adaptor the CH4000 or the CH4004 if it is struck by a sharp blow d
296. p Start gt Programs and then tap on the Search icon Search for v Type All data v Results In the Search for field type the item for which you re looking e To narrow your search tap on the Type dropdown menu and choose from a list of pre existing programs To search through all files leave this option at AlI Data 5 16 Task Manager Refer to Task Manager on page 171 for details about this applet 5 17 Tasks This program helps you stay ahead of your schedule by managing your tasks appointments and so on For details about Tasks refer to Task Notification on page 63 5 18 Internet Explorer ks IM Note Internet Explorer is available from the Start menu by default If you prefer it only be A accessed from the Programs window tap on Start gt Settings tap on the Menus icon and uncheck Internet Explorer 108 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 5 18 1 Chapter 5 Programs Browsing Web Sites You can connect to nternet Explorer in two ways by connecting the Ik6n directly to the In ternet or by connecting through your PC while the Ik n is attached via ActiveSync see ActiveSync on page 85 Browsing Web Sites There is little difference between the standard Internet Explorer found on your PC and that found on your Ik n sometimes referred to as Pocket Internet Explorer You can enter URLs set a home page turn images on and off e mail links to frie
297. p on the Next button y Settings Dias Enter the number exactly as it should be dialed Include any extra numbers such as an outside line or credit card If you travel or change area codes often use dialing rules 212 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Modem Connection Setup 6 In the next screen enter the phone number exactly as you want it dialed If for example you need to dial 9 for an outside line enter 9 at the beginning of the phone number 7 Tap on the Next button Settings P gr 4 2 56 My Connection 1 User name Password Domain If provided by ISP or network administrator Advanced Finish 8 Type the User Name Password and Domain Name as provided by your ISP or network administrator Note Generally you will not need to change any of the Advanced settings For information about the Advanced settings refer to Advanced Modem Settings Changes to Advanced settings are only required in the following instances To change the baud rate settings dialing string commands or credit card options To change port settings To enter TCP IP settings because the server to which you are connecting does not dynamically assign addresses 9 Tap on the Finish button If you need to edit the Advanced settings refer to Advanced Modem Settings in the next section Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 213 Ch
298. p the photograph Photo Menu When the camera is activated tapping on Menu displays a set of commands to help you modify how your camera operates the quality of the photos it takes and so on You can also use this menu to activate the video recorder rather than the still camera Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs Moving Photos To The Ik n Pictures amp Videos en Yi Mz lok Mode Resolution Flash Full Screen Options Thumbnails Note Video is a toggle command When the still camera is activated Video is available in this menu When the video recorder is activated Still camera is available in this menu 5 12 2 Moving Photos To The Ik n e Connect your device to your PC with ActiveSync On your PC using Windows Explorer right click My Computer and click on Explorer drag photos from their folder to the Mobile Device gt My Pictures folder 5 12 3 Opening A Photo To open a photo tap on Start gt Programs gt Pictures amp Videos You 1l see a thumbnail of your photos Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 103 Chapter 5 Programs Deleting A Photo Tap on a thumbnail to open the photo Pictures amp Videos e ES Ie Camera TA Note Ifyou ve stored your photos on a storage card you Il need to tap on the storage card T icon to display your photos 5 12 4 Deleting A Photo e Press and hold th
299. perature Cycle Life 300 cycles minimum with no degradation below 80 of nominal capac ity based on 1C charge 1C discharge rates to 3 0V 25 C 77 F Scanner Imager Specifications SE 955HP Specifications Parameter SE 955HP Scan Angle 47 3 default 35 3 reduced Scan Rate 104 12 scans sec bi directional Scan Pattern Linear Wavelength 650nm Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 291 Chapter 8 Specifications EV15 Imager Specifications 8 4 1 1 8 4 2 292 Input Voltage 3 0 5 5 VDC 10 Input Current 65 mA typical Standby Current 8 uA max Operating Temperature 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Print Contrast Minimum 25 absolute dark light reflectance measured at 650 nm Dimensions 1 21 cmH x 2 16 cm W x 1 55 cm max 0 47 in H x 0 85 in W x 0 61 in D max Symbologies UPC EAN Code 128 Code 39 Code 93 12 of 5 Discrete 2 of 5 Codabar MSI Plessey SE 955HP Decode Zone Decode Zone Typical 4 mil 1 0 in 5 5 in 2 54 cm 13 97 cm 5 mil 1 25 in 8 in 3 18 cm 20 32 cm 7 5 mil 1 5 in 13 25 in 3 81 cm 33 66 cm 10 mil 1 5 in 17 5 in 3 81 cm 44 45 cm UPC 100 1 5 in 23 5 in 3 81 cm 59 69 cm 15 mil 1 5 in 29 5 in 3 81 cm 74 93 cm 20 mil 1 75 in 35 5 in 4 45 cm 90 17 cm 40 mil 40 in 101 6 cm 55 mil 55 in 1
300. ple bar codes at one time It can find a bar code regardless of its orientation that is even a bar code printed at a 45 degree angle to the Ik6n will be decoded successfully Note When scanning multiple bar codes ensure that all of the desired bar codes are within the field of view of the scanner It is possible that even when all bar codes are within the field of view not all of them will be decoded Only successfully decoded bar codes are passed to the application program The application program then issues a warning asking that you scan the missing bar codes When scanning a single bar code ensure that only the desired bar code is within the field of view of the scanner Because imagers generally have a shorter depth of field than laser scanners some practise may be required to find the optimal distance from the types of bar codes being scanned Al though the imager includes illumination LEDs ambient light will help the imager decode the bar codes especially if the bar code is far from the Ik n AN Important Keep in mind that the imager scanner is a camera and the LED illumina tion is a flash Glare can be an issue on reflective media such as plastic coated bar codes just as glare is an issue for photographers When pointing at a shiny surface either shift the bar code to the side or top or angle the bar code so that the glare reflects away from the imager scanner Most imagers take several snap shots of the bar c
301. pletely charged Operating The USB Dock The CH4000 Desktop Docking Station offers a rear mounted host or device USB connec tion to the Ik n The Ik n supports communication with low and full speed USB 1 1 compliant devices and hosts through the docking station The Type B receptacle may be used for ActiveSync among other applications typical for a Type B device Figure 7 4 on page 257 e Move the sliding door to the left or right to alternate between the Type A and Type B USB ports 256 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Operation Figure 7 4 CH4000 Desktop Docking Station Rear View Sliding Door Type A USB Port DC Jack Type B USB Port Sliding Door DC Jack Linking An Ik6n To A PC The desktop docking station can be connected to a PC so that you can exchange files in the same way that you would between PC drives A USB cable is included with your docking station Note For details about data transfer through Windows XP and ActiveSync and through Vista refer to Data Transfer Between The PC amp The Ik n on page 14 To link the Ik6n to a PC Insert the Ik n in the desktop docking station Insert the USB cable into the docking station Type B USB connector Attach the other end of the cable to a USB port on the PC Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 257 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Clean
302. put method allows you to tailor your methods of input Block Recognizer Keyboard Letter Recognizer and Transcriber Block Recognizer Block Recognizer teaches you how to conform your handwriting to what the Ik n can recognize A Important Refer to Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer on page 80 for addi tional details 134 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Input Method Tab Keyboard Options 4 5 50 Dk Input method El X O Large keys O Small keys ep Space Shift key e Backspace q Enter This screen is displayed when you choose Keyboard in the Input method dropdown menu You can use it to customize the soft keyboard You can choose Large Keys or Small Keys to increase or decrease the size of the keys displayed on the soft keyboard If you enable Use gestures for the following keys these keys are removed from the soft key board Gestures are handwriting shortcuts for the keyboard keys Before you can enable this option you ll need to tap on the radio button to the left of Large keys Letter Recognizer Options Letter Recognizer teaches you how to conform your handwriting to what the Ik n can recognize A Important Refer to Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer on page 80 for addi tional details To display additional letter recognition options tap on the Options button in the Letter Rec ognizer screen Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6
303. r LED Stays Off 0 262 7 6 5 2 Ik n Charge Indicator LED Fast Flashes Green 262 7 6 5 3 Green LED OFF When Connected To A Network 262 7 6 5 4 Yellow LED OFF When Connected To A 100Base T Network 262 7 6 5 5 Powered Adaptor LED Stays Off 0 262 7 7 AC Wall Adaptor Model No PS1050 G1 262 7 8 Automotive Power Adaptor Model No CH3050 4 263 7 9 The Non Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CH1000 264 7 9 1 Important Instructions 2 e e 265 7 9 2 Vehicle Cradle Operation o 265 7 9 2 1 Operator Controls o ee 265 7 9 2 2 IMdicators e a a A a a a e a a 265 7 9 2 3 Placing The Ik n In The Vehicle Cradle 265 7 9 2 4 Removing The Ik n From The Vehicle Cradle 266 7 9 3 Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 266 7 9 3 1 Mounting Template 2 2 ee 266 7 9 4 Cleaning The CH1000 Vehicle Cradle 268 7 10 The Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CHIO0SA 268 7 10 1 CH1005A Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 270 7 10 1 1 Mounting Template 2 2 ee ee 271 7 10 2 Cable Arrangement 2 a 271 7 10 3 Electrical Requirements so aceae e pae ee ee 271 7 10 3 1 Wiring Vehicle Power To The Cradle 272 7 10 4 USB And Serial Connections 2 2 ee 273 7 10
304. r interface you can accomplish this by tapping on the File menu and choosing the Exit command in the Wireless WAN screen Note Once you ve shut down the user interface you can only enable the radio by tapping on the Wireless WAN icon to display the dialog box Advanced Information In most cases when a GSM GPRS radio and SIM are installed in your Ik n setup is auto matic Follow the steps outlined under the heading Establishing A Connection on page 224 to make a connection The information in this section is for advanced setup purposes 6 44 4 1 Entering A PIN If a PIN is required a PIN entry dialog box is displayed Type your PIN and press ENTER Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 225 Chapter 6 Settings Advanced Information 6 44 4 2 Note If you exceed the number of allowable attempts a PUK entry window is brought to the foreground You ll need to enter a new PIN number Once the correct PIN or PUK is entered or if none was required the modem is instructed to perform a GSM network registration followed by a GPRS attach The main Wireless WAN dialog box reflects the progress of the initialization e Searching for modem e Initializing modem SIM is ready e Searching for network e Registered on network e Searching for packet data e Ready to connect If the modem loses the connection to the GSM network the following states are repeated Searching for network Registered on network Se
305. r value from 0 to 48 Type a value in the field provided For a parameter that toggles between two values such as on or off and enabled or disabled Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter Either method toggles between the two available values When you ve completed your edits tap on OK The parameter list is displayed the new value for the changed parameter is shown Tap on OK to exit to the preset list and save the changes Removing A Custom Preset e Highlight the custom preset you want to delete and tap on the Remove button A window is displayed warning you that you are about to remove a preset Tap on Yes to remove the preset or No to cancel the operation Configuring The Bar Code Decoding Symbologies To configure the bar code decoding camera presets e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Barcoding tab Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 13 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Setting The Active Preset Figure C 3 Viewing Bar Code Decoding Symbologies PTS Imager Settim Y e Yok Camera Presets y Activate R Read W Write A Active Barcodino Fiter Trama LU C 4 8 Setting The Active Preset An active preset has an A to the right in Figure C 2 on page page C 9 the active preset is Defaults To set an active preset Highlight the preset and tap on the Activate button C 4 9 Viewi
306. ram a Speed Dial There are a number of ways to add a speed dial number You can create a speed dial number using the Contacts list or by using the Speed Dial button on the phone keypad Adding A New Phone Number Inthe phone keypad tap on the Speed Dial button Inthe speed dial Phone dialog box tap on Menu gt New Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Phone Keypad In the list choose a contact for a speed dial Phone if Enter a name i ab cde foh ijk imn opg rst uw xyz ER AUTO a 411 Assistance z Magda G Q Tailor E Tap on Enter a name and type a contact name or tap on a name in the list Phone Speed Dial Contact Tailor E Number 424 555 1212 Location 4 lt Available gt LF A sequential speed dial key is automatically assigned in the Location field You can tap on the arrows to the right of the Location field to change the auto assignment Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 23 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Phone Keypad Using The Contact List To Program A Speed Dial Tap on the Contact softkey in the taskbar at the bottom of the Today screen Start ey Ka Monday 6 04 PM December 08 2008 gt ROGERS Wi Fi Unavailable Q On Gearing Srta Fabeae fon Tap here to set owner information AUTO 2886 bt 411 Assistance No tasks 411 Text Messages 1 Unread
307. range finding 626 nm LED Self illumination Red LED standard Supply voltage 5 V10 Power supply 3 6 Volt DC nominal 2 7 5 Volts DC Connectivity USB 1 1 or serial async Connector to the interface board Molex 52892 1295 or HiRose FH12 12S 5SH Symbologies supported Code 39 Code 39 Full ASCII UPC A A2 A5 UPC E E2 ES EAN 8 13 JAN I20f5 Code 128 Codabar NW7 RSS 14 RSS Limited RSS Expanded RSS 14 Truncated PDF417 microPDF417 Composite CC A CC B CC C image capture Data Matrix QR Code Maxicode Aztec Code Planet Postnet Royal Mail 4SCC 4 State postal codes from Australia Canada Japan Korean Post 30f5 Formerly known as Symagery SX5400 SX5400 Imager Performance The table below presents the typical performance of the SX5400 Imager at 300 lux 160mm focus when using Grade A photographic quality bar codes Listed are the average near far and Depth of Reading DOR numbers symbology semid inches inches inches C39 75 4 0 7 0 3 0 C39 10 2 75 9 25 6 5 C39 15 2 25 11 0 8 75 PDF6 6 6 6 4 0 6 5 2 5 294 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 8 4 4 Chapter 8 Specifications HHP 5000 Imager Performance i i Near Avg Far Avg DOR Avg Symbology Size mil inches inches inches PDF10 10 3 25 9 0 5 75 PDF15 15 2 25 10 75 8 5
308. re Selected Profile from the dropdown menu and choose the Profile Name you want to restore In the next screen tap on Restore to restore your profile 6 35 TweakIT TweakIT Settings rag Til a ok ON Advanced Interface and Networ Advanced Services Settings Radio Features scverced use Repay Eo This utility allows you to tweak or adjust Advanced system settings interface network and servers User settings font size and docking port message and provides a Registry Editor 190 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Advanced Interface And Network Advanced Interface And Network TweakIT Settings vay Til Mz ok 2 Enable IPv6 24 Modem Logging Advanced Services Settings Radio Features acvenced ar Ream eo Enable IPv6 Advanced Interface and Netwo X Enable IPv6 O Enable 1Pv6 This option allows you to enable Internet Protocol version 6 that has been published to use 128 bit IP address replacing version 4 Modem Logging Advanced Interface and Netwo X Modem Logging Enable Logging to File MdmLog txt _ox_ cancat peta When this option is enabled the Ik n logs AT commands e g dial out information pass word string etc that the administrator can monitor for debugging purposes Modem commands are stored in MdmLog txt Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1
309. recognized Convert To Code 32 Note Code 39 must be enabled in order for this parameter to function Setting this parameter to on allows the scanner to convert the bar code from Code 39 to Code 32 D 6 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 39 Code 32 Prefix NN Note Convert to Code 32 must be enabled in order for this parameter to function When this parameter is enabled the prefix character A is added to all Code 32 bar codes Set Length L1 And Set Length L2 Lengths for Code 39 can be set for Any length Length within a range One discrete length or Two discrete lengths The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box labelled Set Code Lengths where you can define the code length that will be decoded by your scanner Scanner Settim 4 6 04 Dk Set Code Lengths O Any length 6 Length within a range O One discrete length O Iwo discrete lengths Enter value s from 2 to 55 E 5 Choosing One discrete length allows you to decode only those codes containing a selected length Choosing Two discrete lengths allows you to decode only those codes containing two selected lengths Length within a range allows you to decode a code type within a specified range from 1 to 55 Ch
310. rerere 218 6 42 5 VPN Connection Setups sos cece teen heehee ca eee ee eles 218 6 42 6 Managing An Existing Connection 0 0 0 0 cece eee c eee e eee e teen eeenes 219 6 42 7 Selecting A Network 2 02 ceccusuuccceetgessinsaccceeeascgecenseeeeesomoeennss 220 6 42 8 Proxy Server Setup ios 221 6 43 Wireless Statistics a ted eden ETN 223 6 44 Wireless WAN Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic Only 2 cece cece eee e cece ees 223 6 44 1 Softkey Bar Icons ii beyeeeireeiuwes TEETE eee ERORAS 223 6 44 2 Establishing A Connection 0 c cece cece eee eee e eee rr 224 6 44 3 Disconnecting From A Network 000s cece cece e ee eee tenn eeeenes 225 6 44 4 Advanced Information 00 cece cece cence eee e eect tenet een eeenes 225 6 44 5 Tools Men eee ee EEEE 227 6 44 67 SMS Menil ssoosacseveccccnned EEEE E AAEE E 235 6 45 Windows Update iia ina 239 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories 7 1 Carrying Accessories 2 0 6 cece cece ect rr rr 243 7 1 1 The Hand Strap With Tether Model No CH6021 0 0000ceceee eee 243 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual vii viii Contents 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 1 2 Attaching The Tether Model No CH6020 0 cece cee eee ence eee 248 7 1 3 Protective Carrying Cases 0 ccc e ccc ence e eee e eee rr rr 251 The Batido nE S 251 Adaptor Cable Options lotto ia 251
311. roceeding with the discovery process described below A Important Follow the steps under Pairing A Bluetooth Headset on page 50 to pair a Bluetooth a headset with your Ik n If you prefer you can go to the Today screen and tap on Getting Started gt Set up Bluetooth to get pairing information Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 201 Chapter 6 Settings Bluetooth Mode 6 39 2 Bluetooth Mode Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab following by the Bluetooth icon Next tap on the Mode tab Bluetooth Turn on Bluetooth Make this device visible to other devices To connect to a device click on the Devices tab below Nat MO When Turn on Bluetooth is checked Bluetooth features are available If this option is dis abled you cannot send or receive information using Bluetooth When Make this device visible to other devices is enabled other Bluetooth devices within range approximately 10 meters can detect your Ik n and can establish a bond or use a Bluetooth service Note that other devices can detect your unit whether or not a bond has been created 202 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Bluetooth COM Ports 6 39 3 Bluetooth COM Ports Bluetooth After pairing with a device to set up a COM port tap New Outgoing Port For other options tap and hold an existing port New Outgoing Port Devices Made COM
312. rom 0 to 1000 APPENDIX B PORT PINOUTS B 1 Dock Port Pinout Direction Rela Pin Pin Name Signal tive To DPA Comment 1 GND DGND 2 VDD EXT PWR 3 VDD_EXT_PWR VDD EXT PWR Input These 3 pins are connected together 4 VDD EXT PWR 5 BATT OUT VDD _ BATT OUT Output 6 AUDIO P Output Audio positive 7 AUDIO N Output Audio negative 8 VDD_USBOTG Bi directional USB Power 5 5V As output sup plies external devices when Ik n is in USB Host mode As input charges battery when Ik n is in USB Client mode 9 DOCK_ID Input Dock ID 10 USB_OTG_DN Bi directional 11 USB_OTG_DP Bi directional Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual B 1 Appendix B Port Pinouts Audio Port Pinout Pin 4 Pin Name Signal da Comment 12 USB_OTG ID Input 13 GND DGND 14 TXDATA Output RS 232 data transmit Max bit rate 115 kbits sec 15 RXDATA Input RS 232 data receive Max bit rate 115 kbits sec 16 GND DGND B 2 Audio Port Pinout Pin Pin Name PREON IYS Comment 1 HPR Output Headphone output 2 HP_DETECT Input 3 N C Not connected 4 MIC Input Microphone 5 N C Not connected 6 DGND Ground B 3 DC IN Port Pinout Pin Signal Comment 1 DGND Side contact 2 DGND Side contact 3 VDD_ACDC Center contact pin B 2 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mo
313. ropped or otherwise damaged in any way it should be inspected by qualified service personnel To reduce the risk of electric shock unplug the AC adaptor from the outlet before attempting any maintenance or cleaning An extension cord should not be used unless absolutely necessary Use of an improper extension cord could result in fire or electric shock If an extension cord must be used make sure 252 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7 4 2 7 4 3 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Installation Chargers And Docking Stations The plug pins on the extension cord are the same number size and shape as those on the adaptor The extension cord is properly wired and in good electrical condition and that the wire size is larger than 18 AWG Do not expose the AC adaptor to rain or snow However both the CH4000 and CH4004 are designed to accept a wet Ik n Rugged PDA without harmful effect e Do not place batteries in the docking stations if they are cold temperatures below 0 C 32 F Allow them to warm up to room temperature for at least 30 minutes Do not use a docking station if after an overnight charge the battery feels warmer than the charger housing The dock should be inspected by qualified service personnel Do not use a docking station if the battery while charging becomes more than lukewarm Installation Chargers And Docking Stations When installing a charger or docking
314. ropriate adaptor and then tap on the IP Address and or Name Servers tab Settings 4 43 38 bk Virtual Ethernet Intermediate Miniport Summit WLAN Adapter Use server assigned IP address Name server addresses may be automatically assigned if DHCP is enabled on this adapter O Use specific IP address DNS Pe atos o o wins Alt WINS e gt IP Address Name Servers Cancal Note Because most networks use DHCP you should not need to change these settings unless instructed to do so by your network administrator Ifnecessary use a network cable to connect the network card to your network Refer to the documentation shipped with your network card for details e To activate the connection launch the desired program e g Internet Explorer The Ik n will connect automatically Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 217 Chapter 6 Settings Changing Network Card Settings 6 42 4 Changing Network Card Settings e If you use your network card in two locations such as work and home you ll need to change the network to which the network card connects Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab gt Network Cards icon In the Configure Network Adapters dialog box tap on the dropdown menu under My network card connects to choose either The Internet or Work 6 42 5 VPN Connection Setup A VPN connection provides a secure connection to servers through the Internet Befor
315. rough the tether port Double tapping on this option displays a pop up window in which you can choose the appropriate Parity Scanner Settings nag Til MZ ok Stop Bits This parameter specifies the number of stop bits 7 1 5 2 used for asynchronous communication Trigger On Sequence And Trigger Off Sequence Ifa SICK scanner connected to the Ik n port requires a serial stream of data bytes to trigger the scanner on and another to trigger the scanner off the Trigger On Sequence and Trigger Off Sequence parameters allow you to define these serial streams Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 185 Chapter 6 Settings Total Recall 6 34 186 Double tapping on Trigger On Sequence or Trigger Off Sequence displays a screen with a hex array of 10 elements 5 Scanner Settings ES Trigger On Sequence a 20 oo oo J oo foo foo oo These parameters work in conjunction with Manage Triggers sending on and off data streams to the trigger module you assigned For example supposed you launch Manage Triggers and choose Decoded Scanner as the module to trigger Next you assign a trigger key for this example a period To define the serial stream of data bytes to control the on and off function of the trigger key enter a hex value in the Trigger On Sequence and the Trigger Off Sequence fields When you press the trigger key the Trigger On Sequence is sent and when
316. rowse the Internet download e mail and so on You can connect to an existing network or you can set up a new connection on your Ik6n A Important The Ik n is equipped with context sensitive Help Files Ifyou find that you re unsure how to proceed with a network connection at any point during setup tap on the question mark icon in the navigation bar at the top of the screen 6 42 3 Network Adaptor Cards AN Important For 802 11b g Summit CF card adaptor setup details refer to Setting Up An 802 11b g Radio Summit Client Utility on page 17 When the network card is inserted in your unit for the first time the Network Settings screen is displayed automatically so that you can configure the card If it does not appear or if you want to change settings Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections tab 216 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Network Adaptor Cards Tap on the Network Cards icon Settings 4 q 3 35 ok Configure Network Adapters My network card connects to wo Tap an adapter to modify settings Marvell CF8385PN Wireless Card USB Ethernet Series Adapter Summit WLAN Adapter Agere Wireless B Network Driver NE2000 Compatible Ethernet Driver Remote NDIS Host Bluetooth PAN Driver Virtual Ethernet Intermediate Minipol PPTP NDISWAN Miniport Network Adapters Ifyou need to specify server information double tap on the app
317. ry equipment damage or data loss Ik n Rugged PDA Features Important For all safety regulatory and warranty information refer to the Tk n Rugged PDA Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000148 The Ik6n is a ruggedized personal digital assistant that can be ordered with one of the fol lowing operating systems Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional with a phone option or Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic This Ik6n is intended for use in commercial and light indus trial applications with a focus on real time wireless data transactions All possible bar code input methodologies are supported by one of a variety of scanners available Optimization for specific operational environments is supported with a wide range of peripheral options and carrying accessories Model Ikon Rugged PDA Model Number 7505 Processor XScale PXA270 624 MHz e 256 MB Flash ROM 128 MB RAM Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Ik n Rugged PDA Features Operating System e e Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic User Interface e Colour Touchscreen Display 3 7 in 9 398 cm Full VGA 480 x 640 resolution Transflective portrait mode TFT Adjustable Backlight Touchscreen Passive stylus or finger operation Signature capture Keyboards Full Alpha Numeric Numeric Ergonomically enhanced for ambidextrous one hand operation Backlit high dur
318. s 170 6 30 Task Manager 2 a 171 116 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 6 31 Teklogix Error Handling Service 2 2 aa o 173 6 3 11 Errorboginto ai Bla ee Soe ws ha ee Be e 173 6 3 L2 Netlog 6 88 wae gh ewes Ba oh Beak we eRe hea 174 6 32 Teklogix Imagers Settings o oo a 175 6 33 Scanner Settings i e eri yaa aie le a eed ek aa a a 176 6 33 1 Bar Code Settings The Scanner Menu aoaaa aaa 177 633 2 Options Tabs 4 ow ae a eae ae Ee ew 178 6 33 2 1 Double Click Parameters 178 6 33 2 2 Display Parameters 0 0 0 179 6 33 2 3 Data Handling o o ese ee ee ee ee 180 6 33 3 Translations Tab ies ai a E a a ke a a E RA 180 6 33 3 1 C seRules e i a Oe ae ed Se Bre eee 182 6 3354 Ports Tab s tite e A A OA i 183 6 33 4 1 Port Replicator Port A COMS o 184 6 34 Total Recall T ui a8 da heen die BO SR Be od Sy ee iy BR Ao a ee 186 6 34 1 Creating A Backup Profile 2 0 0 0 200 200 0000 187 6 34 2 Restoring A Profile aaa aa ee 190 6 35 Tweak T lt 25 ch oot ad tog Aik ak a ae a a a es Be 190 6 35 1 Advanced Interface And Network 02 00 20004 191 6 35 2 Advanced Services Settings ooo ee ee eee 192 6 35 3 Radio Features lt gt sos ue a eS ee Sow OR Se Bae Ba Gos 193 6 35 4 User System Setting 2 ee 194 6 33 Registry Editor of et ene A AAA ee Ge ho aS 195 6 36 Windows Update 2 ee 195 6 37 Conn
319. s Mobile 6 1 Navigation Bar The Today screen displays all your important information tasks unread e mails and upcoming appointments all in one place The Start menu provides access to everything else you ll need 4 2 1 Windows Mobile 6 1 Navigation Bar The navigation bar along the top of the screen provides icons that when tapped open their associated programs If you re unit is equipped with Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional you ll be see a Phone hotkey for quick access to phone settings Hotkeys Volume Control Start Button a y Connectivity NN Battery Capacity an fe E Phone Settings y a Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Navigation Bar Note When a peripheral is attached to the docking usb port of the Ikon an associated icon is displayed briefly in the navigation bar to indicate that the Ikon has recognized the connection Start Button Tapping on the Start button displays the Start menu 58 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Windows Mobile 6 1 Navigation Bar Connectivity The Connectivity hotkey provides a shortcut to the Connections tab in the Settings window This tab provides access to Bluetooth network network card and internet connection setups Wireless Manage Connected 6 00PM 7 00PM Meeting Room A Phone Settings If your Ik n is running Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional it is equipped wi
320. s in their desired loca tion away from areas where they may get snagged or pulled Keep cables away from heat sources grease battery acid and other potential hazards Keep cables away from control pedals and other moving parts that may damage the cables or interfere with the operation of the vehicle Electrical Requirements The Powered Vehicle Cradle is designed to allow the Ik n to be powered by a vehicle bat tery The battery installed in the Ik n is also recharged by the vehicle battery system Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 271 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Electrical Requirements Warning Applying a voltage above 36VDC or reversing polarity may result in perma nent damage to the vehicle cradle power section and will void the product warranty For safety reasons disconnect the vehicle cradle power cable when the vehicle battery is being charged by an source other than the vehicle alternator 7 10 3 1 Wiring Vehicle Power To The Cradle The Powered Vehicle Cradle uses the automotive power outlet or the vehicle fuse box to power from the vehicle battery system The CLA power cable PN 1081141 is used for the automotive power outlet the Power Extension cable PN 1081146 is used for the vehicle fuse box Figure 7 13 CLA Power Cable And Power Extension Cable Kai lt gt Warning A properly trained technician must perform the power connection using Power Extension cable PN
321. set to on the target dot is pointed at the centre image and only that image is returned Max Number Barcodes This parameter specifies the maximum number of bar codes the imager will attempt to decode in an image A maximum of 6 bar codes can be decoded at one time Barcodes Must Decode This parameter specifies the minimum number of bar codes that the imager must decode in order to report success Note This number must be less than the number of bar codes assigned to Max Number Barcodes The driver validates and reassigns the value if necessary Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 37 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Code 39 Settings D 4 2 D 4 3 D 4 4 Code 39 Settings Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 39 Full ASCII If this parameter is enabled the characters and are used as escape characters The combination of an escape character and the next character is converted to an equivalent ASCII character Check Digit Verification When this parameter is enabled set to on the integrity ofa Code 39 symbol is checked to ensure that 1t complies with specified algorithms Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Code 128 Settings Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 128 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page
322. sion card if one is in use Device ID Tab This tab provides fields in which you can assign a Device name and Description optional for the Ik n This name is used by the Ik n to identify itself to other devices Keep in mind that this must be a unique name across a network If you are unable to connect to a network because another device with the same name is already connected you ll need to assign a new name here Copyrights The Copyright tab lists the copyright information for the software loaded on your Ik6n Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 145 Chapter 6 Settings About Device 6 14 6 15 6 15 1 About Device Tapping on the About Device icon under Settings gt System tab provides access to three tabs related to your Ik n The Properties tab lists hardware information related to your Ik n The Copyrights tab lists the copyrights that apply to your Ik n The Experience tab allows you to choose a category to help you define your Experience These categories include Microsoft settings Psion Teklogix settings and Custom settings in a dropdown menu Each category contains a group of default settings If you change a default setting the category is automat ically changed to Custom settings Backlight Tap on Start gt Settings then tap on the System tab Tap on the Backlight icon Tapping on the Backlight icon allows you to determine the power properties of the Ik n Battery Power 7 Backlight W
323. sories The Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CH1005A for the effects of the design then we highly recommend using Psion Teklogix designed and supported accessories If you elect to use a third party company produced cradle Psion Teklogix cannot take re sponsibility for the effects of that third party product if it causes failure of our device Important Before using a vehicle cradle read all instructions and markings on the housing Do not operate a vehicle cradle if damaged by a sharp blow dropped or otherwise damaged in any way qualified service personnel should inspect for internal damage Shock and vibration specifications for the Ik n are verified using Psion Teklogix approved RAM mounts and mounting hardware Use of non certified Psion Teklogix mounting hardware is not recommended and may void warranty coverage Do not expose to rain or snow However the Powered Vehicle Cradle is designed to accept a wet Ik n handheld without harmful effect This Powered Vehicle Cradle cannot be used with non Ik n cradle accessories Figure 7 11 CH1005A Front View Stylus Well Docking Connector PE DC Power LED cil Plefliflreniocix Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 269 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories CH1005A Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 7 10 1 A CH1005A Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations Important Before mounting a vehicle cradle in
324. ssociate the Ik6n 6 35 4 User System Setting TweakIT Settings p Til d ok Gi JUser System Settings Docking Port Message Docking Port Message User System Settings Docking Port Message Disable Popup Messages Checking this box blocks the message that normally pops up on the display when the Ik n is docked 194 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Registry Editor 6 35 5 Registry Editor 6 36 6 37 TweakIT Settings en Y 4 Path HKLM On HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT HKEY_CURRENT_USER HKEY_USERS Name I Data RegPersisted 1 0x00000001 Advanced User Registry Editor This option is reserved for senior administrators who have a strong understanding of registry keys and values Careless registry editing can cause irreversible damage to the Ik n Windows Update Windows Update This program checks for software updates and if found downloads updates to your Ik n You can choose to have updates checked automatically or if you prefer you can determine when your unit will check for updates Connections Tab This tab is used to setup connections using Bluetooth and 802 11 radios If you have the Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic operating system installed on your Ik n you can also set up Wireless WAN connections Keep in mind that the Wireless WAN icon not available when Windows Mobi
325. st the size of the text displayed on the Ik6n screen Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Task Manager Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab and then tap on the Screen icon Screen Orientation Portrait O Landscape right handed Landscape left handed Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus taps A Important Refer to Aligning Calibrating The Touchscreen on page 45 for details 6 30 Task Manager The Task Manager screen lists all running tasks applications or processes This applet pro vides a number of options to manage these Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 171 Chapter 6 Settings Task Manager Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab and then the Task Manager icon the Task Manager screen is opened Task Manager vay Y d X Application Mem CPU ActiveSync 532K Z Word Mobile Task Manager Fila Explorer End Task End Task To shut down an application highlight the program in the list and tap on the End Task softkey in the taskbar at the bottom of the screen Task Manager Menu The Task Manager menu provides additional options to help you manage your applications Tap on the Menu softkey in the taskbar Task Manager Application Mem cpu ActiveSync 15 Word Mobile Task Manager Switch To End All Tasks View Sort By
326. stalled in the Ik n This is a view only screen 166 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Built In Devices 6 26 4 Built In Devices Oat ok Enable Bluetooth Built in Devices Built In Devices Checking the box next to Enable Bluetooth switches on the built in Bluetooth radio 6 26 5 Card Slots Slot Power Status CF SummitDC 802 11g_SC_CF SDIO Memory Card card Sis When you select one or more of the card slots listed power is supplied to the enabled slot s Clicking on the Apply button activates your selections Keep in mind that if the characters on this button appear in grey typeface the checked slots have already been enabled Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 167 Chapter 6 Settings Suspend Threshold And Estimated Battery Backup 6 26 6 Suspend Threshold And Estimated Battery Backup Maximize Maximize backup operating time Main Battery Status Good Estimated Battery Backup Time 25h The Estimated Battery Backup is the amount of battery power that has been reserved or set aside to protect data until a fully charged battery can be installed in the Ikon When the battery capacity is depleted up to the Estimated Battery Backup reserve specified in the Suspend Threshold tab the Ik6n shuts off automatically and uses the reserve power to pre serve the data stored on the Ik n Once the Ik n shuts down it cannot be
327. station consider the following guidelines e Keep chargers and docking stations away from excessive dirt dust and contaminants e Chargers will not charge batteries outside an ambient temperature range of 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F It is recommended that the charger or docking station be operated at room temperature between 18 C and 25 C 64 F to 77 F for maximum performance After unpacking your unit e Visually inspect the charger for possible damage Install the IEC power cord and apply power Power Consumption Considerations Check to ensure the mains circuit supplying chargers and or docking stations is adequate for the load especially if several chargers and docking stations are being powered from the same circuit Quad docking station can consume up to 1 9A 120 VAC or 1 5 A 240 VAC Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 253 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Desktop Docking Station Model No CH4000 7 5 Desktop Docking Station Model No CH4000 A Important The CH4000 desktop docking station is shipped with its own user manual It is critical that it be reviewed for additional information and updates Note To preserve battery integrity the desktop docking station will proceed with a charge only when the battery temperature falls between 0 C and 40 C 32 F to 104 F The CH4000 desktop docking station is a desktop model designed to e Fast charge the int
328. switched on until a fresh battery is installed or the unit is inserted in a docking station or cradle Slide the Suspend Threshold button to the right to increase the battery capacity reserved for backup purposes Data will be preserved to a maximum of 124 hours Slide the Suspend Threshold button to the left to decrease the power reserved for backup purposes this increases the Ik6n s operating time the amount of time the Ikon will operate before shutting down but reduces the power reserved for backup purposes to a minimum of 24 hours Internal super capacitors will protect the data stored in the Ik n while the depleted battery is swapped for a fully charged one A Important Once the battery is removed the super capacitors will preserve the data stored on the Ik n for approximately 5 minutes It is critical that you install a charged battery before this time elapses 168 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings Suspend Mode 6 26 7 Suspend Mode 6 27 Go to standby on suspend Suspend Threshold Suspend Mode ES When this option is enabled any time the Ik n enters suspend mode e g an idle timeout Power button press or through the Start menu Go to standby on suspend forces the Ik n to enter Standby mode In Standby mode applications processors and services e g Blue tooth continue to run even while the Ik n is powered down making them instantly available
329. t Decode D 37 batteries a description of 257 Battery Details tab 166 battery hotkey 60 Battery info tab 165 battery power managing 164 Battery Power tab 146 battery settings 165 charging 37 failure to power up 37 installing 36 installing main battery main battery 11 pinouts B 3 removing 36 run time 48 storing 49 swap time 37 yellow LED battery failure 37 battery charger safety instructions 252 battery power managing 164 battery specifications 297 Baud 84 Baud Rate modem setup 209 beeper beep conditions 48 volume adjustment 48 Bi Direction Redundancy D 4 Block Recognizer 80 Bluetooth 50 pairing devices 50 Bluetooth devices pairing 201 Bluetooth radio ISM band 198 Bluetooth setup peripherals 278 Bluetooth setup 198 About Tab 206 Active Connections 205 COM port 203 GPRS setup 206 Mode tab 202 Bluetooth specs 290 boot reset 31 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Built In Devices tab 167 Built in Devices tab 167 Buttons icon 1 24 One Shot tab 125 Sequence tab 125 Up Down Control tab 124 C calculator 86 calendar 66 categories using 68 creating amp editing entries 66 deleting appointments 69 reminders creating 67 calibrating touchscreen 45 Call Options modem setup 2 0 camera See digital camera camera using 101 Card Slots see Built in Devices 167 Card Slottab 167 case carrying 251 CD Getting Started 13 CDMA IxRTT 223 234 Center
330. taining the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting like the sample screen following is displayed PTS Imager Settim Y fy 4 lt ok Minimum Length Enter value from 0 to 48 Type a value in the field provided e For a parameter that takes a single character Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter The following screen is displayed PTS Imager Settin Y er H 4 Prefix Char Press the Key to Insert Press ESC for the default value When you ve completed your edits tap on OK Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 19 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Translation Tab Configuring Rules C 4 15 Translation Tab Configuring Rules Translation rules enable the automatic processing of bar code data Up to 10 cases can be de fined each consisting of up to 10 sequential rules Note Changes made to the translations configuration using the Teklogix Scanner Con trol Panel program are synchronized with changes made here Changes made in either place affect both translation tables e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Teklogix Imagers icon and then tap on the Translation tab PTS Imager Settin Y qe H4 ok Case 2 empty Case 3 empty Case 4 empty Case 5 empty Case 6 empty Case 7 empty Case 8 empty Case 9 empty Case 10 empty Filter Translations
331. tandard Book Number is enabled the first 3 characters 978 are ignored and the checksum 0 9 X is calculated on the remaining characters D 24 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 3 6 D 3 7 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings EAN 8 Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details EAN 8 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable EAN 8 Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Convert To EAN 13 If this parameter is enabled an EAN 8 bar code is converted to EAN 13 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details UPCA Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable UPC A bar code scanning recognition Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Transmit Number System If this parameter is enabled the number system digit is transmitted with the decoded bar code data Convert To EAN 13 If this parameter is enabled a UPC A bar code is converted to EAN 13 Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 25 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings UPCE D 3 8 D 3 9 UPC E Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable
332. tery Pack Lithium Ion 5000 mAh capacity e Advanced Smart Battery with gas gauge e 3 power source options Runs off battery AC power or automotive power supplies Backup power gt 10 minutes Environmental Specifications Drop Test Withstands 6 drops at 1 5 meters 5 ft on all surfaces Rain Dust IP65 IEC 60529 Operating Temperature 10 C to 50 C 14 F to 122 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 RH non condensing Storage Temperature 20 C to 60 C 4 F to 140 F Shock and Vibration 5 to 400 Hz PSD random and 30 g 3 axis ESD 8k Vdc air discharge 4k Vdc contacts Software Platform XScale PXA270 624 MHz 32 bit RISC CPU 282 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 8 1 3 Chapter 8 Specifications Wireless Communication e 256 MB Flash ROM 128 MB RAM Operating System e Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Classic e Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Professional Programming Environment e Psion Teklogix Mobile Devices SDK Hardware Development Kit HDK NET and C programming using Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 e Java programming supporting JDK 1 2 2 or higher Standard Protocol APIs Windows sockets CE net Application Software Internet Explorer Mobile included with Windows Mobile 6 e Windows Mobile Device Center Voice dialer and Personal Information Manager PIM included with Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional PTX Connect VoIP e Optional Open Te
333. th Outlook In ActiveSync on your PC tap on Tools gt Options in the tool bar at the top of the screen Settings Options Schedule Security Select the information you want to synchronize with your Pocket PC and click OK or select a source and click Settings b Microsoft Exchange 2 Contacts E Calendar E E mail E Tasks indows PC O E Contacts O E Calendar O E E mail El Tasks UW Notes Settings Make certain that a check mark is displayed in the checkbox next to E mail Tap on OK Once you check E mail for synchronization Outlook e mail messages are synchronized as part of the general synchronization process The next time you synchronize with Active Sync the e mail in Outlook on your PC will be transferred to the Messaging program on your Ik n Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 111 Chapter 5 Programs Changing Synchronization Settings 5 19 3 Changing Synchronization Settings In ActiveSync on your PC double tap the E mail item in the Sync Options tab E mail Synchronization Settings E mail Synchronization Synchronize the e mail messages on your Pocket PC with Microsoft Exchange Download the past 3 days Message format Download size limit J Include file attachments Tap on the Select Folder button E mail Synchronization Settings Select E mail Folders Check the boxes for the e mail fol
334. th a phone option An Ik6n in which a SIM card and GSM radio are installed can access phone settings along with the Wireless Manager from this pop up bubble Any active connections are also listed here 27 a 12 38 PM Connected Wireless Manager Contacts Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 59 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Windows Mobile 6 1 Navigation Bar Volume Control Tapping on this icon displays a sliding tab that allows you to adjust the speaker volume or turn the speaker on and off On units running Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional two volume adjustments are provided one for the speaker volume and the other for the phone dialer volume Start Poy gt Thursday 2 35 PM December 11 2008 volume Start a 4 Tuesday ll ne October 24 2006 volume Tap here to set owner No unread messages No tasks ROGERS Wi Fi Unavailable Getting Started Tap here to set owner Conference 6 00PM 7 00PM Meet No unread messages No tasks J No upcoming appointr on Vibrate O oft Calendar Notification Contacts Windows Mobile 6 1 Classic Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Battery Capacity Tapping on the Battery hotkey displays the Battery tab allowing you to view the remaining battery capacity in the battery Main battery Lilon Battery power remaining A mAH consumed 150 60 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual
335. the Ik n see Figure 7 14 on page 274 The cradle is also equipped with e One USB A connector LED charge indicator e A stylus holder and tether latch e Built in speaker identical to the one on Ik n that offers hands free functionality The powered cradle detects when the Ik6n is docked and can automatically transfer the speaker function from the Ik n to the cradle Depending on the cradle variant there can be up to two full RS 232 connectors PN 1081148 500 no RS 232 connectors PN 1081148 400 one RS 232 connector PN 1081148 200 two RS 232 connectors The cradle comes with four mounting screws and a CH1005A Powered Cradle Quick Start Guide PN 8000164 with illustrated electrical and mounting instructions Before Psion Teklogix releases a product our engineering team exposes that product through a series of severe testing to ensure that it will survive in the rugged environments in which our products are typically used These tests usually include shock and vibration testing as well as IP testing for water and dust electrical shock etc If a third party vehicle mount is used the third party should perform the same type of testing in order to ensure that the design will maintain the factory specifications of the product If the third party company is unwilling to perform the necessary testing and take responsibility Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Acces
336. tion the WWAN user interface will immediately try to re establish the connection Use Virtual Serial Port If Use virtual serial port is enabled packet data connections are established through the virtual serial port of the WWAN driver rather than through the WWAN driver directly This checkbox should only be checked if certain third party VPN Virtual Private Network clients are used that do not work correctly otherwise The default setting is disabled unchecked AN Note The connection setup takes longer through the virtual serial port Enable Automatic Configuration In most cases the data connection is configured automatically and no user interaction is re quired This is true even if multiple SIM cards from different operators are used with the same device The connection parameters are adjusted automatically when a new SIM card is detected this may require a reset The connection parameters are retrieved from a database Manual configuration should be necessary only if One or more parameters in the database are incorrect or a new operator is not yet in the database The database should be corrected for subsequent software releases e An operator has assigned individual packet data user names and passwords A very large site has their own APN Such connections always have to be configured manually A customer has subscribed for a static IP address By definition this must be configured manually 228 Ik n Rugge
337. tner ship between your Ik n and your PC ActiveSync can be installed from the Getting Started CD included with your Ik n Refer to The Getting Started CD on page 15 for details Setting Up A Partnership Start Office OneNote and ActiveSync on your PC e Connect the Ik6n to your PC you can use a USB cable or a Bluetooth connection When a connection is established between the Ik n and your PC ActiveSync displays a New Partnership screen New Partnership Set Up a Partnership This wizard helps you establish a partnership between your mobile device and this computer You can set up either a standard partnership to synchronize data between your device and this computer or a guest partnership to simply transfer data between your device and this computer What kind of partnership would you like to establish between your device and this computer want to synchronize data between my device and this computer keeping data such as e mail and calendar items up to date in both places O Guest partnership want to only copy and move information between my device and this computer add and remove programs or restore a backup image on a device whose memory has been reset do not want to synchronize data e Choose Standard partnership and tap on Next To share information between OneNote Mobile and Office OneNote 2007 on your PC tap Synchronize with this desktop computer and then tap on Next Tap on Finish to b
338. ton Settings p Yi Mz ok Change Mapping C SHIFT Pressed _ CTRL Pressed Unicode Mapping Eo Default Unicode Mapping e Highlight a value in the Unicode mapping list e Position the cursor in the Unicode Mapping field and type a Unicode value for the highlighted key Note To add a shifted state SHIFT and or CTRL tap on the checkbox next to SHIFT Pressed and or CTRL Pressed Removing Unicode Values e In the Unicode Mapping tab highlight the item you want to delete and tap the Remove button Scancode Remapping A scancode is a number that is associated with a physical key on a keyboard Every key has a unique scancode that is mapped to a virtual key a function or a macro Scancode Remap ping allows you to change the functionality of any key on the keyboard A key can be remapped to send a virtual key e g VK_F represents the F key VK_RETURN represents the ENTER key etc perform a function e g turn the scanner on change volume con trast etc or run a macro Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 129 Chapter 6 Settings Scancode Remapping 130 There are three different tables of scancode mappings the Normal table the Blue table and the Orange table The Normal table defines unmodified key presses the Blue table defines key presses that occur when the BLUE modifier is on the Orange table defines key presses that occur when the ORA
339. ttings Code 93 Addendum Add on 2 And Addendum Add on 5 Enabling these parameters sets the length of the addendum bar code to either 2 or 5 characters Addendum Security If you tap on Addendum Security a dialog box is displayed in which you can define the security level of add on 2 or add on 5 with a value from 0 to 100 As security levels in crease the scanner decode speed decreases GTIN Compliant GTIN global trade item number processing transmits EAN 128 as the 14 character EAN UCC GTIN To use GTIN processing you must activate the EAN 128 symbology Important When EAN 128 and GTIN processing are both activated it is not possible to read normal EAN 128 Codes Reading Range This parameter determines the reading distance from which a bar code can be successfully scanned The default setting Extended allows for increased reading distance Code 93 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Code 93 Minimum Length Minimum lengths for the bar code can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 27 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Codabar D 3 11 Codabar Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable
340. two selected lengths Length within a range allows you to decode a code type within a specified range from to 12 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details RSS Code Enable Setting this parameter to on enables 2D RSS Code scanning capability Enable RSS 14 Reduced Space Symbology RSS 14 code can be either purely linear or split in half with one half stacked on top of the other half Stacking the code reduces the bar code length and providing the nominal height of the code is maintained it can be omni directionally scanned Enable RSS Limited RSS Limited is restricted in that it can only encode 14 digit GTINs global trade item number that begin with either a O or a It is not stackable and is not designed to be read omni directionally Enable RSS Expanded RSS Expanded uses the same application identifiers as UCC EAN 128 codes but it can be split into sections and stacked several rows high reducing the length of the symbol while increasing the capacity of data that can be stored RSS Expanded code can be omni direc tionally scanned Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 17 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Composite D 2 18 A D 2 19 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on
341. uchscreen on page 45 for details Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 15 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Getting Started Centre 2 5 The Getting Started Centre The Getting Started centre outlines how to perform basic tasks when initially setting up your Ik6n You can access the Getting Started centre from the Today screen or you can tap on Start gt Programs and then tap on the Getting Started icon No upcoming appointments Start vay Ti Car Monday 6 04 PM December 08 2008 ROGERS Wi Fi Unavailable Q 0n Getting Started Getting Started Make a call Tap here to set owner information gt Set date and time Text Massages 1 Unraad de Set up e mail No tasks ys Set up a device password 3 Set up a Bluetooth headset amp Set background J Set ring tone J Transfer music Ke Set up an Internet connection Add remove Getting Started Tapping on Getting Started displays a list of the basic setup option you may need to get your Ik n ready for operation To get instructions about an operation tap on an option in the Getting Started list Follow the instructions provided Getting Started 3 Set up a Bluetooth headset You can set up a Bluetooth headset in Settings gt Connections tab gt Bluetooth The following steps explain how to Prepare your headset and device to set up Bluetooth 1 Turn on your headset and place it within a few feet of your device 2 Set your headset
342. uctions A ese 8 eh es ees e eee viele oh beleleeleladene ey ses 265 7 9 2 Vehicle Cradle Operation cece cece cece cence cra rra 265 7 9 3 Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 00ec cece eee neces 266 7 9 4 Cleaning The CH1000 Vehicle Cradle 0 cece ee cece cence eee eee 268 The Powered Vehicle Cradle Model No CHIO05A 2 1 0 cece cece cence eee eeees 268 7 10 1 CH1005A Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations 55 270 7102 Cable Arrangements 5502 asta a ao 271 7 10 3 Electrical Requirements 0 cece cece eee e ete ence en eee ee eenneeees 271 7 10 4 USB And Serial Comnections 0 0 00 c cece e cee cence ne een ee en eee ences 273 7 10 5 Using The Vehicle Cradle 0 cece cece cee cence eee e rr 274 7 10 6 Maintaining The Vehicle Cradle 0 cece cece eee eee e tence enes 274 Scanners And Maese oie 275 FIEL Scanning Techniques noores LE dooce a ey obese 275 TAAl Troubleshooting tarro 276 7 11 3 Operating One Dimensional 1D Laser Scanners oooococcccccccccccccccnos 276 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Contents 7 11 4 Operating Two Dimensional 2D Imagers 00 cece serseri 277 7 12 Bluetooth PerpheralS ue EA wanes 278 7 13 Digital Cam eiii 278 Chapter 8 Specifications 8 1 Ik n Specifications Model No 7505 00 c cece ence c eee e eee een ee eeneeenes 281 A e A A
343. ursor position The ALT And CTRL Keys The ALT and CTRL keys modify the function of the next key pressed and are application dependent Note that these keys are only available on numeric keypads that are not equipped with Talk and End phone keys however you can access the CTRL key using the on screen soft keyboard The TAB Key Typically the TAB key moves the cursor to the next field to the right or downward The ESC Key Generally this key is used as a keyboard shortcut to close the current menu dialog box or activity and return to the previous one The SPACE Key Pressing this key inserts a blank space between characters In a Windows dialog box press ing the SPACE key enables or disables a checkbox The SCAN Keys The Ik6n is equipped with two SCAN keys located just below the display and a SCAN button situated on the left side of the PDA SCAN keys activate the scanner beam For units that do not have internal scanners these keys can be remapped to serve other functions 42 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 3 3 5 3 3 5 1 A El Chapter 3 Get To Know The Ik n The Numeric Keyboard Accessing Alpha Keys The Function Keys F1 to F10 Function keys F1 to F10 perform special custom defined functions These keys are ac cessed by pressing BLUE followed by numeric keys 1 to 10 They can be used with the Windows Mobile 6 1 operating system or another applicatio
344. visioning EAP TLS will work with a 802 11b g radio module when Windows Zero Config WZC rather than the SCU is used to configure the type With WZC the native Windows suppli cant instead of the SCU integrated supplicant is used A 3 2 EAP Credentials Keep the following in mind when defining security settings e Ifthe credentials specified in the profile are incorrect and that profile is used the authentication fails without an error message you will not be prompted to enter correct credentials A 6 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual A 3 3 Appendix A Summit Client Utility SCU ThirdPartyConfig Ifthe credentials are not specified in the profile when the radio tries to associate using that profile you will be prompted to enter the credentials When prompted you can enter valid credentials enter invalid credentials or cancel the operation Ifyou enter valid credentials and tap OK the radio will associate and authenticate Ifyou enter invalid credentials and tap OK the radio will associate but will not authen ticate you will be prompted again to enter credentials Ifyou tap Cancel or clear the credentials fields and tap OK the radio will not attempt to associate with that profile until you perform one of the following actions while the profile is the Active Profile Cause the Ik6n to go through a power cycle or suspend resume Disable and enable the radio or tap the Reconnect butto
345. werPoint Mobile PowerPoint Mobile works just like the desktop version that may be installed on your PC To launch this program on your Ik n e Tap on Start gt Programs gt Office Mobile gt PowerPoint Mobile If Office Mobile is listed in your Start menu tap on Start gt Office Mobile and then tap on PowerPoint Mobile Using PowerPoint Mobile Help If you need help using this application you can review the instructions in the associated help files To display PowerPoint help files e Launch the PowerPoint Mobile program as described above Tap on Start gt Help and review the instructions provided 94 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 5 Programs File Explorer 5 7 File Explorer Windows Mobile 6 1 files are stored in folders and sub folders that are accessible through File Explorer You can open save rename copy and paste files in the same manner as you would on any desktop PC AN Important Refer to Managing Files And Folders on page 70 for details about this program 5 8 Getting Started For information about the Getting Started applet refer to The Getting Started Centre on page 16 5 9 PTSI Imager Demo E Note This icon is only available when an HHP 5000 imager is installed in your Ik n To run a demonstration of the Teklogix Imager applet features Tap on Start gt Programs gt PTSI Imager icon ts Programs Games ActiveSyne Cal
346. wercase unless you follow the step below to create an upper case letter 80 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 Block Recognizer And Letter Recognizer e To create an uppercase character draw a line straight up the abc panel e Use the Recognizer Icon Bar to move around the screen add spaces special characters and so on Letter Recognizer e Open a document and tap on the arrow next to the input icon Choose Letter Recognizer 5 Word Mobile er 46 6 22 bk Input Panel Recognizer Icon Bar Input Icon There are two points to remember when using Letter Recognizer First limit your writing to the Letter Recognizer Input Panel do not write in the body of the document Second write only lowercase letters with your stylus Tap on the icon in the Recognizer Icon Bar to display the Character Recognizer screen This screen provides a visual demonstration of how to enter letters that will be recognized Tap on a character in the soft keyboard for a demonstration of how to form a recognizable letter e To create an uppercase character write a lowercase letter on the left side ABC of the input panel To create a lowercase character write a lowercase letter in the middle abc of the input panel Write numbers on the right side 123 of the input panel Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 81 PROGRAMS 5 E GIP alow do 2
347. while walking It takes into account the slower pace of the pedestrian when mapping the location of the user When the GPS module is set to this profile and the operator moves into an area where satellite coverage is interrupted the GPS module will not attempt to predict the opera tor s movement 156 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Chapter 6 Settings GPS Global Positioning System Settings AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System Tab GPS Settings Per ye ok Last Updated 2009 03 27 14 06 55 Expiry Date 2009 04 19 05 05 20 Status Idle reer pres aces info Y To determine your location a GPS module receives data from three or more GPS satellites in fixed orbit around the Earth The GPS module triangulates your location based on the time it takes for signals to get to and from the satellites This works well in fairly clear areas outdoors for example However if you re attempting to triangulate your location in city centres where signals bounce off tall concrete buildings or from within a building the GPS module will have greater difficulty calculating a fix AGPS reduces Time To First Fix TTFF and increases the likelihood of finding and keeping a fix in poor coverage areas such as indoor sites AGPS downloads satellite ephemeris or bital data to the Ik6n periodically through WiFi or WWAN The downloaded data is used by the GPS module to speed the process of getting a fix Update
348. with the softkey for example in the sample screen above the Menu softkey displays the commands associated with Word Mobile The View softkey lets you to tailor how the Word document will be displayed Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 73 Chapter 4 Working With Windows Mobile 6 1 The Softkey Bar a i 74 The Soft Keyboard Icon Tapping on the soft keyboard icon displays an onscreen keyboard you can use as an alterna tive to the Ik n keyboard Shift State Indicator Icon The softkey bar can also display the shift state indicator icon This icon indicates active modifier keys SHIFT ALT CTRL ORANGE and BLUE Tap on Start gt Settings gt Buttons gt One Shots Tap in the checkbox next to Show modi fier key state to replace the soft keyboard icon with the shift state indicator icon 75 Word Mobile e Y E lok Shift state indicator icon When a modifier key is pressed it is displayed in the shift state indicator icon In the example above the ORANGE key was activated To distinguish a locked modifier key a key that has been locked on from a modifier key that is only active until the next key is pressed locked keys are encircled in a black frame in the shift state indicator icon Refer to Activating Modifier Keys amp The Shift State Indicator on page 40 for details MI Note You can still access the soft keyboard while the shift state indicator i
349. works in a wide range of conditions It is optimized for a normal office lighting about 300 Lux Motion This preset uses a shorter exposure time so as to freeze motion Low light near This preset is designed for dark conditions it uses a longer exposure time and includes the flash Using The Teklogix Imagers Applet Configuring The Image Capture Presets To configure the image capture presets open the dialog box as follows Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Teklogix Imagers icon and if it s not already selected tap on the Imaging tab C 4 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 3 2 6 3 3 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Selecting A Camera The following screen is displayed Figure C 1 Imaging Tab ye PTS Imager Settin Y e H4 ok Camera Presets Is hl R Read W Write A Active ao Barcoding Fler rastros COP This window lists all the presets both predefined and custom Presets are identified as follows e Predefined presets are marked as read only e Custom presets are marked as read and write One preset either predefined or custom is marked as active Selecting A Camera If your Ik6n has more than one built in camera one camera must be selected for configura tion To select a camera Tap on the Camera Presets dropdown menu to view the camera options e Choose a camera either Front Imager the imager located at the top o
350. ws Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 31 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Discrete 2 of 5 D 3 16 D 3 17 Discrete 2 of 5 Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Discrete 2 of 5 Standard 2 of 5 Format This parameter allows you to choose a standard format either Identic on 6 start stop bars or Computer Identics 4 start stop bars Check Digit Verification The available options for this parameter are Disabled and MOD 10 Check Check Digit Verification uses the specified algorithm of the option you ve chosen to ensure the integrity of the symbol data before transmitting If the data does not contain that algorithm the data is not transmitted Transmit Check Digit If the check digit is to be transmitted with the data this parameter must be enabled Set Length L1 Set Length L2 And Set Length L3 Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 can be set from 0 to 255 The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s Double tapping on these parameters displays dialog boxes where you can define the code length that will be recognized by your scanner Length Mode You can chose to set L1 as Minimum Length or L1 L2 L3 as Fixed Length Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Telepen Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Telepen D 32
351. x D Bar Codes Settings Codablock E3 if the first codeword is 903 907 912 914 915 L4 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 JES if the first codeword is 910 or 911 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details D 3 23 Codablock Enable Codablock A Set this parameter to on to enable Codablock type A Enable Codablock F Set this parameter to on to enable Codablock type F Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details D 36 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Imager D 4 Imager 52 Scanner Settings pag Til d ok Options a Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC A UPC E Code 93 disabled Codabar disabled Interleaved 2 of 5 disabled Dona To change a setting press space or double click Barcodes Opie renace Pore Tap on the Scanner dropdown menu and choose Imager D 4 1 Options Imager Center Barcode Only IM Note This parameter must be disabled when reading Composite bar codes When more than one bar code is visible in a single snap shot this parameter allows you to specify that only the centre image within the imager framing marker be read When this parameter is
352. xpand the lists so that you can view the parameter settings e Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change For a parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting like the sample screen following is displayed PTS Imager Settin Y qe 4 lt ok Enter value from 0 to 1000 200 msec Type a value in the field provided e Fora parameter that toggles between two values such as on or off and enabled or disabled C 8 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual C 3 7 C 4 Appendix C Teklogix Imagers Applet Removing A Custom Preset Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter Either method toggles between the two available values When you ve completed your edits tap on OK The parameter list is displayed the new value for the changed parameter is shown Tap on OK to exit to the preset list and save the changes Removing A Custom Preset Highlight the custom preset you want to delete and tap on the Remove button A window is displayed warning you that you are about to remove a preset Tap on Yes to remove the preset or No to cancel the operation Configuring The Bar Code Decoding Camera Presets To configure the bar code dec
353. y Inserted Try inserting a battery that has been tested in another charger and is known to work Ifthe spare charge slot LED continues to fast flash green with the known working bat tery the charger is defective and requires service Your Psion Teklogix battery and desktop docking station are carefully designed for safety and capacity performance in accordance with IEEE 1725 If the battery or charger are not Psion Teklogix approved products or the safety mechanism is faulty the spare charge slot LED or Ik n LED will rapidly flash green 258 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 7 5 5 5 7 6 A 7 6 1 7 6 2 Chapter 7 Peripheral Devices amp Accessories Quad Docking Station Model No CH4004 Dock Battery LED Does Not Turn On When Battery Is Inserted Inspect the charge slot contacts for damage Are they bent flattened twisted or broken e Reinstall the battery and check that it is fully seated in the slot Try inserting a battery that you know to be working in the charger slot e Disconnect and reconnect the DC adaptor and check that the spare battery LED indica tor flashes at power up e Ifthe charge slot fails to charge the known working battery it is defective and requires service Quad Docking Station Model No CH4004 Important The CH4000 desktop docking station is shipped with its own user manual It is critical that it be reviewed for additional information and updates The CH4004
354. yed in which you can choose one of the following scanning modes Smart Raster Always Raster Programmable Raster Slab Pattern Cyclone Pattern or Semi Omni Pattern Raster Height And Raster Expand Rate These parameter determine the laser pattern s height and rate of expansion Note These parameters are only used when either Programmable Raster or Always Raster is assigned to the 2D Scanning Mode parameter 2D Raster Height and 2D Raster Expand Rate are intended for very specific applications and are usually not required for normal scanning purposes Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value from 1 to 15 Data Options Decoded Internal Scanner Transmit Code ID Char A code ID character identifies the scanned bar code type In addition to any single character prefix already selected the code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can choose a transmit code None AIM or Symbol Scan Data Format This parameter allows you to change the scan data transmission format Double tapping on Scan Data Format displays the following options from which you can choose a data format data as is data S1 data S2 data S1 S2 P data P data S1 P data S2 and P data S1 S2 Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 5 Appendix D Bar Cod
355. ymbol Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details RSS Code Reduced Space Symbology Enable Setting this parameter to on enables RSS Code scanning capability Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Composite Important To successfully read this type of bar code the two types of symbologies included in a composite bar code must be enabled Enabled Set this parameter to on to enable Composite bar codes PDF 417 Enable Setting this parameter to on enables PDF 417 two dimensional 2D coding Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual D 41 Appendix D Bar Codes Settings Micro PDF 417 D 4 14 D 4 15 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details Micro PDF 417 Enable Setting this parameter to on enables Micro PDF 417 bar code scanning Micro PDF 417 is a multi row symbology that is useful for applications requiring greater area efficiency but lower data capacity than PDF 417 Length Restriction Refer to Length Restriction on page D 8 for details Add Remove Data Refer to Add Remove Data on page D 9 for details 2D Data Matrix Enable Set this p
356. ysical keyboard of the Ik n to end the call The End key is labelled with a red phone receiver Refer to Sending amp Ending Calls Using The Ik n Keyboard on page 25 for details Making A Conference Call To set up a conference call between yourself and two or more other parties In the phone keypad type the first phone number Tap on Talk e While you are connected to the first number tap on Menu gt Hold Type the second number Tap on Talk Tap on Menu gt Conference To add another party tap on Menu gt Hold type the number and then tap Menu gt Conference e Tap on End to disconnect all calls Receiving An Incoming Call To answer an incoming call e Tap on the Talk button it s labelled with a green phone receiver Ik n Rugged PDA Windows Mobile 6 1 User Manual 21 Chapter 2 Basic Checkout The Phone Keypad 2 7 1 4 Programming Speed Dial 22 The phone keypad provides a Speed Dial button for quick access to frequently used numbers Inthe phone keypad tap on the Speed Dial button to display the speed dial Phone dialog box Speed Dial Number Phone Y E ok Voicemail 1 416 358 1549 This dialog box lists the phone numbers and the speed dial key to which the phone number has been assigned Tap on the Speed Dial Number to the left of the phone number you want to dial or Tap on the Call softkey the number is dialled for you Using The Phone Keypad To Prog

Ikôn™ Rugged PDA (Windows Mobile 6.1)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Ik&ocirc;n&trade; Rugged PDA (Windows Mobile 6.1)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Ikôn™ Rugged PDA (Windows Mobile 6.1)